H. Lundbeck A/S
Ottiliavej 9
2500 Valby
Denmark
CVR no. 56759913
Annual Report 2025
2
2025 in brief
Key highlights 7
Key events 8
Letter from the Chair and CEO 9
Business and strategy
Strategy update 12
Value chain and business
model 14
Markets and products 15
Science and innovation 18
Pipeline 23
Business performance
Financial performance review 25
Business performance 26
Financial guidance and outlook
2026 31
Summary for the group 2021-
2025 33
Sustainabilty performance 36
2026 Sustainability targets 37
Corporate governance
Governance framework 39
Board of Directors 41
Executive Leadership Team 43
Risk management 45
Key risks 46
Internal controls 47
The Lundbeck share 48
Sustainability Statement
General information 52
Environment 64
Social 83
Governance 113
List of appendices 120
Financial Statements
Consolidated Financial
Statements 130
Financial Statements of the
Parent Company 188
Management’s statement 201
Independent Auditor’s Reports 203
Additional information
(part of Management Review)
Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation 212
Contents
Management Review
Financial Statements and
additional information
Remuneration Report
Corporate Governance Report
Management Review
Annual Report 2025
3
Management Review
Advancing
brain health.
Transforming lives.
Management Review
Annual Report 2025
4
Elliott was born having seizures on the first day of life.
His parents kept noticing suspicious movements, but
their pediatrician said, ‘It’s fine’, and despite their per-
sistent questioning, the spasms went undiagnosed for
months.
’When I googled Elliott’s mutation, Google literally said:
We have no results for you, says Gabi, who is a full-
Caregiver’s perspective
“Exhausting and an honor”: Caring for Elliott
and leading the change across the DEEs
Gabrielle Conecker is the mother of
13-year-old Elliott, who lives with
SCN8A, a developmental and epilep-
tic encephalopathy (DEE). From day
one of Elliott’s life, with seizures and
thousands of hours spent in the hos-
pital, the family’s reality has been re-
lentless – and so has Gabi’s drive to
change it.
Elliott,
living with SCN8A-DEE, together with his sister
and his mother, caregiver Gabrielle Conecker
Management Review
Annual Report 2025
5
time caregiver for Elliott. It was only in 2012 that
SCN8A was first linked to pediatric epilepsy.
Care that never clocks out
Living with SCN8A, which can impact many systems, El-
liott faces multiple challenges. A major one is hypoto-
nia, which is low muscle tone affecting his ability to
move independently and the function of many of his
internal organs. For example, when Elliott gets sick, he
cannot cough, and he often ends up in intensive care,
intubated and sedated.
In addition to respiratory difficulties, Elliott also strug-
gles with bladder issues, GI issues, vision impairment,
and the inability to easily communicate what he needs
or how he is feeling. Gabi and her husband are vigilant
24/7 every day of the year. There is no vacation from
SCN8A and other DEEs.
I still mask everywhere because we cannot risk an-
other hospitalization, says Gabi and continues:
Our days are packed. Often, we feel more like nurses
and therapists than mom and dad, but if I had to tell
the world one thing, it is that caregiving for Elliott is ex-
hausting and an honor.
From powerless to purposeful
At the time of diagnosis, Elliott’s parents found them-
selves alone. There was no group to join, no clinical ev-
idence, no prognosis, nothing.
Establishing weekly ‘citizen scientists’ meetings gather-
ing real-world data and sharing back practical guid-
ance to families living with SCN8A is one of the corner-
stones of the work Gabi leads at the International
SCN8A Alliance.
The SCN8A Alliance team has led many critical efforts
to move the SCN8A field forward, including the devel-
opment of a 10-year longitudinal SCN8A Registry, the
first consensus on the diagnosis and treatment of
SCN8A, and most recently, an inaugural SCN8A Re-
search Roadmap that identifies critical gaps in SCN8A
and a path to address them. These, among other ef-
forts, have led to two clinical trials for the disorder in
less than 10 years.
Resilience, hope and partners
Elliott’s spirit is the main thing that keeps the couple
going:
I cannot think of a stronger human being than our
kid, says Gabi.
There is little I can do to completely stop seizures, but
I believe advocacy is where I truly can have an impact.
What I want to see is faster translation and data-shar-
ing so learning reaches patients sooner, says Gabi, re-
ferring to her enormous efforts to advance improved
treatments for SCN8A and other DEEs.
With better tools and true collaboration, we will get
there faster.
When rare is shared
Additionally, Gabi helped create another collaborative
effort called DEE-P Connections, which brings together
more than 50 DEE patient advocacy groups to provide
targeted resources to caregivers of children living with
these disorders, empower them to be powerful advo-
cates for their children, and engage them in critical re-
search efforts to collectively advance treatments for
the DEEs.
Their largest research effort The Inchstone Project
brings together caregivers, researchers, clinicians, and
industry partners working together to break down bar-
riers that limit clinical trial inclusion and ensure there
are clinical trial assessment measures that can capture
the small but meaningful inchstones of progress those
with DEEs make. Ultimately, this work will be critical to
ensuring that treatments which bring meaningful
change to the broad community of those living with
DEEs are brought to market.
SCN8A-DEE
SCN8A developmental and epileptic encepha-
lopathy (SCN8A-DEE) is a severe genetic disor-
der. It is caused by mutations in the SCN8A
gene, which leads to epilepsy, intellectual dis-
ability, and developmental delay or regres-
sion, often starting in infancy.
Behind every
milestone we hoped
for, there was
another challenge.
We kept going.
Management Review
Annual Report 2025
6
Annual Report 2025
6
2025
in brief
07 Key highlights
08 Key events
09 Letter from the Chair and CEO
Management Review / 2025 in brief
Management Review / 2025 in brief
Annual Report 2025
7
Key highlights
Financials
1
Sustainability
Value for patients
Patients
reached in 2025
5
Access coverage
6
reflecting broader patient access
to our medicines than in 2024
Value for people
Gender in upper
management
(male%
female%)
7
Inclusion score
8
in the
annual employee
satisfaction survey
Value for planet
Reduction in scope 1 & 2
scope 3 higher than the
baseline year 2019
9
Recovery of selected
organic solvents used
in chemical production
Annual Report 2025
7
1 Unless otherwise stated, information is at reported rates (DKK). 2 Change at CER (Constant Exchange Rates) does not include effects from hedging. 3 For details of the non-IFRS measure ‘adjusted EBITDA’, see Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation on page 212. 4 Latest outlook, 11
November 2025. 5 Estimated number of patients reached, based on 2025 sales data for Lundbeck products. Patients reached has been restated from full-year patients in million to number of patients (page 106-107). 6 Access Coverage tracks the proportion of reimbursement listings
for our medicines that have been achieved through negotiated public reimbursement, making our medicines available to patients under public reimbursement schemes (page 106-107). 7 Upper management comprises of the Executive Leadership Team (ELT) and employees at the
same level as ELT, as well as employees who report directly to ELT and have people management responsibilities in Lundbeck. 8 The score is calculated based on the aggregation of responses to the question on sense of belonging at the company. For further information on our
inclusion score, refer to page 93. 9 Reduction in scope 1 & 2 greenhouse gas emissions vs. 2019 Science Based Targets initiatives (SBTi) target baseline and increase in scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions from purchased goods and services, upstream transportation and distribution,
and business travel vs. 2019 SBTi target baseline.
Management Review / 2025 in brief
Total revenue
24,630DKKm
13% growth CER
2
compared to 2024
Revenue strategic brands
19,011DKKm
19% growth CER
2
compared to 2024
Adjusted EBITDA
3
7,881DKKm
24% growth CER
2
compared to 2024
27.8m
77%
62%
8.2
58%
42%
-47%
+8%
Outlook 2025
Total revenue
growth at CER
2
Adjusted EBITDA
growth at CER
2
Latest outlook
4
13% - 14%
22% - 25%
Realized 2025
13%
24%
Sales growth
Adjusted
EBITDA margin
Initial outlook
7% - 10%
5% - 10%
Latest outlook
13% - 14%
22% - 25%
Management Review / 2025 in brief
Annual Report 2025
8
We aspire to impact patients, people, and society through leading innovation
within neuro-specialty and neuro-rare fields, while delivering sustainable growth.
Key events
Advancing our Focused Innovator Strategy
Growth
Focusing investments to support growth in key markets for Vyepti and
Rexulti.
Increase R&D spend to build a pipeline that can unlock future growth
opportunities.
Programmatic near-to-market business development.
… in 2025
Innovation
Scale neuro-specialty position.
Build neuro-rare franchise.
Build upon psychiatry core and longstanding commitment to
neuroscience.
… in 2025
Funding
Investments in innovation and growth
supported by a disciplined capital reallocation
of DKK 1.3-1.5 billion by 2027.
… in 2025
Strong performance
Revenue
+13% CER
Strategic brands
+19% CER
Vyepti
+59% CER
Rexulti
+23% CER
Building neuro-rare
franchise
Advanced treatments for
multiple system atrophy
and developmental and
epileptic encephalopathies
reached late-stage devel-
opment.
Strategic reallocation of resources
Transition to partner-led commercial operating model enhanc-
ing flexibility and scalability,
Funding of late-stage R&D programs, increasing R&D spending
10% CER,
Strong cash flow generation, advancing late-stage pipeline and
support future launches.
Scaling neuro-
specialty position
Studies reinforced the clini-
cal strength of Vyepti in
migraine, and the progres-
sion of anti-PACAP ad-
dressed a gap in migraine
treatment.
Management Review / 2025 in brief
Annual Report 2025
9
We are proud providers of innovative medicines that
address brain disorders with high unmet needs. As
one of the few pharmaceutical companies solely focus-
ing on brain health, the world depends on Lundbeck
more than ever. Neurological conditions are the lead-
ing cause of disability and the second leading cause of
death globally, affecting 3.4 billion people
1
and ac-
counting for nearly 19 million deaths per year
2
. These
staggering statistics underscore the importance of our
purpose and our responsibility to patients worldwide.
Our commitment to improving access to health for
those in need remains at the core of everything we do.
From early research and development to sales and dis-
tribution, patients’ perspectives are integral to our de-
cision-making processes.
Aiming at enabling patients and societies to benefit
from our medicines, we strive to improve access to our
treatments through an ongoing collaboration with
healthcare systems and those responsible for access
and reimbursement.
Transforming to ensure growth
In 2025, we continued to execute the Focused Innova-
tor Strategy, driving the transformation of our busi-
ness, and fully integrating a focused innovator mind-
set. Strategically, we focus on neuro-rare and neuro-
specialty conditions, expanding from our strong legacy
within psychiatry and neurology.
In a rapidly developing field of science, we are continu-
ously adopting new ways of working and improving
efficiency to be able to shift resources to innovation. In
2025, our people delivered an outstanding execution
of the transformation program, enabling us to acceler-
ate investments aimed at long-term growth. By 2027,
we are aiming to have reallocated DKK 1.3-1.5 billion
to fund innovation and investments in our strategic
brands and the markets where we serve patients best.
In 2025, we transitioned to a partner-led commercial
model in 27 markets, focusing resources where we can
make the greatest impact for patients and society. This
partner-led model is part of the reallocation of funds
for further investment in key growth areas and our in-
novative pipeline, supporting continued progress to-
ward the breakthrough neuroscience therapies of to-
morrow.
While reducing operational complexity and focusing
on our resources, the new commercial model means
that we said goodbye to 602 employees across the 27
countries affected. We have supported the employees
impacted in the best possible way to ensure a respon-
sible and orderly process.
Excellent performance
This year, Lundbeck employees around the world ex-
celled in generating the highest revenue ever rec-
orded in our business’s history, demonstrating excep-
tional operational performance while advancing our
pipeline in differentiated neuroscience assets, scaling
our neuro-specialty position, and building a neuro-rare
franchise.
The excellent performance translated into an in-
creased number of patients served, and we saw dou-
ble-digit growth, driven primarily by our strategic
brands, Rexulti
®
and Vyepti
®
. The total revenue grew
by +13% CER (+12% DKK) to DKK 24,630 million
3
in
2025.
Pipeline to deliver long-term growth
Equally important to securing long-term growth, we
continued building a sustainable pipeline set to deliver
breakthrough products and long-term sustainable
growth.
With a rapidly improving understanding of the biology
of the brain, we hold ourselves accountable for
Letter from the Chair and CEO
Improving access to health for those in need
2025 has been a truly remarkable year, marked by record-breaking results
and double-digit growth. In our relentless pursuit to advance brain health,
we have focused on transforming our business to secure long-term growth
while improving patients’ access to our innovative treatments within
neurology and psychiatry.
1 IHME Brain Health Atlas. 2 Journal of Global Health, 2023. 3 Unless otherwise stated, information is at reported rates (DKK).
Management Review / 2025 in brief
Annual Report 2025
10
advancing brain health by curiously exploring new op-
portunities for treatments.
Now, we have a transformed pipeline with strong mo-
mentum toward late-stage assets within neuro-rare
and neuro-specialty.
Particularly two of these, bexicaserin targeting devel-
opmental and epileptic encephalopathies (DEEs) and
amlenetug targeting multiple system atrophy (MSA),
make Lundbeck a leader in innovation within neuro-
rare, potentially redefining treatments for over half a
million patients worldwide, improving the lives of pa-
tients and their caregivers.
Guiding access to health
In 2025, our treatments reached 27.8 million patients
1
,
and we have introduced the new patient access met-
rics designed to guide our efforts toward equitable ac-
cess goals. These new guiding metrics include two an-
nual performance indices: Access Coverage and Time
to Access Indicator. Our patient access metrics help us
measure progress in reaching eligible patients by ex-
amining how successfully certain Lundbeck medicines
with marketing authorization have secured public re-
imbursement, enabling patient use. The metrics also
track and offer stakeholder transparency on how
swiftly positive national reimbursement decisions are
achieved compared to standard industry benchmarks.
The patient access metrics are part of our Sustainabil-
ity Strategy and are a central part of Lundbeck’s con-
stant focus on strengthening our patient-centric ap-
proach, addressing the UN Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs), in particular No. 3: Good Health and
Wellbeing for all. Our sustainability performance in
2025 is described on page 36 and in the Sustainability
Statement section of this report.
Our people: The heart of Lundbeck
At Lundbeck, we recognize that attracting and retain-
ing a skilled and diverse workforce is essential to our
success. We are committed to foster a culture of inclu-
sion, equity and belonging, while embracing diverse
perspectives to better serve patients and community.
In 2025, we introduced our new Code of Ethics, em-
phasizing trust, integrity, and transparency. The pur-
pose of the code is to help all employees navigate the
complexities of our industry. The code reflects our ex-
pected behaviors and the culture of being a focused
innovator.
Trust is the foundation of every successful relationship.
When we act with integrity and transparency, we earn
the trust of those we serve and collaborate with. This is
crucial for fostering long-term partnerships and ensur-
ing that Lundbeck continues to make a positive impact
on the lives of patients worldwide.
We want to take this opportunity to thank Lundbeck’s
employees. Their hard work and dedication are trans-
forming the lives of people living with brain disorders.
We thank everyone for supporting the excellent execu-
tion of our objectives and for continuing to innovate to
advance brain health.
Dorothea Wenzel
Chair of the Board of Directors
Charl van Zyl
President and CEO
1 Estimated number of patients reached, based on 2025 sales data for Lundbeck products.
Management Review / 2025 in brief
Annual Report 2025
11
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Business
and strategy
12 Strategy update
14 Value chain and business model
15 Markets
16 Products
18 Science and innovation
23 Pipeline
Annual Report 2025
11
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
12
As Lundbeck continues to advance brain health, our
focus on innovation, unmet patient needs, and opera-
tional excellence ensures that we remain at the fore-
front of neuroscience. With a clear vision and strong
execution, Lundbeck is poised to deliver lasting impact
and drive growth into the next decade and beyond.
Strategic brands drive growth
The strength of Lundbeck’s strategic brands has been
a cornerstone of our transformation journey. In 2025,
these brands delivered an impressive +19% revenue
CER growth. This sustained performance underscores
the effectiveness of the commercial execution and the
impact of our Focused Innovator Strategy. Strategic
brands now account for 77% of total revenue, reflect-
ing their central role in our long-term trajectory.
In 2025, we successfully reallocated capital to
strengthen strategic brands and transform our pipe-
line in line with the Focused Innovator Strategy’s target
of disciplined capital reallocation of DKK 1.3-1.5 billion
by 2027. The targeted investment in strategic brands
will ensure that they remain the driving force behind
future growth.
Leading the charge are Vyepti
®
and Rexulti
®
, which
have demonstrated significant demand expansion
across both established and recently launched indica-
tions. Vyepti
®
achieved +59% CER growth, maintaining
its position as the fastest-growing injectable anti-CGRP
therapy in the U.S. This momentum reflects strong
market uptake, particularly in addressing unmet needs
in migraine treatment. Meanwhile, Rexulti
®
recorded
+23% CER growth, driven by increased share in the
major depressive disorder (MDD) segment and the agi-
tation associated with dementia due to Alzheimer’s dis-
ease (AADAD) segment.
These results highlight Lundbeck’s strategic focus on
patient needs, supported by initiatives to drive new pa-
tient starts, improve market access, and enhance treat-
ment persistence. Additionally, the performance of
Brintellix
®
and the Abilify LAI franchise has established
a solid foundation that serves as the cornerstone for
Lundbeck’s mid-term growth, ensuring Lundbeck re-
mains well positioned to deliver sustained value to pa-
tients and our shareholders.
Progress of innovative pipeline
Lundbeck’s pipeline continues to evolve, with signifi-
cant progress achieved in 2025. In our relentless pur-
suit to advance brain health, we focus on scaling our
neuro-specialty position and building a neuro-rare
franchise, expanding from our strong legacy within
psychiatry and neurology. This prioritization reflects
our commitment to delivering innovative therapies
with first-in-class or best-in-class potential.
Research and development investments increased by
10% CER, supporting the transformation of our pipe-
line profile. We made strong progress and now have a
transformed pipeline with strong momentum toward
late-stage assets within neuro-rare and neuro-spe-
cialty. We anticipate potential breakthroughs in neuro-
specialty areas targeting Parkinson’s disease and mi-
graine prevention, as well as in neuro-rare areas tar-
geting developmental and epileptic encephalopathies
(DEEs) and multiple system atrophy (MSA).
Amlenetug (anti-alpha-synuclein) targeting MSA, and
bexicaserin, targeting DEEs, are both progressing
through phase III trials. These assets represent prom-
ising opportunities to address brain disorders with
high unmet need, further cementing Lundbeck’s ambi-
tions in neuro-rare.
Also, in neuro-rare, notable pipeline milestones include
the orphan drug designation granted to Asedebart (Lu
AG13909, anti-ACTH) in both the U.S. and EU for the
treatment of congenital adrenal hyperplasia. This de-
velopment validates Lundbeck’s entry into targeted
Strategy update
Driving growth into the next decade
In 2025, Lundbeck performed impressively, demonstrating tangible pro-
gress on our Focused Innovator Strategy. We delivered sustained growth
from our strategic brands, advanced the pipeline significantly, and sharp-
ened our commercial focus, allowing us to reallocate funds for further in-
vestments in key growth areas and our innovative pipeline.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
13
neuro-hormonal disorders, underscoring our ability to
address medical needs in niche areas.
In the neuro-specialty area, results from two studies
reinforced the clinical strength of Vyepti
®
in migraine
treatment. Lu AG09222 (anti-PACAP), which represents
a potential new therapeutic option for the treatment of
migraine, also progressed in line with expectations.
Scaling for next phase of growth
Lundbeck’s Focused Innovator Strategy emphasizes
disciplined capital deployment and operational excel-
lence, enabling us to balance investments in innova-
tion with profitability. In 2025, we achieved +24% ad-
justed EBITDA growth at CER, despite significantly
higher R&D investments.
Continuing the execution of our Focused Innovator
Strategy, we transitioned to a partner-led commercial
operating model in 27 countries. With this transition
we are focusing resources and capital on the highest
growth opportunities while ensuring continued patient
access to our medicines through three partnerships
with Swixx Group, Zuellig Pharma, and New-Bridge
Pharmaceuticals.
This new commercial operating model sustains our
long-term strategy and deepens our commitment to
serving patients. By reducing complexity and shifting
resources to markets and brands with the greatest
growth potential, we are focusing capital to accelerate
progress on our strategic priorities. We continued to
invest in launch readiness activities, ensuring that we
remain an agile company, responsive to emerging op-
portunities and able to further solidify our position as a
leader in neuroscience innovation.
Our commercial model in the U.S. is increasingly differ-
entiated through a patient-centric and data-driven ap-
proach, driving deeper engagement, faster uptake,
and stronger persistency for Vyepti
®
and Rexulti
®
.
In Europe and International Operations, targeted in-
vestments in priority markets are unlocking significant
growth potential. Vyepti
®
has now been launched in 30
countries, delivering triple-digit growth in several ma-
jor EU markets. These achievements reflect Lundbeck’s
ability to adapt its commercial strategies to local mar-
ket dynamics while maintaining global consistency in
execution. In June, the SUNRISE trial confirmed efficacy
of Vyepti
®
in Asian population with chronic migraine,
and we initiated discussions with relevant regulatory
authorities with the aim of making eptinezumab availa-
ble for people suffering from migraine across Asia.
An essential part of Lundbeck’s Focused Innovator
Strategy is the capital reallocation program, through
which several decisions have been made to support
funding for growth and innovation. In connection with
this, Lundbeck has initiated a planned divestment of a
non-core production site in Italy, which will further re-
duce complexity in a non-strategic area for Lundbeck.
Our people are key drivers of success
Lundbeck’s transformation strategy places strong em-
phasis on people and culture as key drivers of success.
We are committed to cultivating a purposeful, innova-
tion-led environment grounded in psychological safety,
cross-functional collaboration, and agile decision-mak-
ing. Our culture is founded on behaviors of curiosity,
adaptability, and accountability, which are important
values in high-performing teams.
We continuously work to maintain a culture of respect
and safe working conditions for employees, value
chain partners, and patients. The 100% completion
rate of the annual e-learning on our Code of Ethics is a
testament to this.
In order to support our leaders, we have rolled out an
Enterprise Leadership Program, equipping them with
the mindset and capabilities to deliver business value
today while driving sustainable transformation. By em-
bracing an enterprise-wide perspective and consist-
ently modeling our behaviors, leaders at Lundbeck
play a pivotal role in unlocking the full potential of
every employee.
A strategic update to the corporate Long-Term Incen-
tive (LTI) Program was implemented in 2025 to ensure
alignment with the talent market, enhance employee
engagement, and link performance KPIs to our Fo-
cused Innovator Strategy ultimately driving sustaina-
ble value for shareholders.
Building an industry-leading neuroscience company
Our long-term ambition remains clear: to be posi-
tioned as a premier neuroscience company impacting
patients, people, and society through leading innova-
tion within neuro-specialty and neuro-rare, and deliv-
ering sustainable growth.
Access to health for those in need is at the core of
everything we do. In 2025, our main actions included
updating our Access to Health Strategy to guide our
efforts towards equitable access goals, including an
Equity-based Tiered Pricing position and new patient
access metrics.
In addition, Lundbeck recognizes the importance of
doing right by our people, minimizing impacts on the
environment, and conducting our business ethically.
In 2025, Lundbeck continued to work towards our cli-
mate and circularity aspirations, including continuously
expanding the collaboration with suppliers on the
challenging task of lowering our collective climate foot-
print. We finished the construction of a new chemical
recovery unit at one of our sites. This will both increase
recycling rates and reduce our GHG emissions.
We are committed to integrating sustainable practices
throughout our operations, driving both short-term
actions and long-term aspirations towards a sustaina-
ble future. Our Sustainability Strategy progress in 2025
and targets for our sustainability efforts in 2026 are
described on page 36 of this report.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
14
Value chain and business
model
At Lundbeck, we exist to advance brain health and transform lives;
by discovering, developing, and commercializing treatments that make a
difference to people affected by psychiatric and neurological disorders.
The ecosystem of our business
1
*
Patients are an integral part of Lundbeck’s full value chain ecosystem and fun-
damental to our patient-centric approach. Their lived experiences and ability to
identify unmet medical needs enable us to drive focused innovation across our
business.
While patients are the end-users of our pharmaceutical products, Lundbeck’s
customers are healthcare professionals (HCPs), including specialists, and au-
thorities, e.g., regulatory bodies, and public and private healthcare providers.
Our customers play an important role across our value chain, where HCPs are
the point of contact with patients, and the authorities regulate our access to
the market.
Leveraging our key partnerships across the value chain, including R&D, com-
mercial, and other types of partnerships, e.g., civil society and NGOs, enables
Lundbeck to drive our business, meet patient needs, increase awareness, and
ensure societal impact.
To pursue our goals and serve people living with brain disorders and society at
large, Lundbeck relies on approximately 5,300 highly qualified and specialized
employees. Furthermore, suppliers are key to providing the fundamental in-
puts to produce Lundbeck’s high-quality products, e.g., energy and raw materi-
als, research organizations conducting clinical studies and establishing evi-
dence for new drug candidates, and contract manufacturers producing medi-
cines.
Lundbeck’s main output is our impact on patients, people, and society, provid-
ing value-based treatment options for healthcare systems and improving
health outcomes for patients. We reinvest around 20% of our revenue into
R&D, develop jobs and skills for our employees, and create profitability to our
shareholders while also contributing tax to the societies we are part of.
1 ESRS 2, SBM-1 paragraph 42, 42(a), 42(b), and 42(c). *Subject to limited assurance.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
15
Total revenue
3*
24,630 DKKm
Total revenue, products
*
23,964 DKKm
Other revenue & effects from hedging
*
666 DKKm
Markets
1 ESRS 2, SBM-1 paragraph 40(a)ii. 2 Lundbeck has own presence in the following countries: Austria, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China & Hong Kong, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Korea, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal,
Sweden, Spain, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States. 3 ESRS 2, SBM-1, paragraph 40(b). *Subject to limited assurance. 4 The figures exclude other revenue of DKK 387 million and positive hedging effects of DKK 279 million.
Lundbeck’s products are registered in more than 80 countries, and
we have employees in more than 20 countries
2
. Our largest markets
are the U.S., China, Spain, Canada, Italy, France, Australia, Brazil,
South Korea, and the United Kingdom.
1
*
U.S.
Europe
International
Operations
Revenue
4,858 DKKm
Share of group revenue
4
20%
Revenue strategic brands
2,398 DKKm
Revenue
5,819 DKKm
Share of group revenue
4
24%
Revenue strategic brands
4,282 DKKm
Revenue
13,287 DKKm
Share of group revenue
4
56%
Revenue strategic brands
12,331 DKKm
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
16
Products
Strategic brands
Abilify LAI franchise
1,2
*
Abilify Maintena
®
(aripiprazole once monthly) has been mar-
keted since 2013 as a monthly intramuscular injection indi-
cated for the treatment of schizophrenia and bipolar I disor-
der in adults.
Abilify Asimtufii
®
(aripiprazole every two months) was
launched as an intramuscular injection every two months in
the U.S. in 2023. In 2024, the European Commission ap-
proved Abilify Maintena
®
960 mg. The product is launched
either alone or in collaboration with Otsuka Pharmaceutical.
Brintellix
®
/Trintellix
®1
*
(vortioxetine)
Indicated for the treatment of major depressive disorder
(MDD), Lundbeck markets Brintellix
®
/Trintellix
®
in Europe
and International Operations. Takeda is our co-promotion
partner in Japan. Launched in the first markets in 2014, it is
now available in approximately 60 countries.
Rexulti
®
/Rxulti
®1
*
(brexpiprazole)
Indicated as adjunctive therapy for the treatment of adults
with MDD and as a treatment for adults with schizophrenia,
it was launched in the U.S. in 2015 in collaboration with
Otsuka Pharmaceutical, and subsequently in several other
countries. In 2023, it was further approved for the treatment
of agitation associated with dementia due to Alzheimers dis-
ease.
Vyepti
®1
*
(eptinezumab)
Indicated for the preventive treatment of migraine in adults,
Lundbeck markets Vyepti
®
across all three regions: the U.S.,
Europe, and International Operations. Launched in the U.S.
at the beginning of 2020, it is now available in 33 countries
worldwide.
Revenue (DKKm)
3,776
% of total revenue
15%
Revenue (DKKm)
4,554
% of total revenue
19%
Revenue (DKKm)
6,205
% of total revenue
25%
Revenue (DKKm)
4,476
% of total revenue
18%
1 ERSR 2, SBM-1 paragraph 40(a)i. *Subject to limited assurance. 2 Abilify long-acting injectable (LAI) franchise comprises following products: Abilify Maintena
®
, Abilify Maintena
®
960 mg and Abilify Asimtufii
®
.
10%
CER
23%
CER
59%
CER
4%
CER
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
17
3%
CER
Products
1 ESRS 2, SBM-1 paragraph 40(a)i. *Subject to limited assurance.
Mature brands
Cipralex
®
/Lexapro
®1
*
(escitalopram)
Indicated for the treatment of depression, it was first
launched in 2002 and is now available in close to 100 coun-
tries around the world.
Revenue (DKKm)
1,955
Other pharmaceuticals
1
*
Revenue (DKKm)
2,998
Northera
®
(symptomatic neurogenic orthostatic hypoten-
sion (nOH)), Onfi
®
(epilepsy), Sabril
®
(refractory complex par-
tial seizures (rCPS) and infantile spasms (IS)), Ebixa
®
(demen-
tia), Azilect
®
(Parkinson’s disease), Xenazine
®
(chorea),
Deanxit
®
(depression), Cipramil
®
(depression and anxiety),
and Cisordinol
®
(psychosis) are among the largest of our
other mature brands.
% of total revenue
8%
% of total revenue
12%
2%
CER
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
18
Lundbeck is dedicated to neuroscience. We have the
heritage, expertise, and passion to translate leading
science into transformative treatments. Opportunities
to make a difference are huge: the unmet needs of pa-
tients are enormous, and the number of affected peo-
ple is rising. At the same time, neuroscience is at the
forefront of scientific breakthroughs, with rapid tech-
nological, medical, and regulatory advances driving in-
novation of new treatments.
Over the past year, we have continued to build our
pipeline as the engine for sustainable growth. With
more than 70 years’ strong legacy in neuroscience and
improving the lives of people, we are focusing on scal-
ing our position in neuro-specialty and building a
neuro-rare franchise with 5-6 mid/late-stage assets
and an adequate number of phase I projects. Now, we
have a transformed pipeline set to deliver break-
through products and long-term sustainable growth.
In 2025, we successfully progressed the pipeline
through rigorous development processes that define
how we operate by letting the biology, the molecule,
and the patient speak.
Our R&D organization focusses on promising biology,
and works with innovative discovery research using,
for example CLiPr and Blood Brain Barrier shuttle tech-
nologies. We are de-risking the early pipeline by letting
the biology speak. In this manner, we bring promising
projects quickly forward to early clinical proof of
concept, and we invite patients to guide us in the late
development phase.
Neuro-specialty highlights
Vyepti migraine prevention phase III
In late 2025, we continued the roll-out of Vyepti
®
(epti-
nezumab), with filings in South Korea, Japan and China.
In June, the full results of the phase III registra-
tional SUNRISE trial were presented at the European
Academy of Neurology 2025 Annual Congress. The
trial confirmed the efficacy of Vyepti
®
in the Asian pop-
ulation with chronic migraine, with eptinezumab
demonstrating statistically significant reductions in
mean monthly migraine days (MMDs) compared with
placebo. Patients receiving eptinezumab were four
times more likely to achieve a reduction of 75% in
MMDs within the first four weeks compared to pla-
cebo.
Also in June, the full results of the phase IV RESOLU-
TION trial demonstrated robust efficacy of Vyepti
®
in
otherwise difficult-to-treat patients. Patients treated
with eptinezumab reported rapid reductions in pain
severity by week 2 compared to placebo, alongside a
significant reduction in the use of acute migraine med-
ication.
In October, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) reviewed and acknowledged the clinical rele-
vance of the RELIEF data, approving its inclusion as the
third clinical study in the U.S. Prescribing Information
(USPI) for Vyepti. The clinical section of the USPI now
highlights that Vyepti demonstrated efficacy within two
hours after the start of infusion in patients eligible for
preventive treatment who were experiencing a mi-
graine attack at the time of administration.
Lu AG09222 migraine prevention (anti-PACAP)
phase II
The phase II asset Lu AG09222 represents a potential
new therapeutic option for the treatment of migraine,
which, unlike the calcitonin gene-related peptide
(CGRP) migraine treatment drug class, is a monoclonal
antibody targeting pituitary adenylate cyclase-activat-
ing polypeptide (PACAP). PACAP and its receptors are
broadly expressed in the nervous systems and inflam-
matory cells. By interfering with the PACAP signaling,
Science and innovation
Driving innovation of new treatments
In 2025, the significant pipeline progress reflects the continued evolution of
Lundbeck’s differentiated neuroscience portfolio, including an increased fo-
cus on assets targeting neuro-rare and neuro-specialty conditions. On our
way from unmet needs to transformative treatments, we combine internal
innovation with external partners’ research.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
19
there is potential to affect multiple symptoms of head-
ache disorders.
In March, following the recruitment of approximately
75% of the patients in the subcutaneous administra-
tion dose-finding part of the PROCEED trial, a pre-spec-
ified interim analysis triggered an expansion of the
trial by initiating an intravenous (IV) dose-finding part.
The PROCEED trial is designed to explore different
doses and routes of administration of Lu AG09222 in
patients with migraine for whom one to four previous
preventive treatments had failed to provide a benefit.
PROCEED is an interventional, randomized, double-
blind, parallel-group, placebo-controlled, dose-finding
phase IIb trial conducted in Europe, Japan and the U.S.
Lu AF28996 Parkinson’s disease phase Ib
Lu AF28996 addresses the greatest unmet need in
Parkinson’s disease in the large underserved patient
population with motor complications. Lu AF28996 of-
fers sustained D
1
and D
2
receptor stimulation, achieved
by back-and-forth conversion of metabolites serving as
a reservoir, leading to activation of both the direct and
indirect pathways.
In 2025, phase 1b open-label data in patients with mo-
tor fluctuations or complications showed an impactful
effect on GOOD On-time, positioning Lu AF28996 as
first-in-class oral dopamine-like agonist in Parkinson´s
disease (PD) delivering prolonged well-controlled
motor functioning without inducing troublesome dys-
kinesia.
MAGLi neurology
In the early development portfolio the MAGLi com-
pound Lu AG12947, emanating from the acquisition of
Abide, is progressing through a set of phase I enabling
studies exploring the potential of this innovative com-
pound.
Neuro-rare franchise highlights
Bexicaserin developmental and epileptic
encephalopathies (DEEs) phase III
In Q4 2024, Lundbeck acquired Longboard Pharma-
ceuticals with the lead asset bexicaserin which holds
blockbuster potential and initiated the global phase III
program consisting of DEEp-SEA, evaluating bexi-
caserin for the treatment of seizures associated with
Dravet syndrome, one of the rare DEEss, as well as
DEEp-OCEAN evaluating the efficacy of bexicaserin in
other developmental and epileptic encephalopathies
(DEEs). DEEs are the most severe childhood-onset rare
epilepsies, characterized by drug-resistant seizures,
frequent epileptic activity on electroencephalography
(EEG), and developmental slowing or regression.
In January 2025, Lundbeck announced the headline re-
sults of the bexicaserin PACIFIC phase 1b/2a 12
months open-label-extension study evaluating bexi-
caserin in patients with DEEs. The trial was designed to
evaluate the long-term (up to 52 weeks), safety, tolera-
bility, and efficacy of bexicaserin in individuals with a
DEE. In August, the full data were presented: During
the OLE, a median reduction of 59.3% in countable
motor seizure frequency was observed, with 55% of
participants experiencing sustained reductions of
50% compared to baseline before the PACIFIC trial,
reinforcing durability of response and validating its
progression to phase III-trials. In December 2025, OLE
follow-up data presented at the American Epilepsy So-
ciety meeting showed sustained seizure response in
patients followed up to 24 months.
The innovative potential of bexicaserin, with its unique
5-HT
2C
super-agonist mechanism of action, positions
us to address significant unmet needs in severe epi-
lepsies across DEEs including Dravet and Lennox-Gas-
taut syndromes. Bexicaserin was granted break-
through therapy designation by the FDA in 2024 and
by Chinese health authorities in September 2025
based on its potential to address all DEEs. Market en-
try is expected in 2028. Compared to the treatments
currently available, e.g. fenfluramine, bexicaserin has
greater selectivity and specificity, designed to bind only
5-HT
2C
receptors. Among the more than 50 ILAE (Inter-
national League Against Epilepsy) defined DEEs, only
four have approved treatments so far.
Amlenetug multiple system atrophy
Lu AF82422 phase II
Lu AF82422 is a monoclonal antibody (mAb) targeting
the pathological form of the protein alpha-synuclein
which is believed to play a pivotal role in the develop-
ment and progression of neurodegenerative diseases
such as multiple system atrophy (MSA), Parkinson’s dis-
ease (PD), and other synucleinopathies.
By targeting pathological alpha-synuclein with an anti-
body that inhibits aggregation and potentially clears
pathological alpha-synuclein from the brain, the pro-
ject aims to demonstrate a delay in disease progres-
sion and a therapeutic effect on disease burden and
function. Lundbeck has obtained orphan drug desig-
nation for MSA from the EMA (April 2021), FDA (April
2024) and MHLW (Ministery of Health, Labour, and
Welfare) (February 2025) as well as SAKIGAKE pioneer-
ing drug designation from the Japanese health author-
ities (March 2023) and Fast track designation from the
FDA (February 2025).
Building on the phase II randomized, double-blind, pla-
cebo-controlled exploratory proof-of-concept (PoC)
trial AMULET testing Lu AF82422 in 61 MSA patients in
the U.S. and Japan, and showing convincing trends of
slowing MSA, Lundbeck initiated the phase III clinical
trial MASCOT in November 2024.
Lundbeck aims to deliver the first disease-modifying
treatment option in MSA with an expected market en-
try in 2029.
Asedebart (Lu AG13909) phase I/II
Asedebart is a first-in-class monoclonal antibody with
the potential to offer a treatment alternative to pa-
tients suffering from conditions related to the hypo-
thalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis, leading to
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
20
increased levels of adrenocorticotropic hormone
(ACTH). By binding to ACTH with high affinity,
Asedebart aims to reduce elevated ACTH levels, poten-
tially providing therapeutic benefits for individuals with
neurohormonal dysfunctions.
Lundbeck initiated a first-in-human trial in patients
with congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH) in December
2022, and a trial in Cushing’s disease (CD) in June 2024.
In 2025, Lundbeck received orphan drug designation
in the U.S. and EU for Asedebart for the treatment of
patients with congenital adrenal hyperplasia. The or-
phan drug designation was granted to Asedebart by
the FDA on 12 May 2025 and the European Medicines
Agency (EMA) on 20 June 2025.
Asedebart (anti-ACTH) is progressing in line with ex-
pectations, positioning the pipeline to deliver a new
generation of therapies with first-in-class or best-in-
class potential.
CD40L blocker central nervous system (CNS)
disorders
Lu AG22515 phase Ib
Pursuing the CD40-CD40L interaction, Lundbeck is tap-
ping into well-described and clinically validated biology
potentially involved in multiple CNS disorders. By tar-
geting the CD40L pathway, which is involved in the ac-
tivation of complex T-cell mediated autoimmune re-
sponses, Lu AG22515 represents a novel approach in
the treatment landscape of auto-immune and neuro-
immunological diseases. Blocking CD40L inhibits both
B and T cell activations without direct clearance of B
cell populations and holds strong promise in treating a
wide range of autoimmune-related CNS disorders.
Lu AG22515 is a CD40L/human serum-albumin Fab
bispecific fusion protein that blocks the CD40L/CD40
pathway through direct competition with CD40 of
CD40L, thereby affecting adaptive and innate immune
responses. Lu AG22515 is a promising therapeutic
candidate being developed under a licensing and col-
laboration agreement between Lundbeck and AprilBio
Co., Ltd.
In October 2024, Lundbeck initiated the first clinical
trial of its CD40L blocker, Lu AG22515, in patients. The
proof-of-concept (PoC) trial will evaluate the efficacy,
safety, and tolerability of Lu AG22515 as a potential
treatment for thyroid eye disease (TED), an autoim-
mune condition causing a debilitating, disfiguring, and
potentially blinding periocular disease. The open label
24-week TED phase Ib trial is planned to enroll 19 pa-
tients.
In November 2025, data were presented from interim
analyses providing an early signal of detection and
paving the way to progress the program. Data shows a
clear reduction in the autoantibody anti-TSHR and an
estimated mean change from baseline on proptosis of
>2 mm within a clinically relevant timeframe.
Lu AG22515 exhibits high potency, an extended half-
life due to its SAFA technology, and an improved safety
profile compared to other immunosuppressing MoAs
and holds great potential in multiple indications.
Psychiatry core
Brexpiprazole in post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD) phase III
On 20 September 2025, a complete response letter
(CRL) was issued by the FDA regarding the sNDA for
the use of Rexulti
®
(brexpiprazole) in combination with
sertraline as a treatment for adults with PTSD. The CRL
states that the FDA has completed its review but can-
not approve the application in its current form, as the
application does not provide substantial evidence of
effectiveness to support approval. Lundbeck has de-
cided not to invest further into the development of
PTSD.
This follows the review of the sNDA for Rexulti (brex-
piprazole) in combination with sertraline as a potential
treatment for PTSD by the FDA’s Psychopharmacologic
Drugs Advisory Committee (PDAC) in July 2025. Follow-
ing a thorough review of the data, the committee
voted 110, concluding that the efficacy of brexpipra-
zole, when initiated concurrently with sertraline, has
not been established for the treatment of PTSD based
on the evidence presented.
Lundbeck filed a supplemental new drug application
(sNDA) for brexpiprazole in combination with sertraline
for the treatment of adults with PTSD in June 2024.
The sNDA is based on data from three randomized
clinical trials evaluating the safety and efficacy of
brexpiprazole in combination with sertraline in adult
patients with PTSD, namely the phase II trial 061 and
the two phase III trials 071 and 072.
The primary endpoint for all three trials was the
change from week 1 to week 10 in the Clinician-Admin-
istered PTSD Scale (CAPS-5) total score for brexpipra-
zole and sertraline combination therapy versus ser-
traline plus placebo in patients diagnosed with PTSD
according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of
Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5).
The trials were randomized, double blind, and active-
controlled. Trials 061 and 071 were flexible-dose trials,
while trial 072 was a fixed-dose trial. In both trials 061
and 071, brexpiprazole in combination with sertraline
was associated with a statistically significant reduction
(p<0.05) in PTSD symptoms compared to sertraline
plus placebo, as measured by the change in the CAPS-
5 total score from week 1 to week 10 (primary end-
point). In trial 072, while the primary endpoint was not
met, reductions in PTSD symptom severity with brex-
piprazole in combination with sertraline were con-
sistent with trials 061 and 071.
Across the three randomized trials, the combination of
brexpiprazole and sertraline in adult patients with
PTSD was generally well-tolerated, and no new safety
observations were identified.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
21
Brexpiprazole in adolescent patients (13-17 years
old) with schizophrenia phase III
The European Commission (EC) and SwissMedic ap-
proved the pediatric schizophrenia indication (for ado-
lescents aged 13 to 17 years) in March and December
2025, respectively.
The approvals are based on the phase III trial 331-10-
234 in adolescent patients with schizophrenia
(NCT03198078), which demonstrated a significant im-
provement for brexpiprazole compared to placebo. In
the trial, brexpiprazole was generally well tolerated,
and the safety profile was similar to that observed in
adult patients with schizophrenia.
Aripiprazole two-month long-acting injectable (LAI)
formulation
In January 2025, Health Canada approved a supple-
mental New Drug Submission (sNDS) for the two-
month formulation which is an innovative addition to
the long-acting injectable (LAI) franchise and has pa-
tent protection until the early part of the next decade.
Based on pharmacokinetic modelling, the FDA ac-
cepted in March 2025 an update of the USPIs for
Abilify Asimtufii
®
and Abilify Maintena
®
with a one-day
initiation regimen (1-IR) in addition to the currently ap-
proved initiation regimens, Patients stabilized on oral
Abilify are now able to initiate the every-two-month
Abilify Asimtufii
®
treatment regimen in a single day by
administering one injection of Abilify Asimtufii
®
960
mg, one injection of Abilify Maintena
®
400 mg, and a
single oral dose of Abilify 20 mg. For Abilify Maintena
®
,
the 1-IR consists of two separate injections of Abilify
Maintena
®
400 mg and a single oral dose of Abilify 20
mg.
Vortioxetine pediatric development program in
major depressive disorder (MDD) in Japan
Given the large unmet medical need and the absence
of medicines approved in Japan for the treatment of
MDD in children, Lundbeck has decided to initiate a
pediatric development program in collaboration with
its alliance partner Takeda.
The phase III trial is a randomized, double-blind, pla-
cebo-controlled 10-week study evaluating the efficacy
and safety of flexible-dose vortioxetine (10-20mg) in
MDD in adolescents aged 12-17 years. The first pediat-
ric patient in Japan was randomized in January 2026.
In August 2024, based on the development program,
Lundbeck and Takeda received a positive opinion from
the Japanese Pharmaceutical Affairs Council Commit-
tee on Drug I of the Ministry of Health, Labour and
Welfare, granting vortioxetine a two-year extension
until 2029 of the re-examination period for the adult
indication in MDD. This means that vortioxetine’s loss
of exclusivity in Japan will be extended by two years.
This extension is unrelated to the phase III trial out-
come.
Generating innovation through collaboration
As a focused innovator, we continue harnessing both
internal and external innovation to progress our pipe-
line. We are committed to advancing science, from in-
novations born in-house or externally, to develop new
and better treatment options. We are open to partner-
ships to accelerate our efforts and bring medicines to
patients even faster. And we always strive to be the
partner of choice.
Breakthroughs in biomarkers, genetics, treatment mo-
dalities, and artificial intelligence are revolutionizing
neuroscience R&D at a fast pace. These technological
advancements are deepening our understanding of
the biology of brain disorders, expanding the target
landscape, and opening new avenues for transforma-
tive research.
At Lundbeck, we recognize that rapid innovation de-
mands agility and adaptability to seize emerging op-
portunities, both internally and externally.
The newly established External Innovation Unit within
Lundbeck’s R&D is dedicated to fostering life science
innovation through early stage, collaborative partner-
ships with biotech communities, industry leaders, and
academic institutions. These alliances enable us to co-
create the future of brain health, combining over 70
years of neuroscience expertise and R&D excellence,
with external specialism and innovation
1
.
Driving future therapies through external innovation
Early-stage partnerships are central to Lundbeck’s ap-
proach. They allow us to exchange insights and exper-
tise, creating shared value in the pursuit of common
goals. As a Focused Innovator, we actively pursue tar-
gets with well described biology for the highest likeli-
hood of success. We put our strategic focus on part-
nerships across the respective fields of brain diseases
within neuroscience.
In October 2025, we announced a new strategic part-
nership with Contera Pharma to advance RNA-target-
ing medicines for serious neurological conditions. RNA
therapies are a class of treatments that utilize ribonu-
cleic acid (RNA) molecules to treat or manage diseases.
These therapies work by targeting specific genetic pro-
cesses within cells, offering a precise and innovative
approach to addressing various medical conditions.
This partnership reflects Lundbeck’s long-term strat-
egy to strengthen pipeline both internally and through
external collaborations with scientific innovators. By in-
corporating RNA therapeutics into our research port-
folio, we broaden our capabilities and ensure we re-
main at the forefront of innovation in brain health.
Support from Michael J. Fox Foundation
With the support from the world-renowned Michael J.
Fox Foundation, Lundbeck is combining its bio-marker
discoveries with leading microfluidic experts at the
Danish Technical University (DTU) to develop a state-
of-the-art biomarker assay for Parkinson’s disease (PD).
The project Quantitative SAAs for alpha-synuclein from
1 For more information about Lundbeck’s External Research & Innovation Unit, please visit www.lundbeck.com
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
22
various matrices, is an attempt to develop assays for
samples such as skin and saliva.
With a second grant from the Michael J. Fox Founda-
tion, Lundbeck is leading the discovery of a radioligand
as a marker of neuroinflammation for PD and other
brain diseases in collaboration with experts in positron
emission tomography (PET) at Aarhus University. The
grant concluded in 2025, having facilitated the identifi-
cation of several novel molecules with promising prop-
erties. Additionally, it enabled the establishment of an
efficient workflow between Lundbeck and Aarhus Uni-
versity, laying the foundation for continued collabora-
tion on markers for neuroinflammation.
Lundbeck is a longtime partner of the Parkinson's Pro-
gression Markers Initiative (PPMI) biomarker program
at the Michael J. Fox Foundation, where we participate
in the advisory board and several working groups.
Partners contribute to PPMI through financial and in-
kind donations and are play a leading role in providing
feedback on study parameters through the Partner
Scientific Advisory Board. Lundbeck also act as an advi-
sor in the foundation’s Quantitative Biomarker initia-
tive, evaluating new programs to develop new bi-
omarkers.
Lighthouse Life Science
In 2025, Lundbeck continued leading the public-pri-
vate partnership Lighthouse Life Science, which aims
to promote better health outcomes, greater equity in
health, and economic growth. Under Lundbeck’s
leadership from 2023 to 2025, the partnership’s focus
has been on mental health. The Lighthouse initiative
aims to support the national 10-year psychiatry plan
set by the Danish government, with special attention
to three key priority areas: children and adolescents
with mental health challenges, enhanced treatment for
severe mental disorders, and anti-stigma information
campaigns. Addressing mental health challenges re-
quires strong collaboration across public and private
stakeholders. Innovative solutions are essential to sup-
port individuals facing psychological difficulties and to
strengthen overall mental health across society.
Driving innovation with AI
Lundbeck has a continued ambition to systematically
harness AI across R&D to lead the way in AI-enabled
clinical assets, cut late-stage development timelines
through real-time adaptive trials, and automate core
R&D workflows. This transformation will be fueled by
bold partnerships in research and development and
targeted investments in internal AI talent, redefining
what is possible in neuroscience innovation.
In April 2025, Lundbeck made an enterprise roll out of
Scite.ai, a powerful AI-enabled literature review tool.
Scite.ai streamlines literature review by using AI to
contextualize citations, helping users quickly assess
the credibility of sources and enabling fast review of
vast amounts of peer-reviewed journals.
In May 2025, Lundbeck became one of the first phar-
maceutical companies to collaborate with the Danish
Centre for AI Innovation (DCAI), gaining privileged ac-
cess to Gefion, one of the world’s most powerful AI su-
percomputers. This collaboration represents a pivotal
step in our Focused Innovator Strategy, and supple-
ments Lundbeck’s Science Cloud, a state-of-the-art
platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), providing
on-demand infrastructure for computing needs, and
facilitating daily innovation.
In 2025, Lundbeck also continued its strategic partner-
ship with Iambic Therapeutics to leverage AI-driven
drug discovery for neurological diseases, specifically
targeting unmet needs such as migraine. The collabo-
ration is approaching a key pre-clinical milestone. Iam-
bic’s proprietary AI platform, including its Neu-
ralPLexer protein-ligand structure prediction engine,
has enabled rapid design-make-test cycles, signifi-
cantly enhancing our ability to address complex neuro-
logical targets that have historically been difficult to
modulate.
Additionally, Lundbeck collaborates with Logica, inte-
grating Valo Health’s AI-powered Opal Computational
Platform and Charles River’s drug discovery expertise
to complement in-house molecule discovery, applying
AI to both small- and large-molecule discovery pro-
jects.
Advanced AI tools empower our regulatory and clinical
experts. The combination of the Vivpro Biointelligence
software platform and ChatGPTs deep research func-
tionality has been selected as the most promising
solution for generating insights from publicly available,
unstructured data. These tools support smarter, faster
decision-making for both pipeline and business devel-
opment initiatives, enhancing decision quality by inte-
grating regulatory and safety insights directly into
pipeline decisions and reducing cycle times. This sup-
ports Lundbeck’s Focused Innovator Strategy by
strengthening data-driven decisions to increase pro-
gram and trial success rates.
Lundbeck expects to be able to accelerate late-stage
clinical trials and is actively mapping solutions for digi-
tal and AI-powered clinical trial execution with a focus
on patient recruitment, site selection, and enrollment
monitoring. Furthermore, the preparation of regula-
tory documents is considered an area that will reap
significant benefits from digitalization/AI augmenta-
tion, leading to increased productivity and shortening
of cycle times. To this end, Lundbeck is actively piloting
GenAI tools for structured authoring. Finally, AI and
other digital tools are being explored to aid medical
documentation and other authors by ensuring con-
sistency, clarity, and regulatory compliance while auto-
mating repetitive tasks.
Innovation in treatment
Please refer to section S4 in the Sustainability
Statement on page 98 for more on Lundbeck’s
approach to innovation in treatment.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy
Annual Report 2025
23
Pipeline
1 CGRP: Calcitonin gene-related peptide. 2 Two phase III clinical trials completed, supporting registration in Asia. 3 PACAP: Pituitary adenylate cyclase activating peptide. 4 Dopamine receptor D1 and D2. 5 ACTH: Adrenocorticotropic hormone. Two phase Ib trials are currently ongoing
in Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia and Cushing’s Disease. For technical reasons, officially categorized as a Phase II trial to adhere to local requirements in some countries. 6 TED: thyroid eye disease 7 MAGLi: monoacylglycerol lipase (“MAGlipase”) inhibitor.
Late Development
Early Development
Management eview / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
24
Business
performance
25 Financial performance review
26 Business performance
31 Financial guidance and outlook 2026
33 Summary for the group 2021-2025
36 Sustainability
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
24
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
25
In 2025, Lundbeck’s total revenue reached DKK 24,630
million, representing growth of +13% CER (+12% DKK),
driven primarily by strong performance in the U.S. and
Europe growing +24% CER (+20% DKK) and +17% CER
(+17% DKK), respectively.
The revenue of Lundbeck’s strategic brands increased
by a record +19% CER (+15% DKK), reaching DKK
19,011 million, representing 77% of total revenue.
Vyepti
®
grew by 59% CER, and Rexulti
®
by 23% CER.
Strong profitability growth
EBITDA increased to DKK 7,140 million, representing
growth of +38% at CER (+39% DKK), while adjusted
EBITDA reached DKK 7,881 million, increasing by +24%
at CER (+24% DKK). The improvement in profitability
was driven by continued strong performance of
Lundbeck’s strategic brands, primarily Vyepti
®
and
Rexulti
®
, combined with operating leverage from disci-
plined capital reallocation and a strong cost culture
and partially offset by the impairment loss from the
planned divestment of a non-core production site in It-
aly. These actions enabled continued investment in
growth while maintaining a clear focus on near-term
delivery and value creation.
EBITDA growth was partly offset by higher R&D ex-
penses, reflecting deliberate investments in targeted
projects, innovation, the execution of Lundbeck’s Fo-
cused Innovator Strategy and one-time costs as part of
Lundbeck’s capital reallocation program.
EPS reached DKK 3.22, increasing by +2% DKK and ad-
justed EPS reached DKK 5.26, growing +5% DKK, re-
flecting the strong EBIT performance, partially offset
by higher financial expenses and income taxes.
In line with our dividend policy, it is proposed to pay
out a dividend of DKK 1.15 per share or DKK 1,145 mil-
lion which is an increase of +21% compared to 2024.
Financial performance review
Record 2025 performance positions
Lundbeck for continued growth
2025 was a record year for Lundbeck, delivering strong performance with
double-digit growth.
1 The 2024 comparative figure has been changed to ensure comparability between the years.
Key figures
DKKm
2025
2024
Change (CER)
Change (DKK)
Revenue
24,630
22,004
13%
12%
EBITDA
7,140
5,146
38%
39%
Adjusted EBITDA
7,881
6,347
24%
24%
EPS (DKK)
3.22
3.17
2%
Adjusted EPS (DKK)
1
5.26
5.01
5%
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
26
Approximately 90% of the strategic brands growth was
attributable to the strong performance of Vyepti
®
and
Rexulti
®
in the U.S. in 2025. Vyepti
®
and Rexulti
®
sales
in the U.S. grew +58% CER (+53% DKK) and +23% CER
(+19% DKK), respectively. The largest markets for the
strategic brands were the U.S., Spain, Canada, Italy and
France.
Strategic brands
The Focused Innovator Strategy amplifies Lundbeck’s
strategic brands representing the company’s growth
engine, driving revenue expansion, margin improve-
ment, and sustainable long-term value creation.
Rexulti
®
(brexpiprazole) revenue reached DKK 6,205
million representing growth of +23% CER (+19% DKK).
In the U.S., continued strong demand growth in both
agitation associated with dementia due to Alzheimer’s
disease (AADAD) and major depressive disorder (MDD)
drove the revenue growth. Total prescriptions (TRx)
grew +24.2% year-over-year in 2025, reaching all-time
high market share of 2.86% during December. In
AADAD, Rexulti
®
reached 4.6% market share within the
Alzheimer segment and accounted for 24.4% of total
U.S. Rexulti
®
prescriptions in November, reflecting a
continued expansion. In Europe and International Op-
erations, Rexulti
®
continued the stable growth into the
fourth quarter, driven by demand growth in countries
such as Spain (+72%), expanding market share on the
back of the 2024 launch, Italy (+12%), and Brazil
(+10%), maintaining market share in a growing market,
while Canada (+11%) maintained momentum on the
back of nationwide reimbursement. The revenue distri-
bution by region was 93%, 2% and 5% in the U.S., Eu-
rope and International Operations, respectively. The
largest markets are the U.S., Brazil, Canada, Australia
and Mexico.
Brintellix
®
/Trintellix
®
(vortioxetine) revenue reached
DKK 4,554 million representing a decline of -4% CER
(-6% DKK), with continued strong double digit growth
in Europe, where the brand continued to gain market
share across key markets in the fourth quarter of
2025, such as Italy (5.7% market share), France (4.5%
market share), and Spain (6.4% market share). In Inter-
national Operations, Japan hit 12.6% market share dur-
ing the fourth quarter of 2025, resulting in +11% de-
mand growth in the quarter. Generic competition in
Canada, starting in the second quarter of 2025 led to
continued erosion in the second half of the year. In ad-
dition, continued price and volume pressure from
postvolume-based procurement (VBP) in China and
continued generic erosion in Brazil added to the reve-
nue decline. The year-over-year revenue development
reflects the transfer of U.S. sales operations to Takeda,
effective on 1 January 2025 as well as the Medicare
Part D redesign impacts. The revenue distribution by
region was 28%, 44% and 28% in the U.S., Europe and
International Operations, respectively. The largest
markets for this product are the U.S., Spain, Canada, It-
aly and Japan.
Vyepti
®
(eptinezumab) delivered strong growth in
2025, with revenue reaching DKK 4,476 million, an in-
crease of +59% CER (+54% DKK). Vyepti
®
maintained its
strong momentum across all regions. In the U.S.,
Vyepti
®
continued to accelerate into the fourth quarter
of 2025, maintaining its position as the fastest-growing
aCGRP in the U.S., reaching record-high 11.8% market
share during December through continued increase of
Business performance
The strong performance in strategic brands was driven by the U.S. and Eu-
rope, growing +24% CER and + 17% CER, respectively.
Revenue per region
United States: DKK 13,287 million (+21%
CER; +17% DKK)
Europe: DKK 5,819 million (+13% CER;
+13% DKK)
International Operations: DKK 4,858
million (-3% CER; -7% DKK)
Revenue strategic brands
Rexulti
®
: DKK 6,205 million (+23% CER;
+19% DKK)
Brintellix
®
/Trintellix
®
: DKK 4,554 million
(-4% CER; -6% DKK)
Abilify LAI franchise: DKK 3,776 million
(+10% CER; +8% DKK)
Vyepti
®
: DKK 4,476 million (+59% CER; +54%
DKK)
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
27
new patient starts, increased VIN enrolments, Rx-to-fill
conversion and positive 300mg utilization with de-
mand volume growing by +46.4% for November 2025
year-to-date versus prior year. In Europe and Interna-
tional Operations, Vyepti
®
maintained absolute growth
momentum into the fourth quarter of 2025 delivering
+63% growth in 2025 versus prior year. This was
achieved through consistently strong demand growth
across key markets such as France (+81%), Spain
(+78%), Germany (+63%), Canada (+54%) and Italy
(+122%). The aCGRP market continues to grow
strongly across all markets, with Vyepti
®
outgrowing
the market across all key markets. The revenue distri-
bution by region was 87%, 9% and 4% in the U.S., Eu-
rope and International Operations, respectively. The
largest markets are the U.S., France, Canada, Spain
and U.A.E.
Abilify LAI franchise revenue reached DKK 3,776 mil-
lion and grew +10% CER (+8% DKK). The franchise de-
livered solid growth in 2025. The Abilify LAI franchise in
the U.S. grew to reach +9% CER growth in 2025 on the
back of +7% growth in demand volume in the fourth
quarter of 2025 on an expanding market share for the
brands. Strong uptake in total prescriptions (TRx) for
Abilify Asimtufii
®
(61.1% for November 2025 year-to-
date versus prior year), which grew market share to
reach 4.3% in November as Lundbeck continue to
source patients from oral aripiprazole, other oral anti-
psychotics, LAIs other than Abilify Maintena
®
and naïve
patients. The Abilify LAI franchise grew in Europe,
driven by continued market share gains following the
launch of Abilify Maintena
®
960mg, particularly in
Spain (32% LAI market share), France (32% LAI market
share) and Italy (42% LAI market share), underpinning
the brand’s ability to capture business from other anti-
psychotics. Conversion reached 23% by the end of the
fourth quarter of 2025 in these countries. In Interna-
tional Operations, Australia benefitted from delayed
generic entry, leading to +9% growth in demand in the
fourth quarter of 2025, while Canada maintained mar-
ket share amid a flattening market growth. The reve-
nue distribution by region was 37%, 46% and 17% in
the U.S., Europe and International Operations, respec-
tively. The largest markets are the U.S., Spain, Canada,
Australia and Italy.
Mature brands
Lundbeck’s mature brands comprise established neu-
roscience treatments that provide stable cash genera-
tion and a solid earnings base, supporting continued
investment in innovation and future growth opportuni-
ties.
Cipralex
®
/Lexapro
®
(escitalopram) revenue reached
DKK 1,955 million, a decrease of -2% CER (-5% DKK).
This performance is mainly impacted by the continued
generic erosion, particularly in Japan, Canada and Italy,
partially offset by demand growth in a few other mar-
kets. Regional revenue distribution was 65% and 35%
in International Operations and Europe, respectively,
with China, South Korea, Italy and Brazil as the largest
markets.
Revenue from Other pharmaceuticals, which com-
prises the remainder of Lundbeck’s products, reached
DKK 2,998 million, representing a decline of -3% CER
(-6% DKK). The decrease reflects the expected generic
erosion of mature products such as Northera
®
, Xena-
zine
®
and Deanxit
®
. This was offset by the strong per-
formance of Sabril
®
in the U.S. The largest markets for
Other pharmaceuticals are the U.S., China, France,
South Korea and the UK.
Revenue by geographical area
Lundbeck’s five largest markets are the U.S., China,
Spain, Italy and Canada constituting 70% of the total
revenue.
United States revenue reached DKK 13,287 million
representing growth of +21% CER (+17% DKK) main-
taining more than 19% growth CER across all quarters
of 2025. The strategic brands reached DKK 12,331 mil-
lion, increasing +24% CER (+20% DKK) and represent-
ing 93% of the revenue in this market. Vyepti
®
was the
primary growth contributor, with growth accelerating
in the fourth quarter, driven by a +46.4% increase in
TRx (November 2025 year-to-date) demand under-
pinned by new patient starts, strong patient conver-
sion, improved persistency and increased 300mg utili-
zation. The strong performance was reflected in the
all-time-high market share of 11.8% during December,
underpinning the exceptional performance as being
the fastest-growing aCGRP in the U.S. On top of im-
proved conversion and higher dosage, the growth was
Total revenue
DKKm
2025
2024
Growth (CER)
Growth (DKK)
Rexulti
®
6,205
5,202
23%
19%
Brintellix
®
/Trintellix
®
4,554
4,847
(4%)
(6%)
Vyepti
®
4,476
2,909
59%
54%
Abilify LAI franchise
3,776
3,504
10%
8%
Strategic brands
19,011
16,462
19%
15%
Cipralex
®
/Lexapro
®
1,955
2,048
(2%)
(5%)
Other pharmaceuticals
2,998
3,180
(3%)
(6%)
Mature brands
4,953
5,228
(3%)
(5%)
Other revenue
387
366
6%
6%
Total revenue before hedging
24,351
22,056
13%
10%
Effects from hedging
279
(52)
Total revenue
24,630
22,004
13%
12%
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
28
further supported by best-in-class persistency. Rexulti
®
delivered strong growth of +23% CER (+19% DKK), sup-
ported by growth in both MDD and AADAD indications,
where market share increased across all patient seg-
ments. TRx growth reached +24.2%, with AADAD ac-
counting for over 24% of total prescriptions. The Abilify
LAI franchise growth in the fourth quarter of 2025 was
supported by continued TRx growth, primarily from
Abilify Asimtufii
®
, which rose +61.1% November 2025
year-to-date versus prior year. Growth in Abilify
Maintena
®
was impacted by gross-to-net headwinds
linked to the Medicare Part D redesign. Trintellix
®
re-
flects the effect of the Takeda transition, effective 1
January 2025 as well as the Medicare Part D redesign
impacts. Mature brands declined overall, with contin-
ued erosion for Northera
®
, Onfi
®
and Xenazine
®
, offset
by stable performance of Sabril
®
.
Europe revenue reached DKK 5,819 million represent-
ing a growth of +13% CER (+13% DKK). The strategic
brands reached DKK 4,282 million, increasing +17%
CER (+17% DKK) and representing 74% of revenue in
this market. The solid growth in Europe was driven by
Vyepti
®
at +65% CER growth over 2024 and Brintellix
®
with +15% CER growth over 2024. Both brands saw
continued market share expansion across key markets.
Additionally, the Abilify LAI franchise grew at +11% CER
over 2024, driven by the rollout of Abilify Maintena
®
960mg, now launched in 23 markets and with an aver-
age conversion rate of 20%. Overall growth was partic-
ularly strong in Spain, Italy, the UK and France, where
demand momentum continued into the fourth
quarter. The largest markets in Europe are Spain, Italy,
France and Switzerland.
International Operations comprises all Lundbeck’s
markets outside the U.S. and Europe. Revenue
reached DKK 4,858 million, a decrease of -3% CER (-7%
DKK). The strategic brands reached DKK 2,398 million,
unchanged at CER (-5% DKK), and representing 49% of
revenue in this market. Despite strong momentum in
strategic brands such as Rexulti
®
and Vyepti
®
with 18%
CER and 60% CER growth respectively over 2024 as
well as market share expansion across key markets,
and solid performance of the Abilify LAI franchise
across countries, total revenue continued to decline in
the fourth quarter of 2025 in International Operations,
driven by generic competition for Brintellix
®
in Canada,
Brazil and China. The biggest markets are China, Can-
ada, Australia, Brazil and South Korea. China and Can-
ada constitute approximately 41% of the regional reve-
nue.
Effects from hedging
Lundbeck hedges a significant part of the currency
revenue risk for a period of 12-18 months. Hedging
had a positive impact of DKK 279 million (DKK -52 mil-
lion in 2024) on revenue in 2025 contributing to miti-
gate risks regarding the foreign exchange risks in our
revenue.
Total revenue
DKKm
2025
2024
Growth (CER)
Growth (DKK)
United States
Rexulti
®
5,745
4,811
23%
19%
Vyepti
®
3,908
2,557
58%
53%
Abilify LAI franchise
1,385
1,311
9%
6%
Trintellix
®
1,293
1,596
(15%)
(19%)
Strategic brands
12,331
10,275
24%
20%
Mature brands
956
1,050
(6%)
(9%)
Revenue United States
13,287
11,325
21%
17%
Europe
Brintellix
®
2,008
1,750
15%
15%
Abilify LAI franchise
1,758
1,579
11%
11%
Vyepti
®
395
239
65%
65%
Rexulti
®
121
82
45%
48%
Strategic brands
4,282
3,650
17%
17%
Mature brands
1,537
1,496
4%
3%
Revenue Europe
5,819
5,146
13%
13%
International Operations
Brintellix
®
/Trintellix
®
1,253
1,501
(12%)
(17%)
Abilify LAI franchise
633
614
9%
3%
Rexulti
®
339
309
18%
10%
Vyepti
®
173
113
60%
53%
Strategic brands
2,398
2,537
0%
(5%)
Mature brands
2,460
2,682
(5%)
(8%)
Revenue International Operations
4,858
5,219
(3%)
(7%)
Other revenue
387
366
6%
6%
Total revenue before hedging
24,351
22,056
13%
10%
Effects from hedging
279
(52)
Total revenue
24,630
22,004
13%
12%
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
29
Gross profit
Cost of sales reached DKK 4,265 million increasing by
+3% CER (+1% DKK) mainly driven by costs related to a
manufacturing contract for amlenetug as well as an
environmental provision, partly offset by the reversal
of the Vyepti
®
provision for inventory obsolescence of
DKK 389 million, triggered by Vyepti
®
’s commercial
performance. In addition, lower amortization costs due
to fully amortized product rights also supported the
development. Excluding the extraordinary items, cost
of sales increased +9% DKK primarily impacted by the
one-time costs related to a manufacturing contract for
amlenetug and lower amortization costs.
Gross profit reached DKK 20,365 million, increasing by
+16% CER (+15% DKK). The gross margin was 82.7%
representing an increase of 1.9 percentage points.
Gross margin was mainly driven by a combination of
higher revenue, the reversal of the Vyepti
®
provision
for inventory obsolescence and lower amortization
costs, partially offset by costs related to a manufactur-
ing contract for amlenetug.
Adjusted gross profit is the gross profit excluding de-
preciation and amortization and other adjustments
linked to sales and cost of sales. The adjusted gross
margin was 87.5% representing a decrease of 0.9 per-
centage points primarily reflecting costs related to a
manufacturing contract for amlenetug.
EBIT and adjusted EBITDA
Total operating expenses (OPEX) reached DKK 15,090
million, corresponding to an increase of +13% CER
(+4% DKK). The OPEX ratio declined by 4.6 percentage
points to 61.3%. The development primarily reflects
the strong revenue growth and lower S&D ratio, par-
tially offset by higher R&D costs and the impact of
costs with the commercial restructuring and an impair-
ment loss regarding the planned divestment of a non-
core production site in Italy. Adjusted for the extraordi-
nary items in 2025 and 2024, OPEX ratio improved by
3.6 percentage points in 2025, largely driven by reve-
nue leverage, partially offset by higher R&D costs.
Sales and distribution costs reached DKK 7,743 mil-
lion, corresponding to a decrease of -2% CER (-5%
DKK). The S&D ratio decreased by 5.6 percentage
points to 31.4%, primarily reflecting leverage from the
strong revenue growth and improved cost efficiency.
The S&D ratio development reflects the successful exe-
cution of the Focused Innovator Strategy in 2025 in-
cluding the Trintellix
®
transition in the U.S., alongside
disciplined resource allocation and capital reallocation.
The resulting savings enabled continued investments
in strategic brands, particularly Rexulti
®
and Vyepti
®
in
the U.S., supporting sales force expansion and the
global roll-out of Vyepti
®
.
Administrative expenses reached DKK 1,483 million,
corresponding to a slight increase of +4% CER (+3%
DKK). The administrative expenses ratio decreased by
0.5 percentage points to 6.0%.
Research and development costs reached DKK 4,895
million, with an R&D ratio of 19.9%, increasing by +10%
CER (+9% DKK). The development in 2025 reflects the
continued commitment to innovation and was primar-
ily driven by advancing key pipeline programs, includ-
ing bexicaserin and amlenetug (anti-α-synuclein), as
well as ongoing progress in anti-ACTH and anti-PACAP
programs. In addition, in 2024, Lundbeck recognized
an impairment loss of DKK 547 million on part of the
carrying amount of one of the MAGLi projects follow-
ing a negative data read out from a phase I project.
Adjusted for the MAGLi impairment loss, R&D costs in-
creased +26% CER (+24% DKK), and R&D ratio in-
creased 1.9 percentage points.
Other operating expenses, net reached DKK 969 mil-
lion, increasing by +131% CER (+131% DKK), primarily
reflecting an impairment loss as part of the planned di-
vestment of a non-core production site in Italy and
commercial restructuring costs.
EBIT reached DKK 5,275 million, increasing by +59%
CER (+61% DKK) reflecting a combination of improved
gross profit driven by strong sales growth and lower
S&D ratio. This performance was partially offset by
higher R&D costs and higher other operating ex-
penses primarily driven by the commercial restructur-
ing announced in September 2025 and the impair-
ment loss from the planned divestment of a non-core
production site in Italy. EBIT growth was also impacted
by an impairment loss from one of the MAGLi projects
recognized in the third quarter of 2024.
Total amortization and depreciation amounted to
DKK 1,865 million (DKK 1,876 million in 2024). The de-
velopment was driven by higher amortizations costs
from an intangible asset recognized as part of the ac-
quisition of Longboard. In addition, the first quarter of
2024 was partially affected by costs associated with
fully amortized product rights of one product. Amorti-
zation of product rights amounted to DKK 1,294 mil-
lion, corresponding to a decrease of -8% CER (-10%
DKK). Amortization of other intangible assets corre-
sponded to DKK 189 million in 2025. Depreciation
amounted to DKK 382 million, corresponding to an in-
crease of +4% CER (+3% DKK).
Adjusted EBITDA reached DKK 7,881 million, repre-
senting an increase of +24% CER (+24% DKK) reflecting
the sales growth driven by strong performance of stra-
tegic brands, despite continued investments in build-
ing the R&D pipeline and the execution of the capital
reallocation program in line with the Focused Innova-
tor Strategy. The adjusted EBITDA margin increased
to 32.0% (28.8% in 2024), representing an increase of
3.2 percentage points.
Net profit and adjusted EPS
Net financial (income)/expenses amounted to an ex-
pense of DKK 788 million in 2025, primarily driven by
the higher interest costs of DKK 497 million due to
new debt obtained in connection with the acquisition
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
30
of Longboard as well as unfavorable foreign exchange
effects of DKK 349 million mainly due to the USD de-
preciation.
The effective tax rate in 2025 was 28.9% (15.5% for
2024). The effective tax rate is negatively impacted by a
one-off item related to the conclusion of an agreement
with the tax authorities for the transfer of Vyepti
®
product right as well as the effect of an impairment
loss regarding the planned divestment of a non-core
production site in Italy and the new commercial oper-
ating model, where it is not expected that tax deducti-
bility can be utilized. In addition, the effective tax rate
for 2024 was positively impacted by the reversal of an
uncertain tax provision related to a tax audit closed.
Net profit reached DKK 3,192 million, corresponding
to a growth of 2%.
Adjusted net profit is the net profit excluding depreci-
ation and amortization and other adjustments, net of
taxes. Adjusted net profit reached DKK 5,223 million,
increasing by +5%. The main difference from reported
EBIT to adjusted net profit is driven by a combination
of strong performance and the execution of the capital
reallocation program in line with the Focused Innova-
tor Strategy, partially offset by higher financial ex-
penses and income taxes.
Adjusted EPS was DKK 5.26, corresponding to an in-
crease of +5%, in line with the adjusted net profit.
Cash flow and balance sheet
Cash flows from operating activities amounted to an
inflow of DKK 5,481 million compared to an inflow of
DKK 3,326 million in 2024. This increase was driven by
strong EBIT growth and a significant working-capital
improvement versus last year, with 2024 impacted by
acquisition-related settlements/transaction costs and
2025 reflecting higher receivables and inventory build
partly offset by higher payables.
Lundbeck’s net cash flows from investing activities
were an outflow of DKK 611 million compared to an
outflow of DKK 15,286 million in 2024. The develop-
ment in investing activities mainly reflects investments
in property, plan and equipment, whereas 2024 was
highly impacted by the acquisition of Longboard.
Lundbeck’s net cash flows from financing activities
had an outflow of DKK 6,062 million compared to an
inflow of DKK 11,629 million in 2024. The increase pri-
marily reflects deleveraging through loan repayments
and refinancing via a Eurobond, compared with 2024
which included significant debt funding related to the
acquisition of Longboard. The net cash outflow
reached DKK 1,192 million compared to an outflow of
DKK 331 million in 2024.
Net debt decreased from DKK 12,182 million at 31 De-
cember 2024 to a net debt of DKK 8,379 million at 31
December 2025, primarily due to higher leverage fol-
lowing the acquisition of Longboard in 2024. The net
debt/EBITDA ratio was 1.2x at the end of December
2025 compared to 2.4x at the end of December 2024.
Interest-bearing debt was DKK 11,812 million at 31
December 2025 compared to DKK 16,846 million at 31
December 2024.
On 31 December 2025, Lundbeck’s total assets
amounted to DKK 52,054 million (DKK 57,660 million at
31 December 2024) mainly driven by intangible assets
due to ongoing amortization, the impact from transla-
tion of foreign currencies as well as lower cash and
cash equivalents reflecting repayments of the Revolv-
ing Credit Facility used for the acquisition of Long-
board.
On 31 December 2025, Lundbeck’s total liabilities
amounted to DKK 27,151 million (DKK 32,650 million at
31 December 2024). The decrease primarily reflects re-
payments of the Revolving Credit Facility used for the
acquisition of Longboard, partially offset by the issu-
ance of a four-year EUR 500 million bond in the second
quarter of 2025.
On 31 December 2025, Lundbeck’s equity amounted
to DKK 24,903 million.
Distribution of profit
In line with Lundbeck’s dividend policy, it is proposed
to pay out a dividend of DKK 1.15 per share or DKK
1,145 million which is an increase of +21% compared
to 2024. The proposed dividends correspond to ap-
proximately 36% of the net profit and 30% of net profit
adjusted for the impairment loss of the planned divest-
ment of a non-core production site in Italy.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
31
Despite an accelerating impact from generic competi-
tion across several brands, Lundbeck anticipates con-
tinued growth, driven by sustained momentum in its
strategic growth products.
Vyepti
®
and Rexulti
®
are expected to remain the pri-
mary growth drivers in 2026, supported by continued
demand expansion, geographic penetration, and on-
going lifecycle initiatives. The Abilify LAI franchise is ex-
pected to continue to benefit from conversion to two-
monthly formulations. However, the generic environ-
ment is expected to intensify in 2026, with the primary
generic headwind driven by aripiprazole LAI in Europe,
Australia, and Canada, partially offset by continued up-
take of two-monthly formulations. Mature brands are
expected to continue their structural decline.
Overall, Lundbeck expects revenue growth of 5% to
8% at constant exchange rates (CER) in 2026.
Based on current exchange rates against the Danish
krone, reported revenue growth in DKK is expected to
be lower than CER.
In addition, 2026 revenue guidance includes an ex-
pected inventory build at partners recognized as sales
of approximately DKK 0.5 billion, reflecting Lundbeck’s
partner model for non-key markets. This impact is spe-
cific to 2026 and relates to inventory positioning within
the partner channel and is not expected to be a recur-
ring driver of revenue growth.
As a core pillar of the Focused Innovator Strategy,
Lundbeck remains committed to investing in research
and development to drive long-term value creation. Fol-
lowing the significant increase in R&D investments in
2025, Lundbeck expects R&D spending to increase fur-
ther in 2026 to the range of DKK 5.5 to 5.9 billion,
reflecting continued progression of late-stage develop-
ment programs, including bexicaserin and amlenetug,
as well as sustained investment in early- and mid-stage
pipeline assets. The actual level of R&D spending will
be determined by outcomes at relevant R&D mile-
stones over the course of the year.
Financial guidance and outlook 2026
Lundbeck expects 2026 to be a year of continued execution of the Focused
Innovator strategy, building on the strong performance delivered in 2025,
sustaining growth through innovation and execution.
Revenue at CER
DKKm
2025
2024
Total revenue (IFRS)
24,630
22,004
Effects from hedging
279
(52)
Total revenue (IFRS) before hedging
24,351
22,056
Effects from exchange rate
(671)
(396)
Total revenue at CER
25,022
22,452
Increase/(decrease) in total revenue (IFRS)
12%
11%
Increase/(decrease) in total revenue at CER
1
13%
14%
Adjusted EBITDA at CER
DKKm
2025
2024
Adjusted EBITDA
7,881
6,347
Effects from hedging
279
(52)
Adjusted EBITDA before hedging
7,602
6,399
Effects from exchange rate
(300)
(211)
Adjusted EBITDA at CER
7,902
6,610
Increase/(decrease) in adjusted EBITDA
24%
12%
Increase/(decrease in adjusted EBITDA at CER
2
24%
20%
1 Total revenue at CER for the period divided by total revenue (IFRS) before hedging for the comparative period. 2 Adjusted EBITDA at CER for the period divided by adjusted EBITDA before hedging for the comparative period.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
32
Adjusted EBITDA growth is expected to be in the range
of 4% to 12% at CER in 2026. This reflects continued op-
erating leverage from strategic brands, benefits from
capital reallocation and productivity initiatives, and dis-
ciplined cost management. These factors strongly con-
tribute to limiting the impact from higher R&D invest-
ments, increased COGS, and accelerating generic com-
petition. At current exchange rates, Adjusted EBITDA
growth reported in DKK is expected to be significantly
lower than CER.
Overall, Lundbeck’s 2026 guidance underscores the
company’s ability to navigate increasing generic pres-
sure primarily driven by Abilify Maintena
®
while sus-
taining growth and profitability and continuing to invest
for long-term value creation, reinforcing its position as
a focused innovator in neuroscience.
This guidance assumes no significant changes in the
global or regional macroeconomic and political environ-
ment that would impact Lundbeck’s business, including
major healthcare reforms, legislative changes, or legal
outcomes. It also assumes stable currency exchange
rates from current level, particularly the U.S. dollar
against the Danish krone, and reflects current estimates
of gross-to-net developments in U.S. sales. The guid-
ance excludes potential effects from new significant
business development transactions, significant impair-
ments of intangible assets, and any shifts in trade policy,
such as pharmaceutical tariffs or further healthcare re-
forms.
Mid-term targets
Based on organic growth, the company expects reve-
nue to show a mid-single digit compound annual
growth rate (CAGR) over the mid-term period (2023 to
2027). The company maintains its target for adjusted
EBITDA-margin of more than 30% at the end of the mid-
term period in 2027, to account for the impact of the
Longboard acquisition, progression of the pipeline and
excluding any business development activities.
Lundbeck plans to ensure appropriate investments in
R&D and prelaunch activities for bexicaserin and am-
lenetug following the successful closure of the acquisi-
tion of Longboard.
In addition, several R&D projects are expected to ma-
ture and progress in the period. Moreover, in accord-
ance with the Focused Innovator Strategy, Lundbeck
has initiated the most significant capital reallocation
program in its history to sustain the company’s growth
with increased focus on innovation.
The mid-term targets exclude potential effects from
new significant business development transactions, sig-
nificant impairments of intangible assets in 2026, and
any shifts in trade policy, such as pharmaceutical tariffs
or further healthcare reforms. As 2026 progresses,
Lundbeck will provide an update on the mid-term tar-
gets.
Financial guidance for FY 2026
Total revenue growth at CER
5% to 8%
Adjusted EBITDA growth at CER
4% to 12%
1 Includes effects from hedging and exchange rate impact. 2 Adjusted gross margin is the gross margin excluding depreciation and amortization and other adjustments linked to sales. 3 Net cash/(net debt) is defined as interest-bearing debt, cash, cash
equivalents, and securities, net.
Other relevant financial information for FY 2026 at reported rates
Total revenue (IFRS) growth
1
Around 4 percentage point lower than at CER
Adjusted EBITDA growth
1
Around 9 percentage points lower than at CER
Adjusted gross margin
2
Around 88%
R&D costs
DKK 5.5 to 5.9 billion
Depreciation & amortization
DKK 1.7 to 1.9 billion
Net financials, (expenses)/gains
DKK -300 to -400 million
Effects from hedging, (losses)/gains
DKK -10 to -50 million
Effective tax rate
20% to 23%
Net cash/(net debt)
3
DKK -4.0 to -5.0 billion
Forward-looking statements
Forward-looking statements are subject to
risks, uncertainties, and inaccurate assump-
tions. This may cause actual results to differ
materially from expectations. Various factors
may affect future results, including interest
rates and exchange rate fluctuations, delay or
failure of development projects, production
problems, unexpected contract breaches or
terminations, governance-mandated or mar-
ket-driven price decreases for products, intro-
duction of competing products, Lundbeck’s
ability to successfully market both new and
existing products, exposure to product liabil-
ity and other lawsuits, changes in reimburse-
ment rules and governmental laws, and unex-
pected growth in expenses.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
33
Equity and liabilities (DKKm)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Equity
24,903
25,010
22,045
20,779
18,279
Non-current liabilities
3
18,298
24,070
7,372
8,474
7,556
Current liabilities
8,853
8,580
7,990
8,199
8,818
Total equity and liabilities
3
52,054
57,660
37,407
37,452
34,653
Summary for the group 2021-2025
Statement of profit or loss (DKKm)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Revenue
24,630
22,004
19,912
18,246
16,299
Gross profit
20,365
17,774
15,427
14,295
12,651
Adjusted gross profit
1,2
21,561
19,453
17,580
16,133
14,173
Research and development costs
4,895
4,501
3,457
3,754
3,823
Profit from operations (EBIT)
5,275
3,270
3,195
2,852
2,010
Operating profit before depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA)
7,140
5,146
5,207
4,663
3,720
Adjusted operating profit before depreciation and amor-
tization (Adjusted EBITDA)
1,2
7,881
6,347
5,652
4,823
3,990
Net financials, (income)/expenses
788
(449)
202
378
429
Profit before tax
4,487
3,719
2,993
2,474
1,581
Profit for the year
3,192
3,143
2,290
1,916
1,318
1 For details of the non-IFRS measure ‘adjusted EBITDA’, see Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation on page 212. 2 New key figures were introduced from 2023 and disclosed comparatively for 2022 and 2021. 3 The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to
reflect the final purchase price allocation as disclosed in the consolidated Financial Statements note 5.1 Business combination. 4 In 2021-2025, securities amounted to DKK 0.
Assets (DKKm)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Non-current assets
3
39,271
44,650
24,118
26,040
26,041
Inventories
4,473
3,983
4,427
4,046
3,031
Receivables
4,877
4,363
3,852
3,818
3,302
Cash, bank balances, and securities
4
3,433
4,664
5,010
3,548
2,279
Total assets
3
52,054
57,660
37,407
37,452
34,653
Statement of cash flows (DKKm)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Cash flows from operating activities
5,481
3,326
4,080
3,519
2,272
Cash flows from investing activities
(611)
(15,286)
(498)
(1,892)
(610)
Cash flows from operating and investing activities (free
cash flow)
4,870
(11,960)
3,582
1,627
1,662
Cash flows from financing activities
(6,062)
11,629
(2,085)
(387)
(3,336)
Interest-bearing debt, cash, bank balances, and securi-
ties, net, year-end
3
(8,379)
(12,182)
711
(2,183)
(3,189)
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
34
Summary for the group 2021-2025
Summary for the group key figures
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Adjusted gross margin (%)
1
87.5
88.4
88.3
88.4
87.0
EBIT margin (%)
21.4
14.9
16.0
15.6
12.3
EBITDA margin (%)
29.0
23.4
26.2
25.6
22.8
Adjusted EBITDA margin (%)
1
32.0
28.8
28.4
26.4
24.5
Research and development ratio (%)
19.9
20.5
17.4
20.6
23.5
Return on equity (%)
12.8
13.4
10.7
9.8
7.5
Equity ratio (%)²
47.8
43.4
58.9
55.5
52.7
Invested capital (DKKm)
33,282
37,192
21,334
22,962
21,468
Return on invested capital (%)
10.6
9.4
11.0
9.9
7.9
Net debt/EBITDA
1.2
2.4
(0.1)
0.5
0.9
Effective tax rate (%)
28.9
15.5
23.5
22.6
16.6
Purchase of intangible assets, gross (DKKm)
64
21,306
224
449
202
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, gross
(DKKm)
554
508
277
371
410
Average number of employees
5,461
5,694
5,566
5,399
5,488
1 New key figures were introduced from 2023 and disclosed comparatively for 2022 and 2021. 2 The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect the final purchase price allocation as disclosed in the consolidated Financial Statements note 5.1
Business combination. 3 The calculation of EPS is based on a share denomination of DKK 1 as a result of the share split completed on 8 June 2022. Comparative figures have been restated to reflect the change in trading unit from a nominal value of DKK 5 to
DKK 1. 4 The 2024 comparative figure has been changed to ensure comparability between the years.
Share data
3
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Earnings per share, basic (EPS) (DKK)
3
3.22
3.17
2.31
1.93
1.33
Earnings per share, diluted (DEPS) (DKK)
3
3.22
3.17
2.31
1.93
1.33
Adjusted earnings per share, basic (EPS) (DKK)
1,4
5.26
5.01
4.22
3.74
2.88
Number of shares for the calculation of EPS (million)
3
992.1
991.4
992.2
992.9
993.3
Cash flows from operating activities per share, diluted
(DKK)
3
5.52
3.35
4.11
3.54
2.29
Proposed dividend per share (DKK)
3
1.15
0.95
0.70
0.58
0.40
Dividend payout ratio (%)
36
30
30
30
30
Dividend yield (%)
2.8
2.4
2.2
2.2
1.2
Net asset value per share, diluted (DKK)
3
25.10
25.23
22.22
20.93
18.40
Market capitalization (DKKm)
41,590
39,567
31,812
25,507
33,626
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
35
1 Definitions according to the Danish Finance Societys Recommendations & Financial Ratios. 2 The calculation of EPS is based on a share denomination of DKK 1 as a result of the share split completed on 8 June 2022. Comparative figures have been restated to
reflect the change in trading unit from a nominal value of DKK 5 to DKK 1. 3 For the definition of certain items, see Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation on page 212.
Definitions
Interest-bearing debt
Debt and financial instruments (including financial leases) carrying interest.
Interest-bearing debt, cash, bank balances, and securities, net
Cash, bank balances, and securities less interest-bearing debt.
Adjusted gross profit
3
Adjusted gross profit is the gross profit excluding depreciation and amortization and other adjustments linked to sales.
Adjusted gross margin
Adjusted gross profit as a percentage of revenue.
EBIT margin
1
Profit from operations as a percentage of revenue.
EBITDA
Profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, including impairment losses.
EBITDA margin
EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.
Adjusted EBITDA
3
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted by certain items.
Adjusted EBITDA margin
3
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.
Research and development ratio
Research and development cost as a percentage of revenue.
Return on equity
1
Net profit/(loss) for the year as a percentage of shareholders equity (average).
Equity ratio
1
Shareholders equity, year-end, as a percentage of total assets.
Invested capital
Shareholders equity, year-end, plus net debt.
Return on invested capital
Profit from operations after tax (using the effective tax rate) as a percentage of average invested capital.
Net debt
Interest-bearing debt less cash, bank balances, and securities.
Net debt/EBITDA
Net debt divided by EBITDA.
Earnings per share, basic (EPS)
1,2
Net profit/(loss) for the year divided by average number of shares, excl. treasury shares.
Earnings per share, diluted (DEPS)
1,2
Net profit/(loss) for the year divided by average number of shares, excl. treasury shares, incl. warrants, fully diluted.
Adjusted earnings per share, basic (EPS)
Adjusted earnings per share, basic (EPS) is defined as EPS, basic adjusted by certain items.
Cash flows from operating activities per share, diluted
1
Cash flows from operating activities divided by average number of shares, excl. treasury shares, incl. warrants, fully diluted.
Dividend payout ratio
Total dividends for the year as a percentage of net profit/(loss).
Dividend yield
Dividend per share as percentage of official price quoted on Nasdaq Copenhagen, year-end.
Net asset value per share, diluted
Shareholders equity, year-end, divided by number of shares, year-end, excl. treasury shares, incl. warrants, fully diluted.
Market capitalization
1
Total number of shares, year-end, multiplied by the official price quoted on Nasdaq Copenhagen, year-end.
Summary for the group 2021-2025
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
36
Lundbeck sets annual targets across
all four pillars of our Sustainability
Strategy, in addition to our science-
based climate targets.
In 2025, Lundbeck made good progress on our sus-
tainability aspirations and achieved key milestones and
targets. We set eight sustainability targets for 2025, of
which we achieved six. In addition, we measure our
performance against three mid- and long-term climate
targets: Lundbeck has reduced scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions significantly in the past year and in 2025,
they are 47% lower than the baseline year, ahead of
our 2029 target. Scope 3 GHG emissions were also re-
duced in 2025, but remain higher than the baseline
year, mainly due to continued business growth. With
the increase in scope 3, we do not consider the overall
2050 target to be on track.
The topical disclosures in our Sustainability Statement
elaborate on our performance against metrics and tar-
gets. Lundbeck is committed to advancing its sustaina-
bility performance while maintaining transparency
about challenges along the way.
Sustainability performance
1*
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
36
1 ESRS 2 para 79b. 2 Absolute scope 3 GHG emissions from purchased goods and services, upstream transportation and distribution, and business travel. 3 Upper management is defined as Executive Leadership Team and their direct reports with people
management responsibilities employed at the Danish entity, H. Lundbeck A/S. 4 Top quartile Peakon benchmark. *Subject to limited assurance.
Strategy pillar
Status
Sustainability targets
Time horizon
Development in 2025
Page
SDG impact
Access to
health
Donate treatment for at least 3,000 patients in low- and middle-income
countries through product donation partnerships.
Yearly (2025)
The donations of Lundbeck products are
estimated to benefit 4,291 patients.
106
Business
ethics
Annual Code of Ethics training completed by at least 98% of employees at
work globally.
Yearly (2025)
The Code of Ethics e-learning training was
completed by 100% of employees.
118
Four out of five employees stating in the annual employee satisfaction sur-
vey (ESS) that they are confident in raising an ethical or compliance concern.
Yearly (2025)
The ESS shows that 92% of employees re-
ported confidence in raising ethical or com-
pliance concerns, exceeding the 2025 tar-
get of four out of five employees (80%).
118
Climate
change &
circularity
Ahead
Not on track
Not on track
Reduce carbon emissions in line with our Net-Zero SBTi-approved targets:
Reduce scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 42% in 2029 compared to 2019.
Reduce scope 3 GHG emissions by 25% in 2029 compared to 2019
2
.
Reduce scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions by 90% in 2050.
Mid-term (2029)
Mid-term (2029)
Long-term (2050)
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions are ahead of
our 2029 target, driven by fleet electrifica-
tion and renewable electricity. Scope 3 re-
mains off track due to business growth and
higher level of activity, such as clinical trials.
Emissions from logistics and travel have
successfully been decreased.
67
X
Recycle 63% of the organic solvents used in chemical production.
Yearly (2025)
Chemical recycling slightly underper-
formed on year-end targets due to pro-
duction shifts. The general waste target
was met.
79
Recycle 70% of general waste at all sites globally.
Yearly (2025)
People &
commu-
nities
X
Maintain an even gender balance in upper management
3
, closest to 40%
but not exceeding 49%.
Reach an overall Inclusion score of 8.5
4
in the annual employee satisfaction
survey (ESS).
Yearly (2025)
Yearly (2025)
Upper management gender balance meets
the year-end target with a representation of
42% of the underrepresented gender.
The ESS result of an 8.2 inclusion score fell
short of the target.
92
Reduce lost time accident frequency
3.
Yearly (2025)
Safety initiatives successfully reduced acci-
dents to a frequency of 1.8, achieving the
target for the year.
86
Achieved X Not achieved
E1
E2
E5
S1
S4
G1
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
37
The target value for donated products will be
increased again in 2026, reflecting Lundbeck’s ongoing
commitment to supporting global health. The two
business ethics targets underscore the dedication to
the Code of Ethics and to ensuring a safe environment
for employees to voice concerns. Our climate change
targets remain unaltered, as will our actions and
milestones in Lundbeck’s Climate Transition Plan
towards net-zero. Additionally, we have set targets for
waste recovery and recycling even though forecasting
is uncertain for 2026 due to the new chemical recovery
unit being implemented at our Lumsås site in the
coming year. Lundbeck continues to prioritize diversity
and inclusion with a target for sense of belonging in
the workplace. We also maintain a gender target in
compliance with the Danish Gender Balance Act. To
strengthen ambition and enhance performance, the
Health & Safety target has been adjusted downwards.
Lundbeck’s top management has initiated an update
of its Sustainability Strategy, including a re-evaluation
of its approach to target setting to align with long-
term ambitions and transformational impact. This work
will conclude in 2026 with the launch of a new, focused
Sustainability Strategy for the company.
2026 Sustainability targets
1*
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
37
1 ESRS 2 para 79b. *Subject to limited assurance.
Strategy pillar
Sustainability targets
Time horizon
Explanation
SDG impact
Access to
health
Donate treatment for at least 3,500 patients in low- and middle-income
countries (LMICs) through product donation partnerships.
Yearly (2026)
We have steadily grown our product donation pro-
gram for LMICs over the past five years and will in-
crease the ambition for 2026 again.
Business
ethics
Annual Code of Ethics training completed by at least 98% of employees at
work globally.
Yearly (2026)
The annual Code of Ethics training target and ESS
target ensure ethical awareness and reflect our
ongoing commitment to a culture of integrity and
transparency.
Four out of five employees stating in the annual employee satisfaction sur-
vey (ESS) that they are confident in raising an ethical or compliance concern.
Yearly (2026)
Climate
change &
circularity
Reduce carbon emissions in line with our Net-Zero SBTi-approved targets:
Reduce scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 42% in 2029 compared to 2019.
Reduce scope 3 GHG emissions by 25% in 2029 compared to 2019.
Reduce scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions by 90% in 2050.
Mid-term (2029)
Mid-term (2029)
Long-term (2050)
The scope 1, 2, and 3 GHG emission targets remain
unchanged, as they are integral to Lundbeck’s
long-term transition plan towards net-zero. We will
continue to work to reduce our scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions even though we are ahead of the target.
Scope 3 GHG emissions will be monitored and ad-
dressed through our Transition Plan
(page 66).
Similarly, we continue to set annual targets for
chemical and general recycling, reflecting the
company’s continued commitment towards circu-
lar economy principles.
Recycle 62% of the organic solvents used in chemical production
Yearly (2026)
Recycle 70% of general waste at production sites
Yearly (2026)
People &
commu-
nities
Maintain an even gender balance in upper management, closest to 40% but
not exceeding 49%.
Four out of five employees stating in the annual employee satisfaction sur-
vey (ESS) that they feel a sense of belonging at Lundbeck.
Yearly (2026)
Yearly (2026)
Our gender target for 2026 reflects the mandate set
out for Lundbeck by the Danish Gender Balance Act.
We maintain our focus on a sustained, top-perfor-
mance on inclusion and belonging at Lundbeck.
The accident target value has been lowered to 2.5 to
reflect a higher ambition level and align with perfor-
mance expectations.
.
Reduce lost time injury rate
2.5.
Yearly (2026)
E1
E2
E5
S1
S4
G1
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance
Annual Report 2025
38
Corporate
governance
39 Governance framework
41 Board of Directors
43 Executive Leadership Team
45 Risk management
46 Key risks
47 Internal controls
48 The Lundbeck share
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
38
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
39
Shareholders and General Meeting
The shareholders of Lundbeck exercise their rights at
the Annual General Meeting, which is the supreme
governing body of the company. Lundbeckfonden is
the majority shareholder, holding about 69% owner-
ship stake of A- and B-shares, corresponding to ap-
proximately 77% of the votes in H. Lundbeck A/S.
As outlined in our governance structure, Lundbeck is
organized under a two-tier board structure, consisting
of the Board of Directors and Executive Leadership
Team. These bodies are separate, with no individual
serving on both, promoting effective oversight, risk
management, and accountability to achieve sustaina-
ble value creation for our stakeholders
1
.
Board of Directors
2
In 2025, Lundbeck’s Board of Directors consisted of 11
members: seven elected annually by the General
Meeting and four by employees for a four-year term in
2022. Of the seven elected by the General Meeting,
four (57%) are independent, while the remaining three
are not considered independent due to their close re-
lationship with Lundbeckfonden. The members of the
Board of Directors elected by the General Meeting in-
clude two (29%) female and five (71%) male, and the
employee elected members include two (50%) female
and two (50%) male. By 30 June 2026, Lundbeck is
committed to achieving balanced gender distribution
among the members of the Board of Directors, meas-
ured individually for those elected by the General
Meeting and those elected by employees*. The targets
are set in accordance with the Gender Balance Act.
A description of the members of the Board of Direc-
tors and their competencies and experiences can be
found on pages 41-42*.
Governance framework
Lundbeck is committed to creating long-term value for all its stakeholders.
Our governance framework is guided by principles that promote sustaina-
ble financial performance and responsible value creation for shareholders
and society.
1 https://www.lundbeck.com/content/dam/lundbeck-com/masters/global-site/annual-reporting/2025/Lundbeck_Corporate_Governance_Report_2025.pdf. 2 ESRS 2, GOV-1 paragraph 21(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e). 3 ESRS 2, GOV-1 paragraph 22(a), (b), (c)i, and (c)ii.
4 Gender balance covering the members of the Board of Directors elected by the General Meeting. *Subject to limited assurance.
Lundbeck’s governance structure
3
*
Governing bodies
Key responsibilities
Shareholders and
Annual General
Meeting
(Articles of association
)
Right to vote and present suggestions at the General
Meeting.
Adopt and amend the company’s Articles of associa-
tion.
Approve the Annual Report.
Elect members of the Board of Directors.
Board of
Directors
(Articles of association
)
Approve the corporate strategies and budgets.
Set goals and evaluate Executive Leadership Team
performance.
Ensure adequate risk management and internal
control systems.
Oversee sustainability matters.
Review and assess capital needs and structure.
Audit
Committee
(Charter
)
Provide advice on external auditors, internal compliance,
business ethics, material liability issues, risk manage-
ment, internal controls, double materiality assessment,
and sustainability matters, along with accounting treat-
ment, financial and sustainability reporting, tax, treasury,
and insurance coverage.
Scientific
Committee
(Charter
)
Provide advice on the R&D strategy, notably innovation,
risk balance of the pipeline, review of the R&D budget,
review of the scientific and technical aspects of the pipe-
line, along with assessing business development deals.
Remuneration
& Nomination
Committee
(Terms of reference)
Provide advice on remuneration and nomination of Exec-
utive Leadership Team, specifically remuneration policy
and reporting, recruitment, and appointment to the
Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team.
Executive
Leadership Team
Day-to-day management of the company.
Develop and implement strategies and policies.
Manage and address sustainability matters.
Report to the Board of Directors and its committees.
Board of Directors
4
*
Gender balance
Female
Male
Board of Directors
*
Independence
Independent
Not
independent
Executive Leadership Team
*
Gender balance
Female
Male
43%
57%
63%
38%
71%
29%
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
40
Evaluation procedures
The Board of Directors initiated a board effectiveness
evaluation in H2 2025. The evaluation was conducted
by an external vendor (as in 2022 and 2019) special-
ized in this type of evaluation. The overall conclusion of
the evaluation states that The board operates with
strong cohesion, trust, and a clear shared purpose,
supported by a constructive and transparent relation-
ship with the executive management team. Further
details on the Board of Directors and Executive Lead-
ership Team are available on our website.
Committees of the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors has established three advisory
committees: the Audit Committee, the Remuneration
and Nomination Committee, and the Scientific Com-
mittee. The three committees advise the Board of Di-
rectors on financial and sustainability information and
reporting, the company’s nomination and remunera-
tion strategy, including the remuneration of the Execu-
tive Leadership Team, as well as R&D strategy and
pipeline evaluation, respectively. See page 39 for an
overview of their key responsibilities and charter.
Executive Leadership Team
Lundbeck’s Executive Leadership Team consists of
eight members, led by Charl van Zyl, President & CEO.
Currently, three out of the eight members of the Exec-
utive Leadership Team are women, equaling a female
representation of 38%. Lundbeck’s Executive Leader-
ship Team has the overall responsibility for the
corporate and sustainability strategies and presents
any significant decisions to the Board of Directors for
approval, including decisions related to the manage-
ment of Lundbeck’s material impacts, risks, and oppor-
tunities
1
*. The Executive Leadership Team is sup-
ported by several committees, ensuring a strategic en-
terprise mindset
2
.
Executive leadership sustainability incentives
10% of the Executive Leadership Team’s short-term in-
centive (STI) program is linked to sustainability, with
payouts contingent on performance against ESG ob-
jectives related to the Sustainability Strategy targets.
For 2025, these objectives include progress on reduc-
ing scope 3 GHG emissions related to business travel,
the implementation of an Equity-based Tiered Pricing
framework, Code of Ethics completion rate, gender
balance in upper management, and inclusion survey
scores, each contributing 2%, respectively
1
*.
Remuneration policy and report
3
Lundbeck’s Remuneration policy outlines the frame-
work for defining the remuneration of Lundbeck’s
Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team*,
detailed in the annual 2025 Remuneration Report
(link), aligning with Lundbeck’s corporate strategy, Sus-
tainability Strategy (page 54), long-term interests, and
sustainability goals. This report is subject to an advi-
sory vote at the Annual General Meeting after approval
by the Board of Directors and published on our web-
site.
1 ESRS 2, GOV-1 paragraph 21(a) ,(c), (c)i,; ESRS 2, GOV-3 paragraph 29(a), 29(b), 29(c), 29(d); ESRS E1-GOV-1 paragraph 13. 2 In 2025, Lundbeck established a strong decision making framework consisting of four committees the Capital Allocation Committee, the Strategic Portfolio
Committee, the Global Digital &AI Committee and the CAPEX Committee - which ensure that strategic decisions within their area of expertise are taken with an enterprise mindset. 3 ESRS 2, GOV-3 paragraph 29(e); *Subject to limited assurance. 4 Not re-elected as Board member at
the Annual General Meeting on 26 March 2025. 5 Elected as new Board member at the Annual General Meeting on 26 March 2025.
Disclosure regarding change of control
The EU Takeover Bids Directive, as partially implemented in the Danish Financial Statements Act, requires listed companies to
disclose information about significant agreements that may be affected in case of a completed takeover bid, particularly in
relation to the disclosure of change-of-control provisions. Lundbeck discloses that the group has a major partnership agree-
ment in place under which an acquiring entity must divest any competing product according to an agreed process and, in the
absence of such divesture, Lundbeck’s partner may terminate the agreement. In case Lundbeckfond Invest A/S holds less
than 50% of the share capital or voting rights in H. Lundbeck A/S (change of control), Lundbeck may be met with demands for
repayment on any existing debt portfolio. In the event Lundbeck is acquired or merged, certain Executive Leadership Team
members may, depending on the impact on their position, be entitled to terminate employment with Lundbeck with three
months’ notice and receive a compensation of up to eighteen months’ remuneration. Given the ownership structure of
Lundbeck, the risks are considered remote. For information about the ownership structure of Lundbeck, see pages 48-49.
Board of Directors’ 2025 meeting attendance
*
Board of
Directors
Audit
Committee
Scientific
Committee
Remuneration &
Nomination Committee
Lars Søren Rasmussen
4
2/0
1/0
-
1/0
Dorothea Wenzel
12/0
1/0
3/0
5/0
Lene Skole-Sørensen
12/0
-
3/0
6/0
Lars Erik Holmqvist
11/1
4/1
-
-
Jeffrey Berkowitz
12/0
4/0
-
6/0
Santiago Arroyo
12/0
3/0
-
Lars Green
5
9/1
4/0
-
Jakob Riis
12/0
-
3/0
-
Hossein Armandi
11/1
-
-
-
Dorte Clausen
10/2
-
-
-
Lasse Skibsbye
12/0
-
-
-
Camilla Gram Andersson
12/0
-
-
-
* The numbers indicate how many meetings the members of the Board of Directors have attended and not attended, respectively.
Audit Committee: In March 2025, the Board of Directors elected Lars Green as Chair and Jeffrey Berkowitz and Lars Erik
Holmqvist as members of the Audit Committee.
Scientific Committee: In March 2025, the Board of Directors elected Santiago Arroyo as Chair and Dorothea Wenzel, Lene
Skole-Sørensen, and Jakob Riis as members of the Scientific Committee.
Remuneration & Nomination Committee: In March 2025, the Board of Directors elected Dorothea Wenzel as Chair and
Lene Skole-Sørensen and Jefferey Berkowitz as members of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
41
Board of Directors
1
1 Per 31 December 2025. C = Chair, DC = Deputy Chair, M = Member. For more information about the Board of Directors and their competencies, please visit lundbeck.com. 2 Board position included in the position as CEO of Lundbeckfonden.
3 ESRS 2, GOV-1, para. 21(c). *Subject to limited assurance.
Dorothea Wenzel
Chair of the Board
Lene Skole-Sørensen
Deputy Chair of the Board
Lars Erik Holmqvist
Member of the Board
Jeffrey Berkowitz
Member of the Board
Santiago Arroyo
Member of the Board
Lars Green
Member of the Board
Jakob Riis
Member of the Board
Born 1969, German. Elected Chair 2025.
Considered independent.
Born 1959, Danish. Elected 2015,
CEO, Lundbeckfonden
2
and Skole In-
vest ApS.
Considered non-independent.
Born 1959, Swedish. Elected 2015.
Considered non-independent.
Born 1966, U.S. citizen. Elected 2018.
CEO, Real Endpoints.
Considered independent.
Born 1960, U.S. citizen. Elected 2021.
Considered independent.
Born 1967, Danish. Elected 2025.
CEO, Green & Niemann Invest ApS
and LG Invest 2024 ApS.
Considered independent.
Born 1966, Danish. Elected 2023.
CEO, Falck A/S and Adelca ApS.
Considered non-independent.
Experience and competences
3,
*
Dorothea Wenzel has an extensive track
record in leadership across the healthcare
sector including a long executive career at
Merck KGaA. With strong competences in
finance, transformation, and M&A, she
strengthens Lundbeck's strategic direction
towards financial growth and sustainabil-
ity performance.
Experience and competences
3,
*
From her current position as CEO, pre-
vious position as CFO as well as board
memberships, Lene Skole-Sørensen
has extensive experience in heading
listed companies. With a strong back-
ground in finance, strategy, business
development, ESG, and M&A, Lene en-
sures long-term value creation at
Lundbeck.
Experience and competences
3,
*
Lars Erik Holmqvist has held manage-
ment positions in multiple pharma and
med-tech companies. With this exten-
sive experience he brings robust com-
petences in management, finance,
sales, and marketing within life science
companies to Lundbeck.
Experience and competences
3,
*
Jeffrey Berkowitz brings extensive experi-
ence across the global healthcare ecosys-
tem, with deep expertise spanning bio-
pharmaceuticals, market access, generics,
retail and specialty pharmacy, drug distri-
bution, and payer and insurer dynamics.
Experience and competences
3,*
With extensive experience in clinical de-
velopment and strategic leadership in
the pharmaceutical industry, Santiago
Arroyo’s competences enhance
Lundbeck's focus on innovative
healthcare solutions and patient-centric
approaches.
Experience and competences
3,*
As a professional board member with
more than 30 years of experience in
the global pharmaceutical and life sci-
ence industries, Lars Green has exten-
sive expertise in global leadership, fi-
nancial management, corporate gov-
ernance, ESG, and interaction with in-
vestors and the financial markets.
Experience and competences
3,
*
With more than 20 years of experience
working at Novo Nordisk in various po-
sitions in the commercial area, Jakob
Riis contributes to strategic decision-
making and governance, as well as
pharmaceutical value chain manage-
ment, ESG performance management,
and market communication.
Directorships
Servier Group (M); WS Audiology A/S (M).
Directorships
Ørsted A/S (C); ALK-Abelló A/S (DC)
2
;
Falck A/S (DC)
2
; Nordea Bank Abp (DC)
and LFI Equity A/S (C).
Directorships
Lundbeckfonden (M); ALK-Abelló A/S
(M); Vitrolife AB (M).
Directorships
Zealand Pharma A/S (M); Click Therapeu-
tics (M).
Directorships
GlycoEra AG (M), Maxion Therapeutics
(M).
Directorships
Novo Nordisk Foundation (M); Novo
Holdings (C); LEO Foundation (M); LEO
Holding A/S (M); LEO Pharma A/S (M);
Pharmacosmos A/S (M); Green Hous-
ing ApS (M); Nordic Storm Holding A/S
(M); Committee on Corporate Govern-
ance (M).
Directorships
Danish Chamber of Commerce (DC);
Three directorships in Falck A/S subsid-
iaries (DC); Nordhavn Training Club
ApS (DC).
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
45,000/None.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/61,270.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/75,000.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/None.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/None.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/None.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/54,138.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
42
Board of Directors
1
Hossein Armandi
Employee representative
Dorte Clausen
2
Employee representative
Lasse Skibsbye
Employee representative
Camilla Gram Andersson
Employee representative
Born 1962, Danish. Elected by employees in
2022. Research technician, employed at
Lundbeck since 1995.
Born 1984, Danish. Elected by employees in
2022. Clinical Trial Manager, Specialist, Psy-
chiatry, employed at Lundbeck since 2012.
Born 1983, Danish. Elected by employees in
2022. Principle Scientist - Global Research,
employed at Lundbeck since 2016.
Born 1972, Danish. Elected by employees in
2022. Senior Director, Corporate Health,
Safety and Environment, employed at
Lundbeck since 2005.
Directorships
None.
Directorships
None.
Directorships
Danish Heart Foundation Lyngby Taarbæk
(DC); Danish Pharmaceutical Society Bio-
pharmacy Section (M).
Directorships
Industrial Sectorial Board of Occupational
Health and Safety (DI) (M); Specialized Com-
mittee of Chemistry (DI) (M); Environment
and Chemical Expert Group (EFPIA) (M).
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/None.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
220/880.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/2,583.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
202/3,512.
1 Per 31 December 2025. C = Chair, DC = Deputy Chair, M = Member. For more information about the Board of Directors and their competencies, please visit lundbeck.com. 2 Henrik Sindal Jensen signs on the Annual Report as an alternate for Dorte Clausen.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
43
Executive Leadership Team
1,3
Charl van Zyl
President & CEO
Dianne Hol
Executive Vice President, People, Cul-
ture & Sustainability
Joerg Hornstein
CFO & Executive Vice President
Per Johan Luthman
Executive Vice President, Research &
Development
Lars Bang
Executive Vice President, Product
Development & Supply
Maria Alfaiate
Executive Vice President, Corporate
Portfolio & Product Strategy
Born 1967, British.
Joined Lundbeck in 2023.
Born 1973, Dutch.
Joined Lundbeck in 2024.
Born 1977, German.
Joined Lundbeck in 2022.
Born 1959, Swedish.
Joined Lundbeck in 2019.
Born 1962, Danish.
Joined Lundbeck in 1988.
Born 1975, Portuguese.
Joined Lundbeck in 2024.
Experience and competences
2,*
With extensive experience in commercial in-
ternational management within the pharma-
ceutical industry, Charl van Zyl drives
Lundbeck's commitment to patients, people,
and planet.
Experience and competences
2,*
With extensive HR leadership experience from
international pharmaceutical companies,
Dianne Hol enhances company performance,
shaping Lundbeck’s culture through both our
international People Strategy and Sustainabil-
ity Strategy.
Experience and competences
2,*
With more than 20 years of financial leader-
ship experience in the pharmaceutical and
biotech industries, Joerg Hornstein oversees
Lundbeck’s financial strategy and ensures its
financial performance, governance, and trans-
parency.
Experience and competences
2, *
With 35 years of experience in pharmaceuti-
cal R&D, Per Johan Luthman is leading
Lundbeck's R&D in its commitment to iden-
tify and develop transformative treatments
as well as supporting product life cycle
management.
Experiences and competences
2, *
With a long tenure at Lundbeck since 1988,
holding various roles in R&D, Corporate
Planning and as Head of Commercial Opera-
tions, Lars Bang ensures innovative product
development, robust supply chain manage-
ment and compliant Health, Safety and Envi-
ronment operations.
Experiences and competences
2, *
With extensive experience in strategic com-
mercial leadership from the life science and
pharmaceutical sectors globally, Maria Alfai-
ate enhances Lundbeck's global marketing
efforts and corporate strategy, leading the
integration of sustainability into the business
strategy.
Directorships
None.
Directorships
None.
Directorships
None.
Directorships
Brain+ A/S.
Directorships
None.
Directorships
None.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/None.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/38,717.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/72,188.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
26,049/112,592.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
90,082/ 360,328.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/None.
1 Per 31 December 2025. 2 ESRS 2, GOV-1, para. 21(c). For more information about the Executive Leadership Team and their competencies, please visit lundbeck.com. *Subject to limited assurance. 3 Dianne Hol (Executive Vice President, People, Culture &
Sustainability), Maria Alfaiate (Executive Vice President, Corporate Portfolio & Product Strategy ), Michala Fischer-Hansen (Executive Vice President, Head of Europe & International Operations ) and Thomas Gibbs (Executive Vice President, Head of Lundbeck
U.S.) are part of the Executive Leadership Team in their respective roles but are not members of the Executive Leadership Team as registered with the Danish Business Authority.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
44
Executive Leadership Team
1,3
Michala Fischer-Hansen
Executive Vice President, Head of
Europe & International Operations
Thomas Gibbs
Executive Vice President, Head of
Lundbeck U.S.
Tine Østergaard Hansen
4
Senior Vice President, Corporate
Communications & Public affairs
Born 1974, Danish.
Joined Lundbeck in 2024.
Born 1971, U.S. citizen.
Joined Lundbeck in 2023.
Born 1975, Danish.
Joined Lundbeck in 2024.
Experience and competences
2,*
With extensive experience in corporate and
commercial leadership roles in the pharma-
ceutical sector, including 19 years at Novo
Nordisk, Michala Fischer-Hansen has a
strong track record in driving business per-
formance across various geographies. Addi-
tionally, she has competencies in ESG from
different sectors.
Experience and competences
2,*
With extensive experience in corporate and
commercial leadership roles at both the
global and U.S. levels in small, medium, and
large pharma companies, Thomas Gibbs’
competences drive business performance in
the U.S. market.
Experience and competences
2,*
Tine Østergaard Hansen brings extensive ex-
perience in global communications, sustaina-
bility, and public affairs. She drives integrated
internal and external corporate communica-
tions and media engagement, and leads pub-
lic affairs and stakeholder engagement, inte-
grating ESG perspectives to strengthen
Lundbeck’s voice on brain health.
Directorships
None.
Directorships
PhRMA (M).
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/22,930.
Holding of A-shares/B-shares
None/None.
1 Per 31 December 2025. 2 ESRS 2, GOV-1, para. 21(c). For more information about the Executive Leadership Team and their competencies, please visit lundbeck.com. *Subject to limited assurance. 3 Dianne Hol (Executive Vice President, People, Culture &
Sustainability), Maria Alfaiate (Executive Vice President, Corporate Portfolio & Product Strategy ), Michala Fischer-Hansen (Executive Vice President, Head of Europe & International Operations ) and Thomas Gibbs (Executive Vice President, Head of Lundbeck
U.S.) are part of the Executive Leadership Team in their respective roles but are not members of the Executive Leadership Team as registered with the Danish Business Authority. 4 Tine Østergaard Hansen is not formally a member of Executive Leadership
Team but participates in all meetings.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
45
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) at Lundbeck
Lundbeck is exposed to risks throughout the value
chain, from developing innovative pharmaceuticals to
delivering proven treatments to patients.
To anticipate and address these risks, scenario and
risk-thinking exercises are integrated into strategic
planning, including analyses of market trends and the
potential impact of socioeconomic, environmental, ge-
opolitical, and political changes. Lundbeck’s risk man-
agement processes follow a systematic approach, ena-
bling the identification, assessment, and mitigation of
risks related to research and development, global eco-
nomic developments, geopolitical factors, and long-
term forecasts. This ensures that the Executive Leader-
ship Team has a solid basis for decisions on overall risk
exposure and mitigating actions, supporting sustaina-
ble growth and reliability as a partner to stakeholders
and the communities in which Lundbeck operates.
The Board of Directors is responsible for ensuring the
implementation of risk management procedures, with
oversight delegated to the Audit Committee.
Lundbeck’s ERM process is integrated into day-to-day
activities, starting with decentralized teams who iden-
tify and monitor risks. These teams share updates with
the central risk office, which aligns and assesses risks,
presenting an overview to the Executive Leadership
Team and the Board of Directors for approval.
The corporate risk register details Lundbeck’s risk ex-
posure, categorized into:
Research and development
Market strategy
1
*
Supply, quality, and product safety
1
*
IT security
Legal compliance
1
*
Financial
Link to double materiality assessment (DMA)
2
Lundbeck’s ERM and DMA, as required under the Cor-
porate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), are in-
terlinked and focused on identifying, assessing, and
managing risks and opportunities that affect both fi-
nancial performance and sustainability. The ERM pro-
cess identifies, assesses, and monitors risks across our
six exposure categories. This is complemented by the
DMA process, which provides a deeper evaluation of
ESG topics by assessing both how sustainability factors
may pose financial risks to Lundbeck (i.e., financial ma-
teriality) and how Lundbeck’s operations and value
chain activities may impact people and the environ-
ment (i.e., impact materiality). Our material impacts,
risks, and opportunities (IROs) are monitored through
the annual DMA review (pages 56-61), which integrates
stakeholders’ perspectives into our existing govern-
ance structures and frameworks.
Lundbeck’s governing bodies receive annual updates
on sustainability reporting to support effective over-
sight and decision-making. Sustainability governance
is anchored with the Board of Directors and cascades
through the Audit Committee and the Executive Lead-
ership Team, as outlined in ‘Lundbeck’s governance
structure’ overview on page 39. A cross-functional
working group supports this structure by ensuring
regulatory compliance, monitoring impacts, risks, and
opportunities, and tracking progress on Sustainability
Strategy and targets. To strengthen access to sustaina-
bility expertise, sessions with internal subject matter
experts are included in the annual meeting schedules
of the Board of Directors, Audit Committee, and Execu-
tive Leadership Team. This enables our governing bod-
ies to oversee key sustainability topics, including mate-
rial impacts, risks, and opportunities*.
Risk management
Lundbeck’s risk management processes ensure close monitoring, system-
atic risk assessment, and reporting, supporting the timely identification and
management of internal and external risks in a changing environment.
1 ESRS 2, GOV-5 paragraph 36 (b). 2 ESRS 2, GOV-1 paragraph 22(c) iii, 23, 23(a), and 23(b); ESRS 2 GOV-2 paragraph 26(a), 26(b), and 26(c); ESRS GOV-5 paragraph 36(a); ESRS 2, SBM-2 paragraph 45(d). 3 https://www.lundbeck.com/esg. *Subject to limited
assurance.
Data Ethics Statement
3
In accordance with section 99d of the Danish Financial
Statements Act, Lundbeck has adopted a global Data
Ethics policy that reflects our commitment to ethical
data use. This policy sets out the principles through
which we comply with all applicable data privacy laws
and regulations, while ensuring the ethical and respon-
sible use of data. The Data Ethics policy builds upon the
control procedures in place for our data privacy re-
quirements, covering the processing of personal data
from healthcare professionals, partners, and employ-
ees, as well as non-personal data. Lundbeck specialists
continuously assess new technologies and evolving
data practices to address any risks and support respon-
sible innovation benefiting individuals and society.
.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
46
Risk area
Description
ESG link
1
*
Potential consequences
Mitigating actions
Research and
development
Exposure to delays in regulatory approval or failure in the
development of new and innovative medicines.
Increased regulatory requirements for clinical trials.
Data requirements from production of non-clinical and clin-
ical studies.
Delays or failure of new products could impact patients who cannot benefit
from these products and decrease earnings expectations for Lundbeck and
its shareholders.
A delay in regulatory approval may impact the patient’s access to medi-
cines. Issues with data integrity could lead to delays in studies and produc-
tion ultimately leading to withdrawals and failure to gain approval.
Clinical trials are run and evaluated throughout the research and development phase.
Ongoing evaluation of the product pipeline, regulatory requirements, and product benefit.
A robust quality management system is in place to ensure consistent quality, data integrity, and
compliance in clinical trials and clinical safety activities.
Market strategy
Price pressure, new legislation, reimbursement regula-
tions, healthcare reforms, or other regulatory measures in
key markets.
Changes in market and economic dynamics derived from
geopolitical instability.
Effects from mergers and acquisitions.
(page 102)
(page 102)
Market restrictions could impact patients’ access to Lundbeck products and
the conditions for market access.
Changes in market and economic conditions, healthcare reforms, and
other policy measures could affect the pricing landscape as well as rebates
and discounts.
Differences in business performance and WACC vs. assessment at the time
of mergers and acquisitions deals can lead to impairment losses. These
changes could decrease earnings for Lundbeck and its shareholders.
Understanding price development and market access conditions in key markets.
Engaging with healthcare authorities to document and communicate the value of our pharmaceuti-
cals.
Monitor political and regulatory developments and related requirements in key markets.
Maintain a robust merger and acquisitions implementation tracking processes and impairment as-
sessments.
Supply, quality, and
product safety
Disruption of production or supply or unpredictable de-
mand and stock-out.
Loss of licenses to manufacture or sell pharmaceuticals.
(page 65)
Product shortage, not giving patients the needed access to the medicines
they require.
Systems, policies, and procedures are in place to ensure product supply, quality, and safety.
A dual sourcing strategy and a high level of safety stock for key products.
A robust pharmacovigilance system.
IT security
Cyber-attacks and cyber fraud.
System downtime.
Disruption or compromise of IT security could affect all parts of Lundbeck’s
operations, and product supply to patients.
Data loss, including patient-, employee-, proprietary business- and other
sensitive data.
IT policies and procedures are in place to safeguard systems and data.
Cyber defenses are tested regularly.
Annual testing of the IT disaster recovery plan.
Legal
compliance
Non-compliance with laws, industry standards, regulations,
and our Code of Ethics. Exposure to legal claims or investi-
gations.
(page 114)
Non-compliance with laws, industry standards, regulations, or our Code of
Ethics could affect our ‘license to operate’, result in litigations or investiga-
tions, expose Lundbeck to significant fines, and impact our reputation and
earnings for Lundbeck and its shareholders.
The Code of Ethics, Compliance Program, and Global Compliance organization are in place to ensure
our compliance culture.
Annual trainings for all employees.
Third parties are committed to observing our legal and ethical standards and are subject to due dili-
gence and audits.
A global Compliance Hotline and investigation procedure are in place for reporting and addressing
potential misconduct.
Financial
Fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates, including
the impact of currency devaluations.
Lundbeck’s cash flow and earnings could be impacted by fluctuations in
key currencies.
Treasury Policy.
Monitoring the financial exposure and hedging a significant part of Lundbeck’s currency risk up
to 18 months in advance.
S4
S4
E1
G1
Key risks
1 ESRS 2, GOV-5 paragraph 36 (c). *Subject to limited assurance. 2 Weighted average cost of capital.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
47
Internal controls and risk assessments in financial
and sustainability reporting
An essential part of Lundbeck’s risk management and
internal control systems aim to effectively identify, ad-
dress, and mitigate risks in financial and sustainability
reporting, minimizing errors and misstatements. Addi-
tionally, they support the operations of Lundbeck’s
business by emphasizing quality, efficiency, and strong
ethical principles in daily transactions and decision-
making.
The Board of Directors oversees risk management and
internal controls linked with financial and sustainability
reporting through the advice of the Audit Committee,
with the Executive Leadership Team responsible for
overall financial and sustainability reporting compli-
ance.
Control activities
Control activities are guided by a continuously updated
risk assessment to ensure compliance with Lundbeck’s
strategies, policies, and relevant legislation. A central
component is the global Internal Control Framework,
which is based on the COSO framework (Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations), and enables Lundbeck to
address key risks in financial and sustainability report-
ing, including fraud, and standardizes controls across
all entities to enhance efficiency and consistency.
Monitoring and reporting
Lundbeck continuously monitors and assesses risks
and control activities. Within Group Finance, the Finan-
cial compliance division supports lines of business to
monitor and evaluate key risks identified through the
ERM process and monitors risks through procedures
outlined in the annual plan. These procedures include
the reassessment of key risks and the evaluation of the
effectiveness of the Internal Control Framework. The
Audit Committee reviews and approves the reports re-
sulting from this monitoring process, ensuring appro-
priate oversight and alignment with the company’s
governance framework.
External auditors also report significant control weak-
nesses to the Board of Directors, while minor issues
are communicated to the CFO. The Board of Directors
ensures follow-up by the Executive Leadership Team,
who in turn ensure subsidiaries address any findings.
Annually, subsidiary managers and financial controllers
confirm compliance with Lundbeck’s reporting guide-
lines.
Monitoring and risk assessment of internal controls for
sustainability reporting are under implementation as
part of Lundbeck’s roadmap under CSRD implementa-
tion.
Control activities in sustainability reporting
1
In 2025, Lundbeck continued to advance the Internal
Control Framework for sustainability reporting initiated
under the CSRD. This includes ongoing evaluation and
redesign of internal processes to ensure accurate and
complete sustainability disclosures. The governance
structure mirrors that of financial reporting, with the
Board of Directors providing oversight, the Executive
Leadership Team holding overall responsibility, and
the Audit Committee advising on the effectiveness of
sustainability reporting*.
Sustainability reporting controls are integrated into
Lundbeck’s global Internal Control Framework, aligned
with an established roadmap. Lundbeck continues
strengthening sustainability reporting internal con-
trols, which are informed by the double materiality as-
sessment and embedded across business areas to en-
sure consistency with broader reporting processes*.
The Executive Leadership Team reviews sustainability-
related risks and coordinates with the Board of Direc-
tors on mitigating actions. External auditors report sig-
nificant findings to the Board of Directors and minor
issues to the CFO as part of the limited assurance of
the Sustainability Statement.
Internal controls
1 ESRS 2, GOV-5 paragraph 36(a), 36(d) and 36(e). *Subject to limited assurance.
Lundbeck’s internal control processes are part of a comprehensive govern-
ance and control system that spans broadly across the organization ensur-
ing reliable financial and sustainability reporting, responsible cyber security
and digitalization agenda, ethical, and other corporate compliance, to up-
hold accuracy, compliance, and stakeholder trust.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
48
At the beginning of 2025, the Lundbeck share price
opened at DKK 41.32 for B-shares and DKK 33.40 for
A-shares, based on closing prices at year-end 2024.
During the year, the B-share traded within a relatively
wide range, reaching a high of DKK 47.34 on 29 Octo-
ber 2025 and a low of DKK 27.52 on 9 April 2025. By
year-end, the B-share closed at DKK 43.16, corre-
sponding to an increase of 4.5% for the year.
Over the same period, the Danish OMXC25 Index in-
creased by 2.7%, while the MSCI World Index rose by
16.9%.
Turnover
Total trading in Lundbeck A-shares amounted to DKK
768 million in 2025, while the average daily turnover
was DKK 3.09 million. Total trading in Lundbeck B-
shares amounted to DKK 5.23 billion in 2025, corre-
sponding to an average daily turnover of DKK 21.01
million.
Share capital
Lundbeck shares are listed on the Copenhagen Stock
Exchange, Nasdaq Copenhagen. The shares are nego-
tiable and there are no restrictions on their transfera-
bility. At the end of 2025, Lundbeck’s total share capital
amounted to DKK ~996 million, which is equivalent to
~996 million shares.
Composition of shareholders
According to the Lundbeck share register, the com-
pany had approximately 50,000 shareholders at the
end of 2025, representing about 99% of the outstand-
ing shares.
Lundbeckfonden (Lundbeckfond Invest A/S) remains
the company’s largest shareholder, holding approxi-
mately 80% of the A-shares and 66% of the B-shares.
In total, the Foundation owns about 69% of the share
capital and controls approximately 77% of the total
voting rights in H. Lundbeck A/S.
Lundbeckfonden continues to be the only shareholder
to report a holding in excess of 5% of the share capital.
At the end of 2025, institutional ownership of the free
float was distributed as follows: investors in North
America held 25% (27% in 2024), European (excluding
Danish) investors held 56% (53% in 2024), Danish in-
vestors held 17% (18% in 2024), and the rest of the
world accounted for 1% (2% in 2024).
In order to fund our long-term share-based incentive
programs, Lundbeck held 3,591,929 treasury shares
(0.32%) at the end of 2025, comprising 127,465 A-
shares and 3,464,464 B-shares.
At the end of 2025, Lundbeck’s Board of Directors and
Executive Leadership Team held a total of 161,553
Lundbeck A-shares and 804,138 B-shares, compared
to 122,329 A-shares and 713,232 B-shares at the end
of 2024. The total number of shares held by members
of Executive Management Team and Board of Direc-
tors corresponds to 0.08% of the total A-shares out-
standing and 0.10% of the total B-shares outstanding.
Lundbeck and the equity market
Within Lundbeck, our Investor Relations (IR) function
remains dedicated to ensuring transparent, timely, and
accurate communication with both existing and pro-
spective shareholders, as well as equity analysts. We
maintain an open and continuous dialogue, offering
clear insights into Lundbeck’s strategy, performance,
financial results, and long-term priorities.
In 2025, the IR team held over 390 meetings with in-
vestors and analysts, both in person and virtually via
Teams and Zoom. The IR team also participated in 12
The Lundbeck share
2025 was a year of resilience and steady progress for Lundbeck, marked by
solid financial results, strong operational performance, and continued ad-
vancement of our R&D pipeline. However, the year was also characterized
by renewed market volatility, driven by geopolitical tensions, monetary-pol-
icy shifts, and ongoing uncertainty around drug-pricing regulations.
Financial calendar 2026
18 March 2026
Annual General Meeting 2026
23 March 2026
Dividends for 2025 at the disposal of shareholders (if approved)
13 May 2026
Financial statements for the first three months of 2026
19 August 2026
Financial statements for the first six months of 2026
11 November 2026
Financial statements for the first nine months of 2026
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
49
major investor conferences and hosted several analyst
and investor update sessions, including post-results
roadshows across Europe and North America.
Lundbeck is covered by 15 sell-side analysts, including
several leading global investment banks, who regularly
publish research on the company. A complete list of
covering institutions is available on our website.
Following the release of interim and full-year results,
Lundbeck’s Executive Leadership Team and IR team
continue to engage actively with the market through
targeted roadshows, providing updates on business
progress, pipeline developments, and strategic execu-
tion.
All investor presentations and related materials are
available at www.lundbeck.com/investors.
Annual Report 2025
49
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Stock performance 2025
Composition of ownership, end 2025









  
69%
5%
12%
4%
0%
9%
The Lundbeck Foundation
North America
Europe, excl. Denmark
Denmark, excl. the Lundbeck Foundation
Rest of the world
Others, incl. private
Stock performance A- and B-shares 2025
Composition of free float, end 2025









 
25%
56%
17%
1%
North America
Europe, excl. Denmark
Denmark, excl. the Lundbeck Foundation
Rest of the world
Stock performance 2020-2025
Lundbeck’s total number of voting rights and
total share capital
Number of
shares/DKK
*
Number of
votes
A-shares
199,148,222
1,991,482,220
B-shares
796,592,888
796,592,888
Total
995,741,110
2,788,075,108
*Nominal value equals number of shares DKK 1 per share.










  
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
50
Share data
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Share price (A-shares), year-end (DKK)
36.20
33.40
28.70
23.88
-
Share price (A-shares), high (DKK)
37.10
41.55
37.90
37.70
-
Share price (A-shares), low (DKK)
23.40
27.80
23.52
22.49
-
Share price (B-shares), year-end (DKK)
43.16
41.32
32.76
26.05
-
Share price (B-shares), high (DKK)
47.34
49.38
39.50
37.86
-
Share price (B-shares), low (DKK)
27.52
31.74
25.35
24.24
-
Share price (old share structure), year-end (DKK)
-
-
168.85
Share price (old share structure), high (DKK)
-
-
258.10
Share price (old share structure), low (DKK)
-
-
152.45
Share facts
Number of A-shares, year-end
199,148,222
Number of B-shares, year-end
796,592,888
Total
995,741,110
Share capital, year-end (DKK)
995,741,110
Nominal value per share (DKK)
1
Number of treasury A-shares
127,465
Number of treasury B-shares
3,464,464
Total number of treasury
shares
3,591,929 (0.32%)
Free float (%)
31%
IPO
18 June 1999
Stock exchange
Nasdaq Copenhagen
ISIN code
DK0061804697 (A), DK0061804770 (B)
Ticker
HLUNa / HLUNb (Reuters), HLUNA DC / HLUNB DC (Bloomberg)
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
51
Management Review / Sustainability Statement
Sustainability
Statement
52 General disclosures
64 Environment
83 Social
113 Governance
120 List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
51
Guide to the Sustainability Statement
Lundbeck’s integrated Annual Report is prepared in accord-
ance with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
(CSRD) and the European Sustainability Reporting Standards
(ESRS).
The Sustainability Statement is part of the Management Re-
view and comprises four key reporting areas:
General information (ESRS 2)
Environmental information (ESRS E1, E2, and E5)
Social information (ESRS S1, S2, and S4)
Governance information (ESRS G1)
The sustainability topics and related disclosure requirements
(DRs) addressed in these sections are identified based on
Lundbeck’s double materiality assessment (DMA), specified
on pages 56-61.
As summarized in the table List of ESRS disclosure require-
ments covered in the Sustainability Statement (pages 121-122)
and in compliance with technical requirements, our CSRD
disclosures are included within the Sustainability Statement,
in the appendices, and in other sections of the Management
Review, by exercising the option of incorporation by refer-
ence. The disclosures placed outside of the Sustainability
Statement are clearly identified with a footnote, referring to
the applicable disclosure requirement of the ESRS regula-
tion. In addition, an asterisk (*) is added after each subsec-
tion to indicate which text is covered by the independent au-
ditor's limited assurance report.
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
52
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
General
disclosures
53 Basis for preparation
54 Sustainability at Lundbeck
56 Double materiality assessment
62 Sustainability due diligence
Annual Report 2025
52
Management Review / 2025 in brief / Business and strategy / Business performance / Corporate governance
Annual Report 2025
53
Basis for preparation
Lundbeck’s Sustainability Statement is prepared in accordance with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Di-
rective (CSRD) and the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). Despite the Omnibus and Quick Fix
regulations, Lundbeck preserves the same scope of reporting as in 2024. The Sustainability Statement was ap-
proved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on 4 February 2026.
The metrics disclosed in the Sustainability Statement include consolidated data from the parent company,
H. Lundbeck A/S, and its subsidiaries. The Sustainability Statement is consolidated following the Group’s account-
ing policies disclosed in its consolidated Financial Statements, unless otherwise specified in the accounting poli-
cies within each topical ESRS disclosure. Lundbeck has defined its operational control in accordance with the
ESRS, encompassing the parent company and its subsidiaries. There are no other joint ventures, associates, and
assets where Lundbeck has identified operational control. In the event of acquisitions or divestments, the Sustain-
ability Statement follows the same principles as the Financial Statements. In addition to complying with the Danish
Financial Statements Act (sections 99a, 99d, 107d and 107f) and the EU Taxonomy Regulation (article 8), Lundbeck
reports under various sustainability frameworks, including the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC), the Car-
bon Disclosure Project (CDP), the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), and the UK Modern Slavery Act.
Materiality conclusions and entity-specific metrics
All material information presented in this report is identified based on the outcome of the 2025 double materiality
assessment (DMA), covering own operations as well as the upstream and downstream value chain. In 2025,
Lundbeck assessed the impact of the shift to a partner-led model in 27 countries and the discontinuation of oper-
ations in Pakistan (page 90), as well as the planned divestment of a non-core production site in Italy (LuPi), on the
identification of IROs. The review confirmed that these changes do not materially affect our DMA methodologies
and conclusions (pages 56-61). The following metrics are considered and reported as entity specific metrics: Pa-
tients reached, Donated treatment in LMIC’s, Patient access (Time to Access Indicator and Access to Coverage),
Compliance Hotline reports, Code of Ethics e-learning, Due diligence screenings, and Number of audits.
Changes in accounting policies and comparative figures
The metrics ‘Patients reached’, ‘Gender pay gap’ and ‘CEO ratio’, ‘Internal and external audits’, Energy consumption,
‘scope 1’, ‘scope 3, category 1’, and ‘Biogenic emissions’ have been updated and restated in their preparation. Pa-
tients reached is now presented as number of patients reached rather than as patient years and is presented as
mature products, strategic products and total, which has led us to restate the 2024 figure, where we previously re-
ported only mature products (page 106). For the remuneration metrics, we included more elements of remunera-
tion in the calculation, such as sales incentives, long- and short-term incentives. The remuneration metrics have
not been restated, since it has not been possible to collect data on the variable remuneration in previous periods
(page 94). Internal and external audit figures have changed due to the reclassification of Animal Welfare Audits
from Patient & Product Safety to Business Ethics. Accordingly, the 2024 figures for both categories have been re-
stated (page 118). Energy consumption related to the fleet has been included in the reporting, prompting a revi-
sion of the accounting policy and a restatement of all figures impacted by fuel consumption (page 71). Scope 1
emissions have been restated, as has scope 3 (category 1) due to improved data and updated emission factors
from suppliers. Biogenic emissions have been restated due to a change in emission factors. Lastly, we are includ-
ing a footnote for full scope 3 (category 1) and full scope 3 (category 4), whereas previous periods only included a
sub-amount due to Lundbeck’s alignment with SBTi. This also impacts the total scope 3 and includes the appropri-
ate restatement. This is presented in addition to the numbers following the SBTi methodology, in a footnote to
the table (page 67). In December 2025, the Board of Directors approved a plan to divest LuPi. As a result, we dis-
close the share of relevant metrics attributable to LuPi, where material (i.e. above 10%) and where possible based
on data availability. The full impact on the metrics will be assessed and reported in 2026.
Key estimates and assumptions
In preparing the Sustainability Statement, Management has made estimates and judgments that affect the appli-
cation of the accounting policies and the reported sustainability metrics. The actual results may differ from these
estimates. Management believes that the following estimates, assumptions and judgments are significant:
Annual Report 2025
53
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Accounting policy
Key estimates, assumptions and judgements
Value chain
estimation
Page
Scope 3 GHG emis-
sions: Cat.1: Pur-
chased goods and
services
Estimating of emissions where supplier data is unavailable is based on emission factors for fi-
nancial expenditures and purchased products. Lundbeck includes value chain estimations from
indirect sources in the accounting of gross indirect (scope 3) GHG emissions, as specified in the
accounting policy. Lundbeck is continuously working to enhance the quality of value chain data.
Yes
70
Patients reached
Estimating the number of patients potentially exposed to a specific Lundbeck drug or treatment
over a one-year period, as specified in the accounting policy.
Yes
107
Donated treatment
Estimating the number of patients potentially reached through Lundbeck’s medicine donation
program over a one-year period, as specified in the accounting policy.
Yes
107
Time to Access
Indicator
The Time to Access Indicator is calculated using benchmarks, and proxies for benchmarks.
No
107
Energy
consumption
Energy consumption from fleet is based on actual fuel consumption for the sites where this is
possible. An additional uplift is utilized for any missing data based on an FTE count and dis-
tance.
Yes
71
NMVOC-emissions
Diffuse emissions are estimated using a mass balance approach, which compares
the solvent input in production processes with all identified solvent outputs, based on prior
years’ proportional distribution between measured chimney emissions and diffuse emissions.
No
75
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
54
Lundbeck emphasizes sustainability as a key element
in the way we run our business and strive towards a
better future. Lundbeck’s Sustainability Strategy aims
to mitigate our most significant sustainability risks, ad-
verse impacts, and enhance our positive impacts to so-
ciety.
The Sustainability Strategy encompasses four pillars:
Access to health
Business ethics
Climate change & circularity
People & communities
These strategic priorities reflect Lundbeck’s commit-
ment to integrating sustainable practices throughout
our operations, driving short-term actions and long-
term goals. Each pillar of the Sustainability Strategy is
supported by annual targets designed to help us
achieve our long-term aspirations. We place high value
on the United Nations’ Sustainability Development
Goals (SDGs) in shaping our strategy. We have identi-
fied seven SDGs which are applicable to our business,
and since 2020 we have used them to guide our ac-
tions towards addressing the main challenges within
each pillar of our Sustainability Strategy.
Access to brain health
Health is an integral and cross-cutting part of sustaina-
ble development, as represented by SDG 3 (Good
Health and Wellbeing for All). Upholding all four pillars
of Lundbeck’s Sustainability Strategy is fundamental
for achieving our core commitment to sustainability,
ensuring access to healthcare for those who need our
treatments. By upholding ethical business practices,
caring for our environment and communities, and
maintaining a fair, engaging, and inclusive workplace,
we believe that expansion of our therapeutic reach
within neuroscience is possible.
Improving access to brain health also provides the op-
portunity to make our medical innovations accessible
to more patients who need them. This will enhance
health outcomes, improve patient quality of life, and
improve the productivity of individuals living with neu-
rological and psychiatric conditions.
We have long-term aspirations to make innovative
treatment available through R&D, promote equitable
access, enhance cultural acceptability, and provide
quality and efficacious medical products.
Our aspirations for access to brain health are informed
by our key stakeholders patients, healthcare
providers, partners including civil society and NGOs,
suppliers including researchers and scientists, share-
holders, and employees each of whom contribute to-
wards driving our agenda and provide unique
knowledge on how to improve good health and well-
being for all.
In 2025, our treatments reached more than 27 million
people
1
, and even more patients are reached in collab-
oration with our commercial partners. Lundbeck’s Ac-
cess to health frontier relates to the lack of parity for
mental health and neurology within countries rather
than between countries, with current operations lim-
ited in those which are low- or middle-income.
Resilience of our business model
Overall, Lundbeck’s strategy and business model are
resilient regarding our capacity to address our mate-
rial impacts and risks and to take advantage of our ma-
terial opportunities. This is most strongly demon-
strated in relation to climate change, as the manage-
ment of our impact is mature, with solid targets and
reduction levers to mitigate the effects of climate
change. Regular evaluations of the resilience of our
operations and supply chains in relation to climate-re-
lated risks are carried out and actioned.
For our other impacts, risks, and opportunities,
Lundbeck has historically addressed these through
dedicated departments and processes. As science bet-
ter informs us about what transitions are needed to-
wards improved sustainability practices, we will contin-
uously develop our approach and understanding of
the resilience of our business.
Sustainability at Lundbeck
1 Estimated number of patients is 27.8 million, based on 2025 sales data for Lundbeck products, including strategic products. For further information, please refer to reporting and accounting policies on page 107. The number is larger than previously
reported due to a shift from reporting the patient reached in years to the number of patients.
Sustainability Strategy update
In 2025, Lundbeck started a process to update
our Sustainability Strategy to further
strengthen and prioritize our management of
impacts, risks, and opportunities as an inte-
grated part of our new business strategy, as
well as future requirements and principles of
due diligence and responsible conduct.
To create a foundation for the update, a peer
benchmark and several strategic interviews and
workshops were hosted. The updated Sustaina-
bility Strategy will be signed off in the first half
of 2026 and will be communicated in our An-
nual Report 2026.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
55
1 For further details on the double materiality assessment (DMA), see pages 56-61. 2 (+) Potential/actual positive impact/financial opportunity. (-) Potential/actual negative impact/financial risk.
Lundbeck’s sustainability priorities and correlation with DMA
1
Materiality aspects
Access to health
Business ethics
Climate change
& circularity
People &
communities
How is this topic related to
Lundbeck’s business model
and strategy?
Lundbeck’s business model is to re-
search, develop, produce, and market
medicines for psychiatric and neuro-
logical diseases. Our long-term success
depends on health parity, reduced
stigma, and cultural acceptance of
brain diseases. Pressure on healthcare
systems could lead to reforms poten-
tially impacting Lundbeck’s business.
When Lundbeck maintains ethical business
practices and respects rules and regulations,
we protect patients, uphold stakeholder in-
tegrity, and minimize the risk of financial re-
percussions. Ethical conduct to avoid poten-
tial negative impacts throughout our value
chain is vital for our license to operate, espe-
cially in relationships with healthcare profes-
sionals, patients, and other stakeholders.
Lundbecks business model impacts the environ-
ment negatively through greenhouse gas emis-
sions from energy use, transportation, and supply
chain activities, as well as waste generation con-
tributing to climate change and potential pollution.
If we minimize our impact on the environment
throughout the entire value chain, we mitigate the
risk of restrictions or disruptions to our production
and supply to the benefit of our patients.
Our business model relies on attracting and re-
taining a skilled and diverse workforce. When
Lundbeck is successful in maintaining a safe, in-
clusive culture, free of harassment and discrimi-
nation, it helps us remain a preferred employer
and attract the best and most dedicated scien-
tists and other staff, enabling us to develop in-
novative treatments for patients. For value chain
workers, we depend on reliable and reputable
partners who share our ethical standards.
What topics does Lundbeck
hold responsibility for
managing actual and
potential impacts on people
and the environment based
on the DMA?
2
+ Innovation in treatment
+ + Patient voice
- - Inequality in access to health
- - Product safety and quality
- - Responsible and ethical marketing
- - Business ethics
- - Responsible sourcing
- - Animal welfare
- GHG emissions leading to climate change
- Air pollution
- Soil pollution
- PFAS soil pollution
- Water pollution from pharmaceutical residues
- Waste and resource use
- Inclusion, diversity, and equity (ID&E)
- Health and safety, mental well-being
- Human rights and health and safety through-
out the value chain
What are the financial risks or
opportunities for our
business based on the DMA?
2
- - Risk of pricing, reimbursement, and
access
- - Risk of failure of pharmacovigilance
- - Risk of promotional misconduct
- - Business ethics and Code of Ethics breach
- Damage to facilities from wild weather events
- Increasing raw material costs
- Inability to attract and retain employees
How are the Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs)
linked to this topic?
-
- -
-
3) Good Health and Well-being
-
-
-
16) Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions
12) Responsible Consumption and Production
13) Climate Action
5) Gender Equality
8) Decent Work and Economic Growth
10) Reduced Inequalities
G1
S4
E2
E1
E5
S1
S2
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
56
Environment
E4 Biodiversity and Ecosystems
S3 Affected Communities
E1 Climate Change
13 - Direct impact drivers of biodiversity loss
26 - Communities’ economic, social, and cultural rights
1 - Climate change adaptation
14 - Impacts on the state of species
27 - Communities’ civil and political rights
2 - Climate change mitigation
15 - Impacts on the extent & condition of ecosystems
28 - Rights of indigenous people
3 - Energy
16 - Impacts & dependencies on ecosystem services
S4 Consumers and End-users
E2 Pollution
E5 Resource Use and Circular Economy
29 - Information- related impacts
4 - Pollution of air
17 - Resource inflows, including resource use
30 - Personal safety of consumers
5 - Pollution of water
18 - Resource outflows related to products & services
31 - Social inclusion of consumers
6 - Pollution of soil
19 - Waste
Governance
7 - Substances of concern
Social
G1 Business Conduct
8 - Substances of very high concern
S1 Own Workforce
32 - Corporate culture
9 - Pollution of living organisms
20 - Equal treatment and opportunities for all
33 - Corruption and bribery
10 - Microplastics
21 - Working conditions
34 - Protection of whistleblowers
E3 Water and Marine Resources
22 - Other work-related rights
35 - Animal welfare
11 - Water
S2 Workers in the Value Chain
36 - Management of relationships with suppliers
12 - Marine resources
23 - Equal treatment and opportunities for all
37 - Political engagement and lobbying activities
24 - Working conditions
25 - Other work-related rights
Material from both perspectives
Impact material
Not material
Financially material
3
4
5
6
7
8
18
19
21
23
24
25
34
35
36
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
22
26
27
28
37
16
1
2
17
20
29
30
31
32
33
Every year, Lundbeck conducts a double materiality as-
sessment (DMA) to identify, assess, and monitor our
material impacts on people and the environment (im-
pact materiality), as well as key business risks and op-
portunities arising from sustainability topics (financial
materiality).
In 2025, the following sustainability topics are con-
firmed to be material for reporting in relation to our
business model, operations, and business relation-
ships across the value chain:
Climate change
Pollution
Resource use and circular economy
Own workforce
Workers in the value chain
Consumers and end-users
Business conduct
Within these topics, Lundbeck identified 37 sustainabil-
ity sub-topics to be evaluated for materiality. These
sub-topics were assessed as material (i.e., impact, fi-
nancial, or both) or not material for reporting, as
illustrated within the matrix on this page. Each sub-
topic is linked to specific impacts, risks, and opportuni-
ties (IROs), and those IROs deemed material (listed and
described on pages 57-59) form the basis for
Lundbeck’s topical disclosures. Additional details on
our DMA methodology, materiality thresholds, and ba-
sis for preparation are provided on page 60-61 and 53.
Although IROs related to Water and Marine Resources
(ESRS E3), Biodiversity and Ecosystems (ESRS E4), and
Affected Communities (ESRS S3) fell under our materi-
ality thresholds, Lundbeck recognizes its responsibility
to continue monitoring and managing these topics
through our existing governance processes, policies,
and actions. Our work on water and biodiversity is de-
scribed on our website through our position papers,
as well as disclosed as part of our Carbon Disclosure
Project (CDP) reporting. In addition, Lundbeck‘s efforts
to identify, prevent, and monitor its impact on affected
communities are informed by our sustainability due dil-
igence, including site audits and engagement with
stakeholders residing close to our production sites in
Denmark, Italy, and France.
Double materiality
assessment
E1
E2
E5
S1
S2
S4
G1
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
57
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (1 of 3)
1
IRO name
IRO type
Description
Time horizon
2
Business model & value chain
3
S
M
L
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Climate change
Greenhouse gas
emissions leading
to climate change
Actual negative
impact
Lundbeck’s business model entails the development, production, distribution, and marketing of medicines. These activities
have a greenhouse gas emissions footprint, which contributes to climate change. Until we reach our Paris-aligned, net-zero
SBTi targets, Lundbeck has an actual negative impact on the environment.
Purchased goods and
services, and
business travel
Lundbecks sites, pur-
chased electricity and
heat, and company cars
Distribution
Damage to facili-
ties from wild
weather events
Physical
financial risk
Scientific evidence supports that climate change is making extreme weather events more likely and severe. Such events can
cause physical damage to Lundbeck's facilities and those of our suppliers. This may lead to higher costs associated with re-
storing impacted facilities and implementing preventive measures.
Suppliers of raw materials
and contract manufactur-
ers
Lundbeck’s sites
Distribution
Pollution
Air pollution
Actual negative
impact
As a producer of primarily chemical pharmaceutical products, which typically require the use of organic solvents, Lundbeck’s
manufacturing processes and operations impact air quality through the release of air pollutants into the environment.
-
Lundbeck’s production
sites
-
Water pollution
from pharmaceuti-
cal residues
Actual negative
impact
Lundbeck‘s medicines contribute to the presence of pharmaceutical residues in the environment. The release of pharmaceu-
tical residues by patients can lead to the contamination of water bodies and ecosystems, potentially impacting wildlife and
human health.
-
Lundbeck’s production
sites
Patients’ excretion of phar-
maceutical residues after
using Lundbeck medicines
Soil pollution
Potential negative
impact
Lundbecks manufacturing facilities and suppliers use and produce chemicals and active pharmaceutical ingredients. Inci-
dental spillages or leaks may lead to soil quality degradation, potentially impacting terrestrial ecosystems and the broader
environment.
Chemical waste manage-
ment by suppliers
Lundbeck’s production
sites
-
PFAS soil pollution
Actual negative
impact
Fire foam containing PFAS (per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances) was used until 2011 at one of Lundbeck’s production sites in
Denmark, in compliance with applicable law and following guidance from authorities at the time. In 2022, with growing con-
cern about the environmental harm of PFAS, Lundbeck investigated and confirmed PFAS pollution at its Lumsås site.
-
Lundbeck’s production
site
-
Resource use and circular economy
Waste and
resource use
Actual negative
impact
Circular principles have only been introduced to a limited extent regarding Lundbeck’s resource inflows and outflows, with
focus currently on reuse and recycling initiatives for hazardous and non-hazardous materials used at production sites.
Limited circularity impacts the environment through the extraction of virgin raw materials and the production of non-recy-
clable waste, pollution, and carbon emissions.
Suppliers of raw materi-
als, waste management
services
Resources used and
waste from Lundbeck’s
production sites
Packaging waste after
product use by patients
and waste management fa-
cilities
Increasing raw
material costs
Financial risk
Lundbeck faces a long-term risk of limited availability of certain chemical raw materials due to the regulatory phase-out of
unsustainable materials and potential increases in raw material costs.
Suppliers of raw materials
Lundbeck’s production
sites and procurement
-
1 This table presents Lundbeck’s impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs), along with details on whether they are deemed to be actual or potential, positive or negative, over the short-, mid-, or long-term, and where in the value chain they arise.
2 S = short-term (<12 months), M= mid-term (between 1 and 5 years). L = long-term (> 5 years). 3 These columns present an overview of which level of Lundbeck’s value chain our material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified through the DMA are
primarily concentrated.
E1
E2
E5
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
58
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (2 of 3)
1
IRO name
IRO type
Description
Time horizon
2
Business model & value chain
3
M
L
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Own workforce
Health and safety,
mental well-being
Systemic, potential
negative impact
Lundbeck's workforce may encounter various work-related accidents, including exposure to hazardous chemicals, road accidents,
and ergonomic-related illnesses, respectively affecting production workers, lab staff, sales representatives, and office-based employ-
ees. Additionally, prioritizing employee wellbeing and effectively managing work-related stress is essential for supporting mental
health.
-
Own workforce
-
Inclusion,
diversity, and
equity, (ID&E)
Systemic, potential
negative impact
A lack of an inclusive, diverse, and equitable work environment, may impact employees’ development opportunities and affect their
well-being.
-
Own workforce
-
Inability to
attract and retain
employees
Financial risk
Failure to attract and retain employees with the right skills due to talent competition and limited focus on inclusion, diversity, and
equity (ID&E) may impact our ability to deliver on strategic priorities and sustain innovation. This presents a material financial risk.
-
Own workforce
-
Workers in the value chain
Human rights &
health and safety
Systemic, potential
negative impact
Lundbeck works with suppliers in over 90 countries, including some countries and supplier categories that have a systemic high risk
of disrespect for human rights and inadequate health and safety measures for their workers.
Suppliers & distribution
-
Suppliers & distribution
Consumers and end-users
Innovation in
treatment
Potential positive
impact
Neurological and psychiatric conditions severely impact patients, families, and society. Neuroscience innovation is essential for
breakthrough solutions, enhancing health outcomes, and improving patients’ quality of life.
-
R&D, production, and
commercial operations
Patients
Patient voice
Potential positive
impact
Integrating the patient’s perspectives into R&D and drug development can lead to treatments that address unmet needs, increase
quality of life, and create more personalized medicines.
-
R&D and clinical trials
Patients
Inequality in
access to health
Systemic, potential
negative impact
Inequality in access to health is a systemic problem among and within countries. Individuals living in areas affected by war and civil
unrest are at especially high risk.
-
Commercial operations &
supply chain department
Distribution and
healthcare systems
Risk of pricing,
reimbursement
and access
Financial risk
Due to the global political pressure on pharmaceutical companies, potential new healthcare reforms could affect prices, reimburse-
ment, access, and increase gross-to-net costs. This risk is connected to the potential negative impact that Lundbeck’s pricing could
have on adequate access to health.
-
All markets in which
Lundbeck operates
Healthcare systems
Product safety and
quality
Systemic, potential
negative impact
Any disruptions in Lundbecks processes to manage product safety and quality could lead to patients taking unsuitable medication
or forgoing beneficial treatments. All patients are dependent on accurate information to ensure safe use of medicines.
-
R&D, production, quality,
and pharmacovigilance
functions
Patients
Risk of failure of
pharmacovigi-
lance
Financial risk
Pharmacovigilance is essential for monitoring the safety and effectiveness of our pharmaceutical products throughout their lifecycle.
Any disruptions in this system can lead to delayed identification of adverse events, regulatory non-compliance, reputational damage,
and financial losses. This risk is connected to the potential negative impact of product safety and quality.
-
Pharmacovigilance
functions
-
Responsible and
ethical marketing
Systemic, potential
negative impact
Without responsible and ethical marketing practices, patients and healthcare professionals could be vulnerable to receiving mislead-
ing or unsafe information. This could lead to misuse or distrust of medicines, affect patients’ economic and physical welfare, and
distort healthcare priorities.
-
Commercial operations
and marketing
Customers and healthcare
professionals
Risk of promo-
tional misconduct
4
Financial risk
Promotional activities not aligned with the approved product label or directed at inappropriate audiences may result in regulatory
review, financial penalties, complaints, and reputational impact.
-
Legal, commercial opera-
tions, and marketing
Customers and healthcare
professionals
1 This table presents Lundbeck’s impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs), along with details on whether they are deemed to be actual or potential, positive or negative, over the short-, mid-, or long-term, and where in the value chain they arise.
2 S = short-term (<12 months), M= mid-term (between 1 and 5 years). L = long-term (> 5 years). 3 These columns present an overview of which level of Lundbeck’s value chain our material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified through the DMA are
primarily concentrated. 4 New IRO compared to FY 2024.
S1
S2
S4
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
59
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (3 of 3)
1
IRO name
IRO type
Description
Time horizon
2
Business model & value chain
3
S
M
L
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Business conduct
Anti-corruption and
anti-bribery
4
Potential negative
impact
Failure to prevent corruption and bribery can, in the worst cases, lead to improper prescriptions for patients and distrust in
the overall healthcare system.
Suppliers
Commercial operations
and marketing in
particular
Distribution, customers,
and healthcare profession-
als
Protection of
whistleblowers
4
Potential negative
impact
Any potential failures in the protection of whistleblowers could result in them facing retaliation, adverse impacts, or litiga-
tion.
Suppliers
Commercial operations
and marketing in
particular
Distribution, customers,
and healthcare profession-
als
Breach of our Code
of Ethics
Financial risk
Interactions with healthcare professionals (HCPs) and public officials pose corruption and bribery risks, potentially resulting
in fines, disgorgement, debarment, contract breaches, or reputational harm. Additionally, potential breaches of competition
laws can lead to substantial fines and reputational damage.
Partners, third parties act-
ing on Lundbecks
behalf
Commercial operations
and marketing in
particular
-
Responsible
sourcing
Potential negative
impact
Inadequate responsible sourcing practices can contribute to negative impacts on people and the environment in Lundbecks
value chain and across Lundbecks categories of goods purchased globally. The most significant potential impact is related
to parties who act on Lundbeck’s behalf and can negatively impact patients rights and access to treatment.
Suppliers, third parties
acting on Lundbeck’s
behalf
Corporate functions at
Lundbeck headquarters
and subsidiaries
-
Animal welfare
Actual negative
impact
As part of the development of new treatments, Lundbeck is required to conduct research involving live animals before use
in humans. Neglecting proper care to minimize adverse impacts that animals may experience during pharmaceutical re-
search can affect their welfare.
Contract research organi-
zations conducting trials
on behalf of Lundbeck
R&D
-
1 This table presents Lundbeck’s impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs), along with details on whether they are deemed to be actual or potential, positive or negative, over the short-, mid-, or long-term, and where in the value chain they arise.
2 S = short-term (<12 months), M= mid-term (between 1 and 5 years). L = long-term (> 5 years). 3 These columns present an overview of which level of Lundbeck’s value chain our material impacts, risks, and opportunities identified through the DMA are
primarily concentrated. 4 IRO was disaggregated from Business ethics into ‘Anti-corruption and anti-bribery and ’Protection of whistleblowers
G1
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
60
DMA key assumptions
Scope and value chain
Lundbeck’s DMA reflects the value chain perspective through the assessment of impacts, risks, and opportunities
(IROs) arising from own operations, suppliers in the upstream value chain, as well as customers, patients, and
communities in the downstream value chain (Lundbeck’s value chain, on page 14).
Sustainability due diligence and stakeholder engagement
The perspective of our affected stakeholders and readers of the Sustainability Statement is incorporated into the
assessment through the knowledge of our internal subject matter experts. These experts span across the organi-
zation and are responsible for engaging with affected external stakeholders as part of their daily functions. In ad-
dition, their role encompasses gathering and understanding the latest scientific evidence and research from
proxy stakeholders such as environmental or social organizations, as well as capturing relevant industry trends
and developments within their sustainability areas.
The DMA is informed by its Sustainability due diligence processes (page 62) and the Enterprise Risk Management
framework (page 45). In addition, existing communication channels with external stakeholders enhance the inclu-
sion of value chain perspectives into our assessment of IROs.
DMA step-by-step process
Lundbeck’s DMA process remains unchanged compared to 2024. This process is based on a deep understanding
of our business model, value chain, and business relationships, and it consists of the following five steps:
1) Identify key stakeholders and create a long list of sustainability matters and related IROs
Lundbeck annually revisits its understanding of its business model and value chain. This entails the mapping of
internal stakeholders and key external stakeholders in the upstream and downstream value chain.
To develop the list of relevant sustainability matters assessed in our DMA process, we consider several internal
and external sources, including the sustainability matters contained within ESRS 2 Application Requirement 16,
industry-specific ESG benchmarks (i.e., SASB and MSCI), as well as internal analyses. The final list of sustainability
matters is validated by internal subject matter experts, who are responsible for identifying any related impacts,
risks, and opportunities, evaluated from an impact and financial materiality perspective.
2) Impact materiality assessment
Lundbeck evaluates any actual or potential, positive or negative impacts on people or the environment over the
short-, mid-, and long-term. Our internal subject matter experts assess the impacts related to their sustainability
area of expertise through a combination of workshops, research, analyses, and engagements with external con-
sultants, and integrate stakeholder views gained from their daily work.
Impact methodology
Our impact scoring methodology is developed in accordance with ESRS 1. The scores range from one to five,
where one corresponds to the lowest impact. Any actual impacts are assessed based on their severity, while po-
tential impacts are based on severity and likelihood of occurrence. In line with ESRS 2, severity is given higher
weight over likelihood for potential human rights impacts. Severity is assessed based on the intensity of the im-
pact (i.e., scale) and its outreach (i.e., scope) for positive impacts, whereas negative impacts are assessed based on
scale, scope, and the ability to remediate the adverse effect (i.e., irremediable character).
Sustainability matters are deemed material for reporting whenever a related impact scores greater than or equal
to four out of five. As an internal control procedure, any sustainability matter scoring three out of five is further
investigated and validated. The conclusions from the impact assessment are consolidated and inform the financial
materiality assessment to reflect relevant connections and dependencies.
3) Financial materiality assessment
The financial materiality assessment takes an outside-in perspective, focusing on risks and opportunities which
could affect our financial position, performance, or cash flows over the short-, mid-, and long-term.
Lundbeck’s financial and ESG reporting experts provide guidance to the internal subject matters experts to iden-
tify and assess sustainability-related risks and opportunities. Moreover, through the periodic review of the Enter-
prise Risk Management (ERM) register (see top risks on page 46) and the inclusion of relevant DMA risks therein,
Lundbeck ensures consistency across our risk management processes.
DMA methodology
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
60
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
61
Financial assessment methodology
Lundbeck’s financial materiality methodology is designed in accordance with ESRS 1 (section 3.5). Our financial
scoring ranges from one to five, where one corresponds to the lowest effect. The first step in our financial materi-
ality assessment is the evaluation of external factors which can give rise to a risk or opportunity. These can include
any adverse or positive external events such as upcoming regulations or changes in customer demand.
After identifying a risk or opportunity related to a sustainability matter, Lundbeck assesses its financial magnitude
and related likelihood of occurrence. The former is assessed in terms of EBIT impact (DKKm) (ranging from one to
five), consistent with Lundbeck’s ERM, and considers financial effects on Lundbeck’s financial position, financial
performance, cash flows, access to finance, or cost of capital over the short-, mid-, or long-term. The latter is as-
sessed in terms of frequency of occurrence.
Sustainability matters are deemed material from a financial perspective whenever a risk or opportunity scores
above one in financial magnitude. This threshold is defined based on the financial materiality amount used in
Lundbeck’s Financial Statements.
4) Consolidation
The impact and financial materiality results are consolidated to obtain an overview of Lundbeck’s impacts, risks,
and opportunities. The materiality conclusions are mapped against the long list of sustainability matters identified
in step one to identify the material topics for reporting. Any sustainability matter is deemed material for reporting
whenever it is material from an impact materiality perspective, a financial materiality perspective, or both.
5) Stakeholder and management validation
Continuous stakeholder engagement is key to ensuring the accuracy, completeness, and relevance of our DMA
results. Accordingly, additional resources are dedicated to checking the materiality conclusions, including ad-hoc
research, benchmark analyses, as well as follow-up discussions among ESG subject matter experts.
The validated results are presented to the leadership team for final endorsement, as the culmination of close en-
gagement and discussions throughout the DMA process. At Lundbeck, all key decisions related to the DMA ap-
proach and results are periodically approved by the Executive Leadership Team, the Audit Committee, and the
Board of Directors, as further described in the governance framework section (see page 39).
Deep-dive into topical DMA approaches
Environment
Lundbeck’s environmental subject matter experts consider business activities across the value chain. This is done
by screening locations where impacts, risks, or opportunities are most concentrated or likely to arise. A systematic
approach for assessing environmental impacts is implemented using scoring keys based on topic-specific thresh-
olds derived from relevant tools, frameworks, and regulations.
The use of tools and external resources ensures a consistent and data-driven screening approach. These tools
and resources include the ‘World Resources Institute Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas’ tool and the ‘Water Impact Index’
by CDP to assess water-related impacts (i.e., ESRS E3), and the ‘WWF Risk Filter Suite’ tool to assess biodiversity-
related impacts, dependencies, and physical and systemic risks (i.e., ESRS E4). External frameworks and environ-
mental regulatory requirements are used to guide the assessment, such as the ‘EU Waste Hierarchy’ and the ‘EU
Critical Raw Materials list’ for resource-use and circular economy (i.e., ESRS E5), as well as local legal pollution lim-
its at production sites (i.e., ESRS E2).
In line with the DMA results, no substantial impact was identified in relation to water, affected communities, eco-
system services, or biodiversity-sensitive areas. Lundbeck closely monitors any impact on water, affected commu-
nities, and biodiversity and cooperates with authorities where applicable. For climate change, a climate risk as-
sessment and scenario analysis are detailed on page 72.
Social
To identify any impacts, risks, and opportunities related to employees, communities, and patients, our social sub-
ject matter experts conduct desktop analyses, informed by people data, policies, corporate social responsibility
(CSR) databases, literature, and regulations. The potential impacts on people from Lundbeck’s activities, business
relationships, and products are assessed for all workers in own operations (i.e., ESRS S1) and across the value
chain (i.e., ESRS S2), affected communities (i.e., ESRS S3), as well as consumers and end-users (i.e., ESRS S4).
Governance
Lundbeck’s corporate subject matter experts assess business conduct matters (i.e., ESRS G1) through desktop
analyses, guided by our Code of Ethics, existing policies and channels for handling concerns, as well as
applicable regulations. Due to their global scope, business conduct issues were assessed across Lundbeck’s value
chain, with a focus on high-risk locations, business activities, and interactions.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
61
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
62
Sustainability due diligence
1 An overview of the core elements of our due diligence processes can be found in appendix Statement on Due Diligence (page 128) .
Key stakeholders
Engagement approach and purpose
Outcome from engagement
Patients
Patient feedback sessions.
‘Let the patient speak’ events to gather insights for innovation and awareness.
Surveys and collections of patient experience data.
Patient perspectives included in R&D, trial designs, and evaluation
strategies.
Improved treatments.
Healthcare
professionals
Education for healthcare professionals.
Compliance with global procedures, laws, and industry regulations.
Documentation of the value of our medicines.
Improved patient outcomes.
Operational excellence and compliance with regulations.
Partners
Commercial partnerships with other companies to develop and market medicines,
e.g., contract research organizations conducting research studies and
establishing evidence for new drug candidates.
Engagements to improve health equity, including long-term partnerships with
global organizations such as NGOs, academia, and patient advocacy groups.
Increased access to treatment.
Promotion of equitable accessibility.
Climate considerations integrated into clinical trials.
Investors and
shareholders
Ongoing communication via roadshows, meetings, and conferences.
Webcasting of general meetings and access to reports.
General Meeting.
Improved alignment of strategy with shareholders views and feed-
back.
Employees
Regular surveys (i.e., the Our Voice survey).
Dialogues on well-being.
Dialogues on personal development.
Work councils.
Employee-elected board members.
Compliance Hotline.
Ombudsmen.
Action plans for improvement.
Implementation of new processes.
Addressing concerns raised about potential breach of the Code of
Ethics.
Workers in the
value chain
On-site supplier audits and assessments.
Compliance Hotline.
Action plans with corrective actions for suppliers and third parties.
Addressing concerns raised about potential labor or human rights
impacts.
How our key stakeholders inform Lundbeck’s strategy and business model
Lundbecks sustainability due diligence processes
1
As a global pharmaceutical company, Lundbeck oper-
ates in highly monitored and regulated environments.
This entails compliance with pharmaceutical regula-
tions, which mandate certain due diligence procedures,
including how to manage the potential negative im-
pacts on patients, people, and the environment. These
processes encompass the Health, Safety, and Environ-
ment Management System, the Product Quality Man-
agement, and the Product and Patient Safety pro-
cesses, as well as numerous other ‘Good Practice’ (GxP)
processes. Engagement to understand the interests
and views of key stakeholders is part of many of these
processes, which we use to inform our strategy and
business model.
While multiple operational due diligence processes are
embedded in the work of key business functions, as
specified in our topical ESRS disclosures, Lundbeck has
identified the actions needed to advance other aspects
of sustainability due diligence in the coming years, in-
cluding a more strategic and centralized way of work-
ing, in preparation for compliance with the Corporate
Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD).
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures
Annual Report 2025
63
Upholding ethics and sustainability
The Code of Ethics is our overarching framework for
managing sustainability matters. In parallel, the HSE
policy and management system underpin our ap-
proach to environmental and health & safety matters.
Code of Ethics
In 2025, Lundbeck redefined its approach to ethical
culture and business practices by transforming the
Code of Conduct into our new Code of Ethics (link).
This shift reflects our commitment to embedding the
core behavioral principles of our Focused Innovator
Strategy (page 12) curiosity, adaptability, and ac-
countability as the foundation for ethical, sustaina-
ble, and compliant decision-making in our daily work.
The new code will apply to all new and current external
partners.
The Code of Ethics expresses who we are, how we con-
duct business, and how we wish to be perceived by ex-
ternal stakeholders and includes dedicated guidance
to ensure that ethics remain at the core of our deci-
sion-making when navigating complex situations. In
addition to strict adherence to applicable laws and reg-
ulations, the revised Code moves beyond compliance
and embraces a broader cultural perspective, reinforc-
ing the role of managers as active supporters of ethi-
cal behavior.
The new Code opens with a signed message from the
CEO who, together with the Executive Leadership
Team (ELT), sets the tone from the top by recognizing
that integrity, transparency, and accountability are the
foundation of long-term impact. An annual Code of
Ethics e-learning training is provided to all employees
and relevant consultants. The members of the Board
of Directors receive training during onboarding and
are offered refresher sessions. The CEO signs the
Code of Ethics, approved by the Board, and together,
they are responsible for its implementation. Members
of Lundbeck’s governing bodies are selected based on
their qualifications and competencies, including their
expertise in business conduct matters (page 39).
Our Code of Ethics is accessible both internally and ex-
ternally, and is applicable globally to all Lundbeck em-
ployees and external partners.
HSE policy
Building on the principles outlined in our Code of Eth-
ics, Lundbeck is committed to acting responsibly by
fostering collaboration, protecting the environment,
and ensuring a safe and healthy workplace where em-
ployees can perform at their best.
This commitment is anchored in our Health, Safety,
and Environment (HSE) policy (link), supported by our
position papers on Environmental Footprint (link), Cli-
mate Change (link), Water (link), Biodiversity (link), and
Health and Safety (link). Together, these documents
form the foundation for our HSE Strategy, which
guides our efforts to create a responsible organization,
in alignment with our Code of Ethics (link).
The HSE policy promotes compliance with regulations,
prevention of work-related ill health and accidents,
chemical safety, circular economy principles, and mini-
mization of emissions and waste. The policy applies
across Lundbeck’s operations and is set and approved
by Lundbeck’s HSE Council and Executive Leadership
Team. Suppliers and collaboration partners are also
expected to adhere to these principles and actively
contribute to protecting the environment and to
providing healthy and safe working conditions.
HSE management system
At our four production sites, the HSE policy is opera-
tionalized through Lundbeck’s HSE management sys-
tem, a framework for managing our environmental im-
pacts and promoting a safe and healthy workplace.
This system is certified according to the internationally
recognized standards ISO 14001 and ISO 45001. Any
environmental or health and safety data collected from
affiliates, beyond our production sites, is not covered
by the ISO certification, as detailed in our accounting
policies (page 87).
Lundbeck’s HSE management system is informed by
scientific knowledge, sustainability due diligence pro-
cesses, and expectations from relevant external stake-
holders, such as the EU, national authorities, custom-
ers, investors, and industry associations. All production
sites conduct local stakeholder analyses to incorporate
the views and interests of relevant stakeholders. Inter-
nal site-audits, external audits, and inspections from
authorities ensure that stakeholder expectations are
considered in the development of the system.
The HSE policy, HSE management system and posi-
tions underpin our approach to climate change mitiga-
tion, adaptation and energy (page 65), pollution (page
73), resource use and circular economy (page 77), as
well as health, safety, and mental well-being (page 84).
Cross references to topical standards
Sustainability area
Code of Ethics
HSE policy and management system
Page
E1 Climate change
65-72
E2 Pollution
73-76
E5 Resource use & circular economy
77-81
S1 Own workers
84-95
S2 Workers in the value chain
96-97
S4 Consumers and end-users
98-112
G1 Business conduct
114-119
Management review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
64
Environment
65 Climate change
73 Pollution
77 Resource use and circular economy
82 Reporting according to the EU Taxonomy
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
64
E5
E2
E1
Environment
Highlights
47%
Decrease in scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions com-
pared to 2019
8%
Increase in scope 3 GHG emissions compared
to 2019
62%
Recovery of selected organic solvents used in
chemical production
70%
Recycling rate for general waste at all sites glob-
ally
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
65
E1
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Our GHG emissions arise from fuel combustion and
company vehicles (scope 1), purchased electricity and
heat (scope 2), as well as indirect emissions such as
purchased goods and services, business travel, and
distribution (scope 3). Lundbeck’s scope 3 GHG emis-
sions account for most of our climate footprint, while
scope 1 and 2 represent a smaller share. Scientific evi-
dence shows that climate change is increasing the fre-
quency and severity of extreme weather events, which
could impact both Lundbeck’s operations and those of
our suppliers. This may result in higher costs related to
preventive actions to safeguard high-risk facilities.
Policies
Our HSE policy and related position documents (page
63) address climate by:
Aiming to reduce scope 1, 2, and 3 GHG emissions.
Implementing our Transition Plan towards net zero
(link), across our value chain.
Increasing the use of renewable energy, especially
through power purchase agreements.
Applying energy-efficient technology, particularly in
chemical and pharmaceutical production.
Mitigating climate-related risks and adapting our
business to climate change.
Key actions
Lundbeck is committed to making the necessary
emissions reductions across its operation and the
value chain to mitigate the negative impact of climate
change and to achieve climate neutrality by 2050.
Launched in 2023, our Transition Plan outlines
Lundbeck’s GHG emission reduction targets (page 67),
approved by the Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi)
and compatible with limiting global warming to 1.5℃,
and guides investment decisions to support the
achievement of our Sustainability Strategy.
Decarbonization levers
Lundbeck has identified five main decarbonization
levers to achieve climate neutrality:
Energy in own operations
Sustainable sourcing
Optimization and circularity
Greening logistics
Cleaner travel
Each decarbonization lever is described within our
Transition Plan (link), including the actions that
Lundbeck plans to take to achieve a 90% emissions re-
duction by 2050, with the remaining 10% to be neu-
tralized through certified carbon removals. These re-
movals will not be counted as emission reductions to-
wards Lundbeck’s climate targets and will be recorded
separately in the carbon inventory to avoid double
counting.
Climate change
1 R = financial risk; AN = actual negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years; long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Climate change mitigation, adaptation, and energy
Lundbeck is committed to achieving climate neutrality by minimizing its en-
vironmental footprint and reducing emissions across the value chain.
IROs linked to climate change
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Greenhouse gas emissions leading to climate change
AN
Damage to facilities from wild weather events
R
Policy to
manage IROs
Health, Safety, and Environment
policy
Key contents
Climate action
Environmental protection
Scope
Global operations
Accountability
Executive Leadership Team
Climate Steering Committee
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
Position on Climate, position on
Environmental Footprint, and Code
of Ethics
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
66
E1
Transition Plan milestones and 2025 development GHG reductions from 2019 baseline
Progress
Expected reductions
Decarbonization lever
1
Progress on decarbonization lever
Share (%) of
Total GHG in FY25
2
FY25
2025
2030
2035
2040
2050
3
Energy in own operations
4,5
(scope 1 & 2, excluding fleet)
Lundbeck did not achieve its 2025 milestone to reduce emissions by 41% compared to the 2019 baseline. Since 2006, Lundbeck has minimized energy con-
sumption by optimizing its procedures and modernizing its equipment. In Denmark, this has included using 100% renewable electricity, as well as progressively
switching from fossil to renewable fuels. In 2025, Lundbeck purchased guarantees of origin to ensure 100% use of renewable electricity at all European sites,
including sales subsidiaries. Gradually, all sites worldwide are expected to be supplied by renewable energy sources, thus reducing scope 1 and 2 GHG emis-
sions by 99% in 2050 compared to 2019.
Optimization & circularity
Purchased goods & services
(scope 3, category 1a)
Our 2025 milestone has been exceeded by achieving a 10% emission reduction compared to the 2019 baseline. Lundbeck procures raw materials and compo-
nents from around the world for use in production. Following circular and green chemistry principles, we act to reduce and recycle raw material consumption,
optimize yield, and transition to less hazardous chemicals. During the year, Lundbeck continued the installation of the new recycling unit at our Lumsås site,
expected to increase our solvent recycling percentage (page 78), and we initiated the development of an eco-design guideline with the aim of improving
integration of environmental considerations throughout the value chain. Development of two life cycle assessment screenings will be part of this work. Through
these initiatives, our scope 3 GHG emissions from purchase of raw materials to production are expected to be reduced by 75% by 2050.
Sustainable sourcing
Purchased goods & services
(scope 3, category 1a & b)
Lundbeck did not achieve its 2025 milestone to reduce emissions by 22% compared to the 2019 baseline. Scope 3 GHG emissions from purchased goods and
services (i.e. clinical trials, consultancies and marketing) are the largest contributors to Lundbeck’s carbon footprint. Through contractual commitments to use
renewable electricity in operations or to establish science-based targets, Lundbeck encourages suppliers to reduce their emissions and report emission data
annually. This is intended to promote reductions in scope 3 GHG emissions, improve the accuracy of GHG calculations and strengthen our reporting processes.
With 51 of Lundbeck’s top suppliers signing renewable energy agreements, we estimate that with full supplier commitment to renewable energy or science-
based targets over the coming years, indirect emissions will be reduced by 66% in 2050.
Greening logistics
Upstream transportation
and distribution (scope 3,
category 4)
Lundbeck achieved a reduction of 31% in 2025, exceeding its milestone to reduce emissions by 11% compared to the 2019 baseline. Lundbeck works to reduce
scope 3 GHG emissions from the upstream transportation of goods and services and the downstream distribution of products. This is mainly achieved by
transitioning from airborne to seaborne transportation. In 2025 we also chose less carbon-intensive options where suppliers shift to greener transportation
solutions powered by sustainable fuels. Through these commitments, Lundbeck expects to reach a reduction of at least 36% by 2050.
Cleaner travel
Business travel (scope 3)
Transition of fleet to
electric vehicles (scope 1)
Lundbeck achieved a reduction of 39% in 2025, exceeding its 2025 milestone to reduce emissions by 7% compared to the 2019 baseline. In fact, current perfor-
mance indicates that Lundbeck has even surpassed the 2040 milestone of a 27% reduction. Emissions reductions related to Lundbeck’s car fleet (scope 1) and
business travel (scope 3) are targeted by gradually transitioning to more energy efficient cars, introducing new company car policies - including electrical
vehicles (EVs) and by developing travel policies that support greener travel. In 2025, Lundbeck launched a travel policy and a new travel management platform
that are expected to minimize travel, encourage employees to stay connected through digital solutions, and improve the quality of travel-related data. In our
US sales affiliates, which operate the majority of Lundbeck’s fleet, approximately 50% of vehicles have been converted from fossil fueled cars to hybrids.
1 The measurement of reduction is based on the full CO
2
emissions mentioned in the footnote on page 67 for the decarbonization levers “Optimization and Circularity”, “Sustainable Sourcing”, and “Cleaner Travel. 2 The GHG categories are being
addressed under the different levers and thus there is a degree of double counting, between “Optimization and Circularity” and “Sustainable Sourcing”. 3 To achieve net zero by 2050, Lundbeck continuously evaluates additional initiatives to further
advance progress under our Transition Plan. In addition to this, residual emissions will be neutralized through carbon removals. 4 In 2025 scope 1 covers 87% of combined scope 1 and 2 and scope 2 covers 13%. 5 In 2025, the share of renewable electricity
across Lunbeck's four production sites in Valby and Lumsås (Denmark), Padova (Italy), and Valbonne (France), as well as in Krakow (Poland), La Jolla, Deerfield, Seattle (U.S.) and the sales affiliates in the respective countries amounted to 94%.
X
X
Reduction in GHG (%)
Remaining GHG (%)
Emissions exceeding 2019 baseline
Achieved
X Not achieved
6%
66%
10%
5%
13%
-33% -41% -69% -82% -95% -99%
-10% 0% -8% -22% -22% -75%
24% -22% -39% -39% -56% -66%
-31% -11% -26% -28% -33% -36%
-39% -7% -13% -16% -27% -75%
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
67
E1
Performance on GHG emissions
In 2025, Lundbeck achieved a 20% reduction in scope 1 and scope 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (market-
based) compared to 2024. Scope 1 GHG emissions decreased by 7%, primarily driven by an increased share of
electric and hybrid vehicles in Lundbeck’s company car fleet (Cleaner Travel, page 66). This demonstrates signifi-
cant progress under the Cleaner Travel decarbonization lever and the achievement of our 2025 milestone. Scope
2 GHG emissions (market-based) decreased by 59%, mainly reflecting continued decarbonization of electricity
grids as well as the purchase of Guarantees of Origin electricity certificates (Energy in Own Operations, page 66).
These actions supported the Energy in Own Operations decarbonization lever, which was reduced by 33% in 2025
compared to the 2019 baseline, 8 percentage points below the milestone for the period. Overall, Lundbeck is
ahead of trajectory on our SBTi-approved target of a 42% reduction in scope 1 and 2 by 2029, compared to the
2019 baseline with a reduction of 47% in 2025.
Scope 3 GHG emissions decreased by 5% overall in 2025, with reductions observed across all reported sub-cate-
gories. Emissions from Purchased goods and services decreased by 2%, despite increased activity levels. This re-
duction was primarily driven by Lundbeck’s supplier engagement strategy, including increased availability of pri-
mary supplier data and a greater focus on more sustainable sourcing practices. The decrease was also influenced
Performance on metrics and targets
Gross scopes 1, 2, 3 and total GHG emis-
sions
Unit
Base
year
2019
2024
1
2025
1
%
2029
(SBTi)
2030
2050
Annual %
target/
Base year
Scope 1 GHG emissions
3
Gross scope 1 GHG emissions
tCO2e
29,175
21,853
20,345
(7)
Percentage of scope 1 GHG emissions
from regulated emission trading schemes
%
-
-
-
Scope 2 GHG emissions
Gross scope 2 GHG emissions (location-
based)
tCO2e
15,151
11,525
9,807
(15)
Gross scope 2 GHG emissions (market-
based)
tCO2e
14,818
7,088
2,918
(59)
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
Total scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions (loca-
tion-based)
tCO2e
44,326
33,378
30,152
(10)
Total scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions (mar-
ket-based)
tCO2e
43,993
28,941
23,263
(20)
25,516
23,668
4,399
4.2
Significant scope 3 GHG emissions
Cat.1: Purchased goods and services
1,3
tCO2e
85,533
105,543
103,635
(2)
Cat. 4: Upstream transportation and distri-
bution
tCO2e
10,542
7,103
6,356
(11)
Cat. 6: Business travel
tCO2e
16,582
14,560
11,370
(22)
Total gross indirect (scope 3) GHG emis-
sions
1
tCO2e
112,657
127,206
121,361
(5)
84,493
81,676
11,266
2.5
Total GHG emissions
Total GHG emissions (location-based)
1
tCO2e
156,983
160,584
151,513
(6)
Total GHG emissions (market-based)
2
tCO2e
156,650
156,147
144,624
(7)
Emissions outside of scopes
Biogenic emissions
tCO2e
2,818
3,226
3,104
(4)
GHG intensity based on net revenue
Unit
2025
2024
Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue
tCO2e/DKKm
6.3
7.4
Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue
tCO2e/DKKm
6.0
7.2
1 The reported figures in the table align with the target boundary for SBTi. Due to this we exclude 12% of scope 3, category 1 and 22% for scope 3, category 4 in 2025 and 14% and 21% respectively in 2024. Therefore, we report the total number,
where a larger part is estimated in this footnote. Scope 3, category 1 is 122,104 tCO
2
e in 2024, and 117,940 tCO
2
e in 2025. Similarly, we also report the total number for scope 3, category 4. Scope 3, category 4 is 9,023 tCO
2
e for 2024 and 8,151 tCO
2
e in
2025. This means that the total gross indirect (scope 3) is then 145,687 tCO
2
e for 2024 and 137,460 tCO
2
e for 2025, the total GHG emissions (location-based) is 179,072 tCO2e for 2024 and 167,612 tCO
2
e for 2025, while the total GHG emissions (market-
based) is 174,635 tCO
2
e for 2024 and 160,723 tCO
2
e for 2025. 2 For the combined scope 1 and 2 target, scope 1 accounts for 87% and scope 2 for 13%. 3 Scope 1 emissions have been restated from 20,409 tCO
2
e in 2024, as has scope 3, category 1 from
112,491 tCO
2
e in 2024 due to improved data and updated emission factors from suppliers. Biogenic emissions have been restated, from 2,233 tCO
2
e in 2019 and from 2,831 tCO
2
e in 2024 due to change in emission factor.
Climate targets
Pillar
2025 sustainability target
Status
Climate
change
Reduce carbon emissions in line with our Net-Zero SBTi-approved targets:
Reduce scope 1 and 2 CO
2
e emissions by 42% in 2029 compared to 2019.
2
Reduce scope 3 CO
2
e emissions by 25% in 2029 compared to 2019.
Reduce scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions by 90% in 2050.
Ahead
Not on track
Not on track
Read more about our performance on targets below. A full list of our Sustainability targets can be found on page 36-37.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
68
E1
by normalized market effects, such as marked decarbonization, inflation, and exchange rate movements.
Emissions from Upstream transportation and distribution decreased by 11%, mainly due to the procurement of
1,330 tCO₂e of certified sustainable fuels across both air and sea freight. Emissions from business travel de-
creased by 22%, reflecting the implementation of Lundbeck’s updated travel policy introduced in 2024, combined
with updates to emission factors provided by DEFRA. This performance reflects faster-than-expected progress
across the decarbonization levers Greening Logistics and the achievement of our 2025 milestone.
Despite the overall reduction in scope 3 GHG emissions, Lundbeck’s current performance shows progress to-
wards the target but indicates that the company is not yet on track to meet its SBTi-approved target of a 25% re-
duction in scope 3 GHG emissions by 2029, compared to the baseline year. This performance reflects slower-
than-planned progress across the decarbonization levers ‘Optimization & Circularity’, and ‘Sustainable Sourcing
(page 66), which accounts for 10% and 66% of GHG emissions, respectively.
With reference to the plan to divest LuPi, we recognize that the business accounts for 16.6% of scope 1 GHG
emissions in 2025. For scope 2 location-based, LuPi accounts for 22% in 2025, and as our market-based emissions
are covered by certificates, a split here is irrelevant.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
69
E1
Accounting policies
Scope 1 GHG emissions
Direct scope 1 GHG emissions include greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions related to the consumption of gas, oil,
and refrigerants used in production (e.g., emissions associated with fuel combustion in boilers, furnaces, and vehi-
cles).
All consumed energy is monitored by building-specific meter readings or invoices and estimation (1%) where pri-
mary data is unavailable. The quantity of consumed energy sources is multiplied by relevant emission factors pro-
vided by the UK Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA 2023).
Emissions data from Lundbeck’s owned or controlled vehicle fleet is provided directly by the associated leasing
company or calculated based on consumed fuel multiplied by relevant emission factors. Primary data from 69%
(2024: 73%) of the company cars is used to extrapolate emissions from Lundbeck’s full fleet activity.
Scope 2 GHG emissions
Scope 2 GHG emissions include all indirect emissions related to the generation of acquired and consumed elec-
tricity and district heating. All consumed energy is monitored by building-specific meter readings, invoices, or esti-
mations (9%) where primary data is unavailable.
Scope 2 GHG location-based
The emissions are reported as location-based and are derived from consumed energy multiplied by relevant loca-
tion-based emission factors provided by DEFRA 2024.
Scope 2 GHG market-based
The emissions are reported primarily as market-based emissions, where consumed scope 2 energy is multiplied
by market-specific emission factors provided directly by the energy supplier. Where market-specific emissions are
unavailable, the best available location-based emission factors provided by DEFRA 2024 are used for the reporting
in line with the GHG Protocol hierarchy. Lundbeck purchases bundled guarantees of origin (GOO) derived from
our PPA agreement that covers 100% of the electricity consumption in Denmark (two sites), all EU affiliates and a
share of electricity consumption at our French site (Valbonne). For the remaining electricity consumption in Val-
bonne and the entire electricity consumption at our Italian site (Padova) unbundled GOO's are purchased. Bun-
dled GOO's cover 52% of the entire electricity consumption.
At two of Lundbeck's sites (Krakow and La Jolla) and for China, unbundled certificates are bought by the landlord
of the facility. The unbundled certificates constitute 18% of the total energy consumption in scope 2.
Scope 3 GHG emissions
Scope 3 includes and accounts for other indirect emissions within Lundbeck’s value chain that are not accounted
for elsewhere. Lundbeck has identified three significant categories out of the 15 defined by the GHG Protocol for
scope 3 GHG emissions. The significant categories are: Category 1: ‘Purchased Goods and Services’, Category 4:
‘Upstream Transportation and Distribution’, and Category 6: ‘Business Travel’. The reported scope 3 GHG emis-
sions align with Lundbeck’s SBTi target boundary, as Lundbeck were already committed and aligned to SBTi be-
fore the CSRD requirements were implemented into law. The remaining categories are individually assessed to be
immaterial for Lundbeck based on the 2019 baseline, in alignment with the SBTi commitment and alignment.
Scope 3 GHG Category 1: Purchased Goods and Services
Purchased Goods and Services include CO
2
e emissions related to all expenditures from external suppliers, ex-
cluding those from i.e., tax and VAT.
In 2019, Lundbeck established the SBTi target boundary, which excludes approximately 12% of the CO
2
e emis-
sions in this category. CO
2
e emissions related to purchased services are calculated based on financial expendi-
tures in USD, multiplied by relevant spend-based emission factors provided by the U.S. Environmentally-
Extended Input-Output Models (USEEIO) database. CO
2
e emissions related to purchased products are estimated
based on acquired quantities, multiplied by appropriate activity-based emission factors from the Ecoinvent data-
base. Currently, 34% (2024: 38%) of the data in this category is based on suppliers’ emission data reported di-
rectly to Lundbeck or from their CDP disclosures or sustainability reports.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
70
E1
Accounting policies
Scope 3 GHG emissions Category 4: Upstream Transportation and Distribution
Upstream Transportation and Distribution include CO
2
e emissions related to all purchased (non-owned) transport
and distribution services. This encompasses inbound logistics (from tier 1 suppliers), transport between Lundbeck
sites in Valby (Denmark) and Lumsås (Denmark), and outbound logistics. In 2019, Lundbeck established the SBTi
target boundary, which excludes the sub-section “Suppliers to Lundbeck”, accounting for approximately 11% of
the CO
2
e emissions in this category. The calculation is purely based on the difference between the “Production”
vs. “Market” emissions in the EcoInvent emission factors.
A selection of Lundbeck’s key logistic suppliers, provides specific emissions data for their activities related to
Lundbeck whereas 43% (2024: 48%) of the data is based on primary data. The supplier specific emission data in-
clude purchase of sustainable fuel certificates. Where this data is unavailable, emissions are calculated based on
financial spending in USD, multiplied by relevant spend-based emission factors supplied by the USEEIO database.
This primarily applies to locally procured logistics services. All emissions related to this category are converted
and calculated as well-to-wheel greenhouse gas emissions.
Scope 3 GHG emissions Category 6: Business Travel
Business Travel includes CO
2
e emissions from the transportation of employees across the entire group for busi-
ness-related travel activities. This encompasses emissions released due to employees traveling by air, road, rail,
and sea, as well as emissions associated with hotel stays. The CO
2
e emissions from business-related travel activi-
ties are calculated based on the distance traveled and the number of hotel stays, multiplied by relevant emissions
factors provided by DEFRA 2024. Data is collected from the Travel Management Companies (TMC) and directly
from subsidiaries when the data is not covered by the TMC. In instances where TMC systems provide CO
2
e calcu-
lations (in line with DEFRA), those are to be used directly.
Currently, 73% (2024: 81%) of the business travel emissions are provided by TMC and subsidiaries, and the re-
maining 27% (2024: 19%) are extrapolated.
Biogenic emissions
Biogenic CO₂e emissions resulting from the combustion or biodegradation of biomass are disclosed separately
from the scope of GHG emissions. These emissions originate from the use of bio-oil and company cars at
Lundbeck. The data is collected from company car usage and energy consumption, then multiplied by emission
factors provided by DEFRA 2025.
Total GHG emissions
Total GHG emissions, expressed in tonnes of CO
2
equivalent (tCO
2
e), are calculated as the sum of scope 1,
scope 2, and scope 3 GHG emissions.
GHG intensity
GHG intensity is reported as tCO
2
e/annual revenue by product in DKK million. The annual revenue is disclosed
as part of the note 2.1 Revenue in the consolidated Financial Statements.
Basis for setting climate targets
Lundbeck’s targets have been verified and approved by SBTi and follow an absolute contraction method, in line
with the SBTi guidance. A sectoral decarbonization pathway for the pharmaceutical industry is not followed, as
there is not yet one defined by SBTi. Furthermore, the targets cover seven greenhouse gases included in the
Kyoto Protocol (carbon dioxide [CO
2
], methane [CH
4
], nitrous oxide [N
2
O], hydrofluorocarbons [HFCs], perfluoro-
carbons [PFCs], sulfur hexafluoride [SF
6
], and nitrogen trifluoride [NF
3
]).
Lundbeck conducts an annual review of our carbon footprint model to improve the validity and quality of the
carbon calculations, which are used for tracking progress towards targets. This enables the incorporation of rel-
evant updates in emissions calculations, emission factors, supplier data, and baseline recalculation. According to
the SBTi guidelines, all targets are set against the baseline year 2019, as the financial year preceding the period
in which the targets were developed.
To ensure alignment of our Transition Plan with Lundbeck’s overall business strategy, the status of the targets
and actions is reported to the Climate Steering Committee three times a year and quarterly to the Executive
Leadership Team.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
71
E1
Performance on energy consumption
Lundbeck’s total energy consumption remained broadly stable in 2025 compared to 2024, with a slight overall
decrease at the corporate level. Energy figures for both years include the full-year impact of fleet energy
consumption, with 2024 figures restated using the same assumptions and conversion methodology applied in
2025 to ensure consistency. The stable year-on-year performance reflects a combination of site-specific increases
and decreases across the portfolio. Reductions in energy consumption were achieved at several sites through
efficiency improvements, maintenance-related shutdowns, and optimized operation of HVAC and production
systems, notably at the Valbonne manufacturing site, where electricity consumption decreased following targeted
energy efficiency projects. These reductions were largely offset by localized increases driven by operational
activity, maintenance needs, and weather-related demand at other sites, resulting in an overall stable energy
consumption profile in line with expectations. With reference to the plan to divest LuPi, we recognize that the
business accounts for 15% of energy consumption in 2025.
Energy consumption and mix
Unit
2025
2024
Fuel consumption from coal and coal products
MWh
-
-
Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum products
1
MWh
49,998
49,731
Fuel consumption from natural gas
MWh
19,497
19,217
Fuel consumption from other fossil sources
MWh
17,534
18,075
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and
cooling from fossil sources
1
MWh
7,825
9,411
Total fossil energy consumption
1
MWh
94,854
96,434
Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption
1
%
59
60
Consumption from nuclear sources
MWh
2,398
6,628
Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy con-
sumption
1
%
2
4
Fuel consumption for renewable sources, including biomass (also
comprising industrial and municipal waste of biologic origin, biogas,
renewable hydrogen, etc.)
MWh
9,776
10,419
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and
cooling from renewable sources
MWh
53,076
48,043
Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy
MWh
376
433
Total renewable energy consumption
MWh
63,228
58,895
Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption
1
%
39
36
Total energy consumption
1
MWh
160,480
161.957
Energy intensity based on net revenue
Unit
2025
2024
Total energy consumption from activities in high climate impact sec-
tors per net revenue from activities in high climate impact sectors
MWh/DKKm
6.7
7.5
1 Comparative figures for “Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum products” (499), “Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from fossil source” (8,941), “Total fossil energy consumption” (46,732), Share of fossil sources in total energy
consumption” (42%), “Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption” (6%), “Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption” (52%) and Total energy consumption” (112,225), have been restated to reflect Lundbeck’s updated accounting policies
regarding energy consumption from fleet, as we have include more than 30% additional estimated data. Figures presented in parentheses are the previously reported 2024 figures.
Accounting policies
Energy consumption
Energy consumption for Lundbeck’s own operations is measured as the consumption of electricity, heat,
and fuels based on building- or site-specific meter readings, supplier invoices, and site reports on fuels.
Where primary consumption data is unavailable, energy consumption is estimated using defined
methodologies, representing approximately 9% of total energy consumption. Energy consumption from
fleet fuels, including gasoline, diesel, and electricity, is included in the energy consumption mix.
Renewable energy consumption is measured based on electricity procured through power purchase
agreements, renewable energy certificates, and supplier-provided information. The share of renewable
sources in total energy consumption is calculated based on the percentage of total renewable energy
consumption relative to total energy consumption.
Energy intensity
Lundbeck’s energy consumption and revenue, from the consolidated Financial Statements note 2.1 Reve-
nue are derived from activities in high climate-impact sectors. Lundbeck is engaged in the research, devel-
opment, production, and sale of pharmaceuticals for the treatment of psychiatric and neurological disor-
ders, classified under NACE code C21. The energy intensity is reported as MWh/annual revenue by prod-
uct in DKK million.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
72
E1
Process to identify and assess impacts, risks, and
opportunities from climate change
At Lundbeck, several internal processes enable the
identification of actual and potential climate-related
impacts, risks, and opportunities. This includes the as-
sessment of emissions in own operations and across
the value chain, our climate scenario analysis, the an-
nual business interruptions analysis (BIA) report for
identifying physical climate-related risks (climate
change adaptation), and continuous internal evalua-
tion and identification of opportunities by subject mat-
ter experts. This set of actions is integrated within our
enterprise risk management and double materiality as-
sessment process, with no associated specific targets.
Scenario analysis
A scenario analysis is performed for two climate sce-
narios to identify transition and physical risks. The sce-
narios take into consideration a diverse range of fac-
tors such as carbon pricing, fuel availability, policy reg-
ulation, technology, reputation, production and supply
chain disruptions, physical damage to assets, as well as
changes in product demand. The analysis is based on
guidance from the Task Force on Climate-Related Fi-
nancial Disclosures (TCFD) and the Carbon Disclosure
Project (CDP). The time horizons of the scenario analy-
sis for both physical and transition risks span 1-10
years, thereby including short- (<12 months), mid- (>1
to 5 years), and long-term (>5 to 10 years). By covering
both a net-zero (i.e., NZE 2050) and ‘business as usual’
(i.e., representative concentration pathway (RCP8.5)
scenarios, plausible risks and uncertainties are
covered). The time horizons align with Lundbeck’s cli-
mate targets and the financial planning horizon, and
support the climate-related assumptions made in the
Financial Statements.
Resilience analysis
A resilience analysis was conducted in 2025 based on
the scenario analysis. The scope of the resilience analy-
sis includes Lundbeck’s own operations and value
chain and uses time horizons aligned with both the
scenario analysis and the climate targets. Our critical
assumptions include carbon pricing, fuel availability,
policy regulation, technology, reputation, production
and supply chain disruptions, physical damage to as-
sets, and changes in demand for our products. While
there is currently limited data on the upper tiers of the
value chain, potentially leading to reduced representa-
tion of related physical and transition risks, our under-
standing of the upstream value chain is aimed to be in-
creased over time. Lundbeck uses the results of the re-
silience analysis to integrate milestones into the Tran-
sition Plan, adapt strategy, and plan mitigating actions.
Transition risks
The International Energy Agency’s Net Zero Emissions
by 2050 Scenario (NZE 2050) shows a pathway to
achieving net-zero by 2050 and limiting global temper-
ature rise to 1.5°C. The NZE 2050 is used to identify cli-
mate-related transition events along Lundbeck’s own
operations and value chain, and how these could re-
sult in transition risks and opportunities.
Transition events are identified based on reputational,
financial, market, or regulatory risks and opportunities
at both company and asset level. The identification of
transition risks is also supported by Lundbeck’s quar-
terly process to identify emerging legislation and social
and reputational trends.
Assets and business activities are assessed based on
their exposure to the identified transition events, tak-
ing into consideration likelihood, magnitude, and dura-
tion. Specific assets or business activities that are in-
compatible with a climate-neutral economy or need
significant efforts to transition have not been identi-
fied.
Under the NZE scenario, carbon pricing will be strate-
gically important, fossil fuel use will decrease signifi-
cantly, and renewable energy deployment will rapidly
increase. Therefore, actions and related milestones to
adapt to these transition risks have been included in
the Transition Plan according to three relevant drivers
increased use of renewable energy, conversion to
electric boilers or biofuels, and gradual conversion to
electric vehicles.
Physical risks
The ‘business-as-usual’ RCP8.5 climate scenario, which
is a high-emission scenario predicting an average 4°C
rise in temperature, is used by Lundbeck to identify cli-
mate-related hazards and related physical risks.
Lundbeck’s assets and business activities are screened
according to their exposure to such risks, with physical
risk scenarios assessed according to location, expo-
sure to climate-related risks, and the likelihood, magni-
tude, and duration of the climate hazards. The identifi-
cation of physical risks is also supported by the annu-
ally updated BIA report, which identifies business inter-
ruption risks and mitigation approaches over time ho-
rizons aligned with the DMA process. According to the
RCP8.5 climate scenario, there is an increased risk of
extreme weather, including wildfires and flooding.
Therefore, Lundbeck has planned mitigation actions,
including securing assets and dual warehouse solu-
tions in an area determined to be at high risk.
Lundbeck is not excluded from the EU Paris-
aligned Benchmarks. As of 2025, we have not
conducted a qualitative assessment of the po-
tential locked-in GHG emissions, nor has
Lundbeck pursued plans for EU Taxonomy
alignment (page 82), subject to further investi-
gation in the future.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
73
E2
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
As a manufacturer of pharmaceutical products involv-
ing the use of organic solvents, Lundbeck recognizes
that its operation can impact air quality through the re-
lease of air pollutants into the environment. Addition-
ally, pharmaceutical residues in the environment re-
main a recognized industry-wide challenge. After use
by patients, the release of such residues can lead to
the contamination of water bodies and ecosystems,
potentially impacting biodiversity and human health.
Furthermore, our manufacturing and supplier sites
routinely involve chemical processes, which carry a risk
of accidental spills or leaks that may negatively impact
soil quality and ecosystems. Day-to-day activities can
sometimes lead to unforeseen circumstances. At our
Lumsås site, PFAS-containing fire foam was used in
compliance with regulations until 2011. In 2022, amid
growing concern over PFAS, Lundbeck initiated an en-
vironmental review that confirmed contamination at
the site. Our mapping and remediation priorities for
this contamination case are detailed on page 74.
Policies
Our HSE policy (page 63) and related position docu-
ments address pollution control and environmental
management by:
Committing to environmental protection.
Ensuring legal compliance with regulations.
Prioritizing substitution of hazardous substances.
Implementing appropriate preventive and mitigat-
ing actions through the HSE management system.
This approach aligns with SDG 12 (Responsible Con-
sumption and Production). The HSE policy broadly co-
vers the pollutants and substances relevant to
Lundbeck’s own operations and does not apply the
value chain. Our expectation for suppliers and other
business partners to follow environmental principles is
expressed through the Code of Ethics (page 63).
Key actions
Lundbeck takes a proactive and structured approach
to preventing environmental incidents. Our HSE man-
agement system (page 63) ensures that robust pro-
cesses are in place to limit impacts on people and the
environment. This includes emergency plans outlining
potential risks, preventive and mitigative actions, and
regular preparedness testing. In case of an incident,
the system supports timely reporting, investigation,
and recurrence prevention.
Pollution
1 PN = potential negative impact, AN = actual negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years; long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Pollution to air, water, and soil
Lundbeck is committed to preventing pollution and complying with regula-
tions by using advanced technologies to reduce environmental impacts.
IROs linked to pollution
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Air pollution
AN
Water pollution from pharmaceutical residues
AN
Soil pollution
PN
PFAS pollution
AN
Policy to
manage IROs
Health, Safety, and Environment
policy
Key contents
Pollution control
Environmental management
Scope
Global operations
Accountability
Executive Leadership Team
HSE Council
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
Position on Environmental Foot-
print and Code of Ethics
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
74
E2
Pollution-related actions
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Advanced air
pollution con-
trol measures
Organic solvents play a key role in Lundbeck’s manufacturing of medicinal products. Once used, these solvents lead to emissions of non-methane vola-
tile organic compounds (NMVOC) into the air. Managing these emissions, both internally and in collaboration with external partners, is central to
Lundbeck’s air pollution control efforts, particularly as some solvents are classified as substances of concern. Across our production sites, we implement
continuous monitoring, prevention, and control of NMVOC emissions. Our chemical manufacturing sites in Lumsås and Padova, where solvent use is
higher, are equipped with Regenerative Thermal Oxidizers (RTOs) the best available technology for efficient NMVOC removal. Installed in 2020 and
2004 respectively, these systems have led to reductions in emissions throughout 2025. At our Valby site, we use an ethanol scrubber in our pharmaceu-
tical tablet production to mitigate NMVOC.
- Air pollu-
tion
Lundbeck continuously monitors emissions to air and
water to ensure they stay well below the legal limits set
by environmental permits in the countries where we
have production sites. Although legal requirements al-
low for a certain level of emissions to air and water,
Lundbeck works to prevent and minimize these emis-
sions as much as possible, by implementing the proce-
dures set out by the HSE management system. See
page 75-76 for details on our emissions of non-me-
thane volatile organic compounds (NMVOC) and sub-
stances of concern and high concern.
Minimizing
pharmaceutical
residues in the
environment
Lundbeck acknowledges stakeholders’ concerns about pharmaceutical residues in the environment. Our HSE management system addresses pollution
prevention at our production sites by minimizing spills, complying with environmental permits, and applying appropriate cleaning technologies.
Lundbeck conducts environmental risk assessments of new medicinal products and designs processes to reduce their environmental impact. In the
value chain, guidance on proper disposal of unused medicines is included in product safety leaflets. Furthermore, at our Valby site, we use an activated
carbon filter in our production wastewater stream to reduce API contaminants before they are led to the public effluent treatment facility. In line with
EFPIA’s Eco-Pharmaco-Stewardship Initiative, Lundbeck aims to balance healthcare needs with environmental responsibility. Additionally, we continue
advancing our understanding of API-related impacts while supporting regulatory efforts such as the EU’s 2025 Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive.
- Water
pollution
from
pharma-
ceutical res-
idues
Soil monitoring
and incident
prevention
Lundbeck has procedures in place to prevent soil pollution from manufacturing processes, with Lumsås and Padova identified as high-risk sites due to
extensive chemical handling and unpaved areas at the Lumsås site. Lumsås follows comprehensive incident reporting procedures, including training on
incident identification and cooperation with authorities. Any soil contamination incidents are addressed through emergency plans in collaboration with
environmental authorities and by activating preventive measures and root cause analyses. At lower-risk sites (i.e. Valby and Valbonne), placement of
absorbent materials and tank inspections help manage spillage risks. Outside the scope of our HSE management system, we promote soil pollution
prevention and compliance with applicable law and environmental standards in the value chain, particularly at chemical suppliers, through contractual
adherence to our Code of Ethics and related policies (page 115), and by conducting due diligence on high-risk suppliers, including on-site HSE audits.
- Soil pollution
Any level of soil contamination is prohibited and con-
sidered an environmental incident under applicable
law. Through our HSE management system (page 63),
Lundbeck works to prevent environmental incidents
and, in the event of an accident, monitors such inci-
dents to ensure compliance with local environmental
permits and adherence to ISO 14001 standards.
See page 75 for details on environmental incidents.
PFAS pollution
investigation and
mitigation
Lundbeck continued addressing PFAS pollution at our Lumsås site in 2025, resulting from the use of PFAS-containing firefighting foam until 2011. The
firefighting foam was used in accordance with applicable law and recommendations from firefighting authorities at the time. The contamination, stem-
ming from testing and drainage of the foam, is managed in accordance with regulatory requirements and Lundbeck’s HSE, compliance and sustainabil-
ity-related policies. In collaboration with the Danish Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Lundbeck has conducted investigations identifying two
contamination hotspots and is continuing remediation efforts as agreed with the EPA, including further sampling and risk assessments. The construc-
tion of a water treatment plant to clean the contaminated water has been completed and is now in operation. Local stakeholders have been engaged
through meetings and inquiries. Lundbeck has received the renewed approval to discharge surface water to the ocean.
- PFAS
pollution
Lundbeck tracks progress on PFAS-pollution through
continuous engagement with the Danish Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) and local stakeholders.
1 European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register (E-PRTR) regulation.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
75
E2
Performance on metrics and targets
In 2025, Lundbeck has set no specific targets related to pollution, beyond strict compliance with legal require-
ments. The effectiveness of our actions is detailed on page 74.
Performance on pollution of air, water, and soil
Lundbeck reports on the annual emissions of substances that exceed the thresholds set by the European Pollu-
tant Release and Transfer Register (E-PRTR) regulations. In 2025, non-methane volatile organic compounds
(NMVOCs) at Lundbeck’s production site in Padova exceeded the threshold, however, we have managed to reduce
the pollution of these compared to 2024 by 7%. This reflects the inclusion of diffuse emissions in the reported
data for the first time, as required by E-PRTR standards in alignment with the ESRS framework. In Padova, chimney
emissions are monitored annually through six external measurements of Total Organic Carbon (TOC) concentra-
tion and flow. The average TOC mass flow is calculated and multiplied by RTO operating hours to determine total
TOC emissions, which are converted into Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) using a solvent-specific conversion
factor that varies annually. Diffuse emissions occur when volatile organic compounds are released into the atmos-
phere from non-point sources, such as piping systems, during the production process. These emissions are esti-
mated annually using a mass balance approach. With reference to the plan to divest LuPi, we recognize that the
business accounts for 13% of volume (production) and 11% recovered volume.
Performance on environmental incidents
In 2025, Lundbeck recorded seven environmental incidents, compared to four in 2024. None of the seven inci-
dents had consequences for the environment due to the limited overall impact (based on scope, scale, and
spread). Over the same period, the number of environmental near misses decreased from 38 to 27. No clear
trend was seen among the incidents as spill occurred to air, water, and land. In addition, no environmental
incidents with an impact on the environment were reported in 2025. Mitigating actions are set for all incidents to
prevent reoccurrence. This reflects the effective implementation of Lundbeck’s HSE policy and HSE management
system (page 63).
Pollution of air, water, and soil
Unit
2025
2024
Non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOC)
Tonne
88
94
Environmental Incidents
Unit
2025
2024
Environmental incidents
No.
7
4
Environmental incidents with impact on the environment
No.
-
-
Environmental near miss
No.
27
38
Accounting policies
Pollution of air, water, and soil
The reporting of polluting substances encompasses the annual usage in tonnes where it exceeds the
thresholds defined by the European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register (E-PRTR) regulation. The re-
porting scope includes all Lundbeck entities; however, the reported figures specifically represent produc-
tion sites where the limits have been surpassed.
In 2025, the substance exceeding E-PRTR limits is non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOCs) at
the Padova site. NMVOCs are organic chemicals, excluding methane, that readily vaporize. NMVOCs have an
insignificant global warming potential and are not included in Lundbeck's scope 1 greenhouse gas emis-
sions.
At the Padova site, NMVOC emissions are categorized into two sources: direct emissions from the chimney
and diffuse emissions. Diffuse emissions are estimated using a mass balance approach, which compares
the solvent input in production processes with all identified solvent outputs.
Approximately 1% of emissions are directly measured at the chimney, while the remaining 99% are esti-
mated based on prior years’ proportional distribution between measured chimney emissions and diffuse
emissions.
Environmental incidents
Environmental incidents are recorded in the HSE data system, and the number of environmental incidents
refers to an unintended release to the environment.
An environmental incident refers to an event where a substance is released into the environment, resulting
in environmental impacts. These incidents are assessed using an internal risk assessment methodology to
determine their severity and potential consequences. Additionally, they may be reported to regulatory au-
thorities (depending on local terms).
An environmental near miss is the number of events involving contained spills that did not result in a re-
lease into the environment but had the potential to escalate into an environmental incident.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
76
E2
2025
2024
Substances of concern and substances of very high
concern
Unit
Substances
of
concern
Substances
of very high
concern
Substances
of
concern
Substances
of very high
concern
Total amount of substances of concern that are
generated or used during production or that are
procured by main hazard class
Tonne
1,540
17
1,858
35
Human health hazard (hazard class code H3xx)
Tonne
483
17
502
35
Environmental hazard (hazard class code H4xx)
Tonne
318
-
328
-
Human health & Environmental hazard (hazard
class code H3xx & H4xx)
Tonne
739
-
1,028
-
Total amount of substances leaving facilities as
emissions, as products, or as part of products
Tonne
95
2
118
2
Amount of substances leaving facilities as emis-
sions by main hazard class
Tonne
76
2
91
2
Human health hazard (hazard class code H3xx)
Tonne
24
2
24
2
Environmental hazard (hazard class code H4xx)
Tonne
16
-
16
-
Human health & Environmental hazard (hazard
class code H3xx & H4xx)
Tonne
36
-
51
-
Amount of substances leaving facilities as product,
or part of product by main hazard class
Tonne
19
-
27
-
Human health hazard (hazard class code H3xx)
Tonne
9
-
15
-
Environmental hazard (hazard class code H4xx)
Tonne
-
-
-
-
Human health & Environmental hazard (hazard
class code H3xx & H4xx)
Tonne
10
-
12
-
Performance on substances of concern and very high concern
Results for 2025 show a clear improvement compared to 2024, with a visible decrease in the total volumes of sub-
stances of concern used and leaving facilities. The reduction was mainly driven by lower volumes of substances
classified with combined human health and environmental hazards, while other hazard classes remained relatively
stable year-on-year. The use of substances of very high concern decreased compared to 2024, whereas the
amount of such substances leaving facilities remained unchanged at a low level. Manufacturing activity and sourc-
ing patterns were stable throughout the year, and observed variations are considered to be within the range that
can be expected from normal production planning and seasonal procurement fluctuations.
Accounting policies
Substances of Concern and Substances of Very High Concern
Substances of Concern (SoCs) at Lundbeck are defined based on the criteria outlined in the annex to the
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) supplementing Directive 2013/34/EU. A substance qualifies as an SoC
if it meets any of the following criteria: (1) it is identified under Article 57 and Article 59(1) of Regulation (EC)
No 1907/2006. (2) it falls within specified hazard classes, including carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, endo-
crine disruption, or persistent and toxic properties. (3) it negatively impacts the reuse and recycling of materi-
als, as outlined in relevant ecodesign requirements.
Substances of Very High Concern (SVHCs) are those that meet the Article 57 criteria of REACH and are identi-
fied under Article 59(1). SVHCs include carcinogenic, mutagenic, or toxic substances (CMRs) classified as cate-
gory 1A or 1B, persistent bioaccumulative and toxic (PBT) substances, very persistent and very bioaccumula-
tive (vPvB) substances, endocrine disruptors, or other substances of equivalent concern.
The scope of reporting includes all Lundbeck entities; however, the use of SoCs and SVHCs is specific to the
production and R&D sites. The SoCs and SVHCs used in Lundbeck's production processes are collected from
the internal chemical register, and the amounts of SoCs and SVHCs are gathered from the quantities of pur-
chased substances recorded in SAP.
The SoCs and SVHCs used in production processes leave the company’s facilities either as emissions or as
part of products. The amount of SoCs and SVHCs that leave as emissions is estimated based on the assump-
tion that the majority of hazardous substances exit as hazardous liquid waste, which is treated by external
partners using advanced filtration technologies. Consequently, a 95% reduction factor is applied to the quan-
tities purchased (i.e., used in production processes) to estimate the amount of SoCs and SVHCs leaving
Lundbeck facilities as emissions. The amount of SoCs and SVHCs that leave as products or as part of products
is estimated using an input-output approach, which assumes that the quantity purchased equals the quantity
exiting as part of products.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
77
E5
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Continued reliance on raw materials contributes to re-
source use, waste generation, and emissions across
the value chain. Furthermore, evolving circularity regu-
lations and market trends may lead to the phase-out
of certain critical raw materials for Lundbeck’s manu-
facturing processes, potentially impacting their future
availability and cost.
Policies
Our HSE policy (page 63) and related position docu-
ments commit to circularity by:
Upholding circular principles and minimizing con-
sumption, emissions, and waste.
Reusing resources including recovery and recycling
selected organic solvents in API production.
Applying environmental standards to packaging and
suppliers.
Although there are no dedicated policies specifically
covering the transition away from virgin resources,
sustainable sourcing, or the use of renewable re-
sources, Lundbeck has established clear milestones to-
wards the use of renewable resources both in own op-
erations and in the value chain, as described in our Cli-
mate Transition Plan (page 66).
Key actions
By combining continuous production techniques with
recycling principles, Lundbeck aims to create a circular
manufacturing model, integrating different manufac-
turing processes and recycling materials. This ap-
proach aligns with SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption
and Production) and is part of Lundbeck’s Sustainabil-
ity Strategy. Our 2030 aspirations include transitioning
from the traditional linear ‘take-make-dispose’ manu-
facturing model to a more circular and regenerative
one that limits material use, waste, and CO
2
emissions.
Lundbeck has several ongoing initiatives to reduce
waste, reuse resources, and recycle materials, though
a dedicated action plan towards circularity has yet to
be developed. As the vast majority of waste from
Lundbeck’s production sites is in the form of chemical
waste, Lundbeck has dedicated most of its circularity-
related efforts to recovering and recycling chemicals
and organic solvents at its chemical production sites in
Lumsås and Padova. At the production sites in Valby
and Valbonne, most waste is classified as non-hazard-
ous waste from packaging materials. As such,
Lundbeck has implemented various initiatives to reuse
and recycle these materials across its production sites.
Resource use and circular economy
Waste and resource use
Lundbeck applies resource efficiency and circular economy principles to re-
duce materials, avoid hazardous substances, and minimize impact.
IROs linked to resource use and circular economy
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Waste and resource use
AN
Increasing raw material costs
R
1 R = financial risk; AN = actual negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years; long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Health, Safety, and Environment
policy
Key contents
Uphold circular principles
Minimize consumption, emis-
sions, and waste
Scope
Global operations
Accountability
Executive Leadership Team
Climate Steering Committee
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
Position on Environmental Foot-
print, Climate, and Water, and
Code of Ethics
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
78
E5
Reuse and recycling actions
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Recovery and recycling of
chemicals and organic
solvents
Our R&D and manufacturing activities are primarily based on chemical synthesis, which requires substan-
tial amounts of organic solvents and energy. Lundbeck continuously evaluates and applies green chemistry
principles and the best available technologies when designing processes, installing technical utilities, and
operating facilities. Efforts to increase the recycling of chemicals and organic solvents are ongoing at
Lundbeck’s chemical sites. In late 2024, Lundbeck started establishing a new solvent recovery unit at the
Lumsås site, expanding the recovery process to include three additional solvents. The project will be com-
pleted in 2026, with the recovery unit expected to enable the additional recovery of over 600 m
3
of solvent
annually. At the Padova site, recoverable solvents are sent to a third party for recycling, while at both sites,
non-reusable solvents are used for energy recovery.
- Waste and
resource use
- Increasing raw material
costs
Lundbeck monitors the effectiveness of its reuse
and recycling initiatives by tracking progress
against two targets:
General waste recycling
Chemical recycling
These targets are part of our Sustainability Strategy
(page 54) and provide a benchmark for assessing
progress, ensuring that initiatives at different pro-
duction sites contribute consistently to reducing
overall waste volumes and increasing recovery
rates. By tracking both hazardous and non-hazard-
ous waste streams, Lundbeck can evaluate the effi-
ciency of recycling chemicals and solvents at
Lumsås and Padova, while also measuring im-
provements in packaging waste reuse and recy-
cling at Valby and Valbonne. This systematic moni-
toring allows us not only to demonstrate compli-
ance with regulatory requirements, but also to
identify areas for improvement and prioritize future
circularity initiatives in line with our 2030 aspira-
tions.
Recycling of palladium
Palladium, listed in the EU’s list of critical raw materials, is used by Lundbeck as a catalyst in the manufac-
turing process for some active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs). The recycling of palladium plays a signifi-
cant role in reducing CO
2
emissions, limits the use of this rare earth metal as virgin material, and minimizes
waste. The palladium used in one of Lundbeck’s major processes is continuously recovered and recycled.
Our chemical sites send used palladium to a third‑party recycler, who processes it and returns the recov-
ered palladium to Lundbeck. In 2025, secondary reuse or recycled components, including palladium, ac-
counted for 26% of the total resource inflow, compared to 32% in 2024. This corresponds to a reduction of
31%. The decrease primarily reflects a reduced level of recovered solvent utilization at the Lumsås facility
relative to 2024.
- Waste and
resource use
- Increasing raw material
costs
Non-hazardous waste
reduction and recycling
initiatives
In addition to local recycling initiatives implemented throughout our own operations, Lundbeck continues
to pursue broader efforts to minimize production-related waste in 2025. These efforts include a range of
targeted initiatives, such as replacing single-use plastic trays for ampoules with durable, reusable alterna-
tives, and promoting the internal reuse of wooden pallets across production sites. Furthermore, where fea-
sible, Lundbeck has eliminated the use of plastic covers for production clothing, thereby reducing unneces-
sary plastic consumption. These actions reflect Lundbeck’s commitment to operational sustainability and
the integration of circular economy principles into daily manufacturing practices.
- Waste and
resource use
- Increasing raw material
costs
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
79
E5
Performance on metrics and targets
Performance on resource inflows
Chemical recycling achieved a rate of 62% due to the product mix manufactured. A shift in the production mix
during the fourth quarter resulted in a lower overall recovery percentage, leading Lundbeck to fall below the tar-
get of 63% for 2025. The use of secondary reused or recycled components is largely driven by the recovery and
recycling of solvents at the production sites. At the Lumsås site, solvents are treated on-site using advanced recy-
cling units, while at the Padova site, treatment is managed by external suppliers.
Total weight and share of resource inflow related to products, technical and biological materials, as well as the
weight and share of secondary reused or recycled components used in Lundbeck’s production activities, reflect
our efforts to reduce overall material consumption and increase the use of components with a lower environmen-
tal footprint. Lundbeck has biological materials, which consist of lactose, cellulose etc. used in bulk production as
inactive carriers of the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API). It is assumed that these materials are defined as
biological materials as they are used as bulk components and serve as carriers for the active ingredients.
Lundbeck continues to assess whether certification schemes are applicable to these biological materials. As a re-
sult, 0% is currently reported.
The overall material inflow weight is decreasing by 15% compared to the same period last year (2024: 15,938
tonnes). The decrease is mainly a result of normal production activity fluctuations together with a slight decrease
in the use of recovered solvents of -31% (2024: 5,160 tonnes).
Resource inflows
Unit
2025
2024
Overall weight of products, technical and biological materials
Tonne
13,552
15,938
Percentage of biological materials sustainably sourced
%
-
-
Absolute weight of secondary reused or recycled components
Tonne
3,537
5,160
Percentage of secondary reuse or recycled components
%
26
32
2025
2024
Resource outflow
Unit
Hazardous
Non-
hazardous
Total
Hazardous
Non-hazardous
Total
Total waste generated
9,543
2,134
11,677
8,062
1,536
9,600
Diverted from disposal
Preparation for reuse
Tonne
0.01
242
242
0.01
153
153
Recycling
Tonne
50
895
945
51
789
840
Other recovery operations
Tonne
1,024
346
1,370
1,057
62
1,119
Total waste diverted from disposal
Tonne
1,074
1,483
2,557
1,108
1,004
2,112
Directed to disposal
Incineration
Tonne
7,894
493
8,387
6,121
381
6,502
Landfill
Tonne
0.24
157
157
0.21
151
151
Other disposal operations
Tonne
575
0.67
576
833
-
833
Total directed to disposal
Tonne
8,469
651
9,120
6,954
532
7,486
Non-recycled waste
Total non-recycled waste
Tonne
8,469
651
9,120
6,954
532
7,486
Percentage
%
89
31
-
86
35
Resource outflows
Unit
2025
2024
Absolute weight of recyclable content in product and packaging
Tonne
1,345
1,427
Rate of recyclable content in product and packaging
%
10
9
Recovery solvents
Unit
2025
2024
Recovery of organic solvents in production
%
62
62
Resource use & circular economy targets
Pillars
2025 sustainability target
Status
Circularity
Recycle 63% of organic solvents used in chemical production.
Recycle 70% of general waste at all sites globally.
Not achieved
Achieved
Read more about our performance on targets below. A full list of our Sustainability targets can be found on page 36-37.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
80
E5
Performance on waste and resource outflows
Lundbeck achieved the 70% recycling target. Valbonne contributed the most to this improvement (+5%), primarily
due to updating the handling of construction waste from incineration in H1 to 82% recycling in H2, as corrected
by the waste recipient and adding new waste data for food waste and household-like waste from administrative
areas.
Lundbeck reports on both hazardous and non-hazardous waste, focusing on waste directed and diverted from
disposal, including materials sent for recovery and recycling. In 2025, the total waste generated increased for
both hazardous and non-hazardous waste, with the most significant rise in non-hazardous waste (+51%). The in-
crease in non-hazardous waste is primarily due to the inclusion of more construction waste from Valby and Val-
bonne compared to 2024. Most of the construction waste at Valby site comes from the ongoing construction of a
new building (approx.460 tonnes). At Valbonne, the increase is due to a combination of additional construction
waste and the inclusion of canteen food waste and household like waste.
Hazardous waste increased by 19%, mainly due to higher quantities at Lumsås in January and March. The increase
in hazardous waste appears to be linked to changes in waste stream handling. Significant shifts in fraction distri-
bution from mid-2024 to mid-2025 may have resulted in some streams not being directed to the correct tanks. To
address this, we are focusing on production areas to ensure proper routing of waste streams. Data shows a de-
crease in COD wastewater volumes while hazardous waste volumes have risen, supporting this assumption.
With reference to the plan to divest LuPi, we recognize that the business accounts for 18% of hazardous waste in
2025.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
81
E5
Accounting policies
Resource inflows
Resource inflow encompasses all Lundbeck entities and includes all purchased goods from external suppliers that
fall within the GHG scope 3 boundaries for Category 1: Purchased Goods and Services. It also includes solvents
from internal recovery and palladium from third-party recycling. The materials used are assumed to be equivalent
to those purchased, as they are acquired for planned production. These materials include both pharmaceutical
products and packaging.
The absolute weight of secondary reused or recycled components includes solvents recovered internally at the
Lumsås site and the recycled palladium content in 'Palladium (DBA)₂.' Internally recovered solvents at the Lumsås
site are measured as the total volume of organic solvents regenerated on-site using recycling units. These volumes
are converted from liters to kilograms using a standardized conversion factor.
Waste
Waste is categorized into two main types of hazardous waste and non-hazardous waste. The hazardous waste
stream includes organic, and inorganic chemical substances, as well as medicinal waste, while the non-hazardous
waste stream consists of paper, plastic, cardboard, metal, glass, food and biological raw materials, pallets, and elec-
tronic waste..Waste data is collected from the production sites located in Valby, Lumsås, Padova, and Valbonne.
The collected waste data is based on supplier data, weight recipes and estimations (2%) where primary data is una-
vailable. For the remaining entities, data is derived from estimations (3%) based on the weight of office waste per
FTE at the Valby site in the prior reporting year.
Recycling covers paper, plastic, cardboard, metal, glass, food, and biological raw materials. Other recovery opera-
tions cover primary hazardous waste from Padova, as well as waste from construction. Incineration covers primary
hazardous waste from the chemical production sites.
Resource outflows
The scope of reporting includes all Lundbeck entities. The absolute weight of recyclable content in products and
packaging includes all purchased materials for secondary and tertiary packaging from external suppliers, as de-
fined within the GHG scope 3 boundaries for Category 1: Purchased Goods and Services. This recyclable content
includes cartons, leaflets, and shipment boxes, all of which are components of secondary and tertiary packaging.
Repairability is not applicable, as pharmaceutical products are classified as hazardous waste and are incinerated at
the end of their life cycle. The durability of Lundbeck’s products is influenced by factors such as the longevity of
active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), type of packaging, and specific market requirements.
Recycling of selected organic solvents in chemical production (target)
Recycling of selected organic solvents in chemical production applies to solvents utilized at Lundbeck’s chemical
production sites in Lumsås and Padova. Recycling is measured as the total volume of selected organic solvents
that have the potential to be recycled. Solvents include newly purchased, recycled, and scrapped solvents, with vol-
umes converted from liters to kilograms using a standardized conversion factor. At Lumsås, solvents are treated
on-site using recycling units, while at Padova, treatment is managed by external suppliers.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment
Annual Report 2025
82
The EU Taxonomy regulation (EU 2020/825) is a sci-
ence-based classification system designed to establish
a common language to support companies and inves-
tors in identifying sustainable economic activities.
Lundbeck is required to report on the sustainability
profile of its Revenue, CAPEX, and OPEX. This process
entails the screening of our business activities against
the potentially sustainable activities listed in the EU
Taxonomy’s delegated legislation to identify our eligi-
ble share of Revenue, CAPEX, and OPEX (i.e., eligibility),
and to evaluate compliance with technical criteria and
the minimum safeguards (i.e., alignment).
The results from our eligibility and alignment assess-
ments for Revenue, OPEX, and CAPEX are presented
on pages 123, 124, and 125, respectively.
Eligibility assessment
Lundbeck conducts its eligibility screening against the
activities that contribute to Climate Change Mitigation
(CCM), Climate Change Adaptation (CCA), Sustainable
Use and Protection of Water and Marine Resources
(WTR), Transition to a Circular Economy (CE), Pollution
Prevention and Control (PPC), and Protection and Res-
toration of Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO).
In 2025, the following activities are deemed eligible:
Manufacture of medicinal products (PPC 1.2).
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars, and light
commercial vehicles (CCM 6.5).
Construction of new buildings (CCM 7.1).
Renovation of existing buildings (CCM 7.2).
Installation, maintenance and repair of energy effi-
ciency equipment (CCM 7.3).
Installation, maintenance, and repair of charging
stations for electric vehicles in buildings and parking
spaces (CCM 7.4).
Revenue
Lundbeck recognizes revenue from the sale of phar-
maceuticals (Note 2.1, page 138). Revenue eligibility is
based on an end-product approach by linking each
product’s revenue to the activity ‘Manufacture of Me-
dicinal Products’ (PPC). In 2025, this approach resulted
in 100% revenue eligibility, in line with 2024 results.
CAPEX
Lundbeck assesses CAPEX eligibility by reviewing its ac-
quisitions in the financial year (Notes 3.1 and 3.2, pag-
es 147-152) and by linking them to eligible economic
activities. In 2025, Lundbeck identified eligible acquisi-
tions related to tangible assets from production (PPC
1.2), renovation projects (CCM 7.2), car fleet (CCM 6.5),
construction of our In-Vivo facility (CCM 7.1), installa-
tion of energy efficient light sources (CCM 7.3), and in-
stallation of EV charging stations (CCM 7.4). With two
additional activities (CCM 7.3 and CCM 7.4), no signifi-
cant intangible additions
1
and a large In-vivo addition
2
,
our 2025 eligibility is 92%, compared to 99% in 2024.
OPEX
OPEX eligibility entails a review of the general ledger
entries in our Statement of Profit or Loss (page 131).
By this approach, Lundbeck identified OPEX related to
‘Renovation of existing buildings’, ‘Transport by Motor-
bikes, Passenger Cars and Light Commercial Vehicles’,
‘Construction of New Buildings’ and ‘Manufacture of
Medicinal Products’. In 2025, Lundbeck’s OPEX eligibil-
ity is 6%, in line with 6% in 2024.
Alignment assessment
Given Lundbeck’s business model, the most material
sustainability impact can be achieved by making a sub-
stantial contribution to pollution prevention and con-
trol (PPC 1.2). Since most of our current product ingre-
dients portfolio is not naturally occurring, biodegrada-
ble, or mineralized (criterion 1.1) and Lundbeck cannot
currently fulfill the product substitution criteria
(criterion 1.2), it is impossible to claim alignment for
the ‘Manufacture of Medicinal Products’ in 2025. As
part of our development of new products, Lundbeck
continues applying green chemistry screening pro-
cesses and conducting environmental impact assess-
ments (pages 66 and 78). Working towards the align-
ment of other eligible activities irrelevant to our busi-
ness model is not currently a strategic priority and is
subject to data limitations. Lundbeck made progress in
assessing the Minimum Safeguards to comply with
CSDDD by 2027. A number of operational-level due dil-
igence processes are in place to ensure responsible
business conduct across the value chain (page 14).
Reporting according to the EU Taxonomy
Summary: 2025 Eligibility
3
Eligible Not eligible
Lundbeck reports on 0% alignment across all KPIs.
Further details can be found in our EU Taxonomy
tables on pages 123-125.
0
100%
Revenue
8%
92%
CAPEX
94%
6%
OPEX
1 In 2024, the acquisition of product rights for Bexicesarin related to Longboard Pharmaceuticals (DKKm 16,453) contributed to 97% of total CAPEX (DKKm 17,018). Due to no intangible acquisition of similar significance in 2025, eligibility of 1.2 (PPC) decreased from 98% to 37%. 2 The
construction of In-Vivo continues in 2025 and is expected to be completed in 2027 (p.117). 3 Lundbeck avoided double counting by mapping each revenue stream, CAPEX addition, and OPEX account individually to eligible activities. No item is allocated to more than one eligible activity.
Annual Report 2025
83
Social
84 Own workforce
96 Workers in the value chain
98 Consumers and end-users
Annual Report 2025
83
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
S4
S2
S1
Social
Highlights
58/42
Gender balance (%) in upper management
(male/female) in H. Lundbeck A/S
8.2
Inclusion score in the annual employee
satisfaction survey
27.8
million estimated patients reached
77%
Access Coverage
61%
Time to Access Indicator
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
84
S1
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Our workforce may be exposed to both physical and
psychological risks affecting their health, safety, and
mental well-being. Physical impacts may arise from ex-
posure to hazardous chemicals, road safety hazards,
and ergonomic strain. At the same time, psychological
impacts influencing employees' well-being can arise
from prolonged periods of excessive workload, unclear
roles and responsibilities, and limited flexibility.
Policies
The HSE policy, HSE management system, and Code of
Ethics (page 63), along with our Health and Safety posi-
tion (link) and Well-being commitment (link), promote
the health and safety of all Lundbeck’s employees, ad-
dressing key topics such as:
• Compliance with legislation and internal guidelines.
• Prevention of accidents and ill health.
• Promoting the substitution of hazardous chemicals.
Promotion of psychological safety.
Our HSE policy, HSE Strategy, and Code of Ethics refer
to the internationally recognized UN Guiding Principles
on Business and Human Rights standard. In addition,
our Well-being commitment outlines our global well-
being efforts to help employees grow, thrive, and per-
form at their best, across four key pillars: physical,
mental, social, and financial well-being. As part of its
commitment to well-being, Lundbeck has
been recognized with the ‘Migraine-Friendly Work-
place’ certification, awarded by the European Migraine
& Headache Alliance. Additionally, manager guidelines
are available on our intranet to help identify and imple-
ment the best possible solutions for employees suffer-
ing from migraines to thrive and fulfill their job respon-
sibilities.
Key actions
Lundbeck takes action to support the physical health
and mental well-being of employees, focusing on ad-
dressing, preventing, and monitoring adverse impacts.
Own workforce
Health, safety, and well-being
Lundbeck prioritizes the health, safety, and well-being of employees as a
foundation for a resilient and ethical organization. We work actively to
reduce risks, foster a strong safety culture, and support both physical
health and mental well-being.
IROs linked to health, safety, and well-being
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Health and safety
PN
Mental well-being
PN
1 PN = potential negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years, long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Health, Safety and Environment policy
Well-being commitment
Key contents
Prevention of work-related accidents and
ill health
Prioritization of well-being through supportive, inclu-
sive, and psychologically safe working environments
Scope
Global operations
Global operations
Accountability
Executive Leadership Team
HSE Council
EVP, People, Culture & Sustainability
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Lundbecks intranet BrainWeb
Related
documents
Health and safety Position and
Code of Ethics
Code of Ethics, ID&E policy, and Neurodiverse work-
place commitment
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
85
S1
People-focused actions
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Proactive measures
to reduce and
prevent accidents
and ill health
Based on the types of accidents observed in previous years, Lundbeck launched the global ‘Take
Care’ campaign in 2025, founded on three core principles: be active, be social, and be mindful.
Each month, specific topics designed to improve physical health and mental well-being are com-
municated through Lundbeck’s intranet and Viva Engage. ‘Take Care’ is designed to inspire em-
ployees and managers globally to prioritize both their own and their colleagues health and well-
being, to foster a work environment where everyone feels energized, focused, and able to thrive,
whilst also reducing the risk of accidents.
- Health and safety
- Mental well-being
Lundbeck monitors the frequency, number, and severity of accidents and ill
health to develop action plans and implement necessary changes. The effec-
tiveness of the Take Care campaign is tracked through our sustainability tar-
get on the number of accidents (page 86). In addition, Lundbeck monitors
annual performance against our ill health metric (page 86).
As part of its ways of working, Lundbeck mitigates health and safety risks
through systematic analysis of health and safety data, evaluation of work-
ing conditions, and risk assessments.
Digital tool
to promote
well-being
In 2025, Lundbeck advanced its efforts to prevent injuries and discomfort related to sedentary
work by launching a global digital tool, accessible to all employees. The platform features over
250 short videos, offering guided power workouts, stretches, breathing exercises, and brain chal-
lenges to support physical and mental well-being. Content is designed for use during virtual
meetings, social interaction among colleagues, or individual on-demand access.
- Health and safety
- Mental well-being
Lundbeck encourages employees to use the wellbeing platform through
various communication channels, such as the Take Care campaign and
Lundbeck’s intranet. Usage of the platform and downloads of informational
materials are regularly monitored to tailor communication efforts and at-
tract even more users.
Anchoring
psychological
safety and
promoting
ongoing feedback
With the 2025 rollout of the revised performance management process and the enterprise lead-
ership training for all people leaders (see page 13), Lundbeck reinforces its commitment to fos-
tering an environment of psychological safety and building an engaged organization through
constructive dialogue and ongoing feedback. These efforts are complemented by tools within our
people processes and wellbeing support, such as local stress prevention programs aimed at cre-
ating a workplace where all employees feel empowered, valued, and able to embrace innovation.
- Mental well-being
Employee well-being and psychological safety are primarily assessed
through our global engagement survey, where employees rate well-being
and engagement-related questions on a 0-10 scale. Tracking the evolution
of these questions enables Lundbeck to identify trends and enhance
awareness of available support and tools. While no formal well-being tar-
gets have been set, our inclusion target score (page 92) serves as an indi-
cator of employee well-being and psychological safety.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
86
S1
Performance on metrics and targets
Performance on health and safety
Lundbeck recorded 105 work-related accidents. Accidents with absence resulted in a total of 441 lost days, pri-
marily due to three traffic-related incidents and five same-level fall incidents.
The Lost Time Injury Rate decreased to 1.8 compared to 3.2 in 2024, achieving our 2025 target. The positive trend
in accident reduction is primarily driven by initiatives implemented at production sites.
In addition, the global prevention campaign Take Care, launched in early 2025, supported increased safety aware-
ness and the promotion of safer work practices across the organization by focusing on a different safety topic
each month. For further information on the Take Care campaign, refer to the action table on page 85.
Continuing the trend from last year, there have been no fatalities at Lundbeck. There have also been no cases of
ill health, which is due to continuous focus on prevention, risk assessment and root causes analysis by managers
and employees.
Health and Safety
Unit
2025
2024
Percentage of own workforce covered by the Health and Safety manage-
ment system
%
100
100
Lost Time Injury Rate (LTIR)
Incidents per million hours
1.8
3.2
Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR)
Incidents per million hours
11.2
13.8
Number of fatalities
No.
-
-
Number of work-related accidents
No.
105
130
Number of days lost due to work-related injuries and fatalities
No.
441
733
Ill health cases
No.
-
1
Health and Safety targets
Pillar
2025 sustainability target
Status
People and
communities
Reduce lost time injury rate 3.
Achieved
Read more about our performance on targets below. A full list of our Sustainability targets can be found on page 36-37.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
87
S1
Accounting policies
Health and safety
The percentage of employees covers all Lundbeck’s employees based on headcount. The employees are
either covered by the health and safety management system certified according to ISO 45001 or by legal
requirements. Lundbeck’s ISO-certified system covers research, development, and manufacturing sites in Den-
mark, Italy, and France, as well as our headquarters functions. Legal requirements apply to all other Lundbeck
sites.
Fatalities refer to the number of employees and other workers at Lundbeck sites who lost their lives due to work-
related injuries, as recorded in the HSE data system. These incidents are included in the calculation of the Lost
Time Injury Rate (LTIR) and the Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR).
The number of work-related accidents includes both work-related accidents with absence and without
absence, as recorded in the HSE data system. A work-related accident is defined as a work-related event or expo-
sure that occurs suddenly and results in personal physical or psychological injury. Accidents with absence are in-
cluded in both the Lost Time Injury Rate (LTIR) and the Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR), while accidents without
absence are included only in the TRIR.
The Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR) measures the rate of all work-related injuries, which includes work-related
accidents, and fatalities per million hours divided by total hours worked. The total hours worked is calculated by
estimating 225 working days per year, multiplied by 7.4 hours per day, and then multiplied by the number of em-
ployees, based on Danish working time standards.
The number of days lost due to work-related injuries includes all days lost to work-related accidents and fatalities.
This calculation covers the entire period of absence, from the first full day to the last, and is based on calendar
days, including non-working days.
The Lost Time Injury Rate (LTIR) is determined by the number of work-related accidents with absence and fatalities
per one million working hours. The total hours worked is calculated by estimating 225 working days per year, mul-
tiplied by 7.4 hours per day, and then multiplied by the number of employees, based on Danish working time
standards.
A work-related ill health case refers to a work-related injury that has arisen as a result of long-term harmful expo-
sure caused by the work or working conditions. Lundbeck includes, at a minimum, cases outlined in the ILO List of
Occupational Diseases and reports cases recognized by the authorities in the reporting period.
Basis for setting health & safety targets
Our HSE policy, related HSE position, and HSE management system specify our ambition towards health and safety
and form the basis for the methodologies and assumptions used for setting measurable targets. The annual tar-
gets are reviewed and approved by the HSE Council on an annual basis to reflect the latest data, trends, and appli-
cable legislation, and progress on the target is tracked and reported quarterly to them. The HSE Council reflects
the views of Lundbeck’s employees in the target-setting process, and in identifying any improvements based on
historical performance.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
88
S1
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Recognizing the importance of inclusion, diversity, and
equity (ID&E) is essential to fostering employee well-
being, engagement, and innovation. As a global em-
ployer, Lundbeck brings together people with multiple
perspectives, cultures, and experiences. This diversity
strengthens our innovation and enhances our ability to
serve patients worldwide. At the same time, we
acknowledge that cases of discrimination and harass-
ment highlight potential adverse impacts for our em-
ployees, underscoring the need for continuous en-
gagement, focus, and improvement.
In a competitive global market, challenges in attracting
and retaining talent can also pose financial risks, rein-
forcing the importance of embedding ID&E into our
people processes, not only as a responsibility but also
as a strategic lever to strengthen our culture and re-
main an employer of choice.
Policies
Lundbeck’s Inclusion, Diversity, and Equity (ID&E) pol-
icy (link) guides our efforts to foster a culture of inclu-
sion, equity, and belonging, while embracing diverse
perspectives to better serve patients and communities.
Since 2009, Lundbeck has been a signatory to the UN
Global Compact, supporting SDGs 5 (Gender Equality)
and 10 (Reduced Inequalities). The ID&E policy reflects
our commitment to building a diverse and equitable
workplace that benefits both our employees and the
organization, and it guides how we embed ID&E princi-
ples across our culture and people processes.
At Lundbeck, discrimination is not tolerated in any
form. Due to its broad scope, the ID&E policy does not
individually mention specific grounds for discrimina-
tion, nor does it include a reference to the UN Guiding
Principles on Business and Human Rights.
Beyond our ID&E policy, Lundbeck has established a
Neurodiversity commitment and Well-being commit-
ment, emphasizing that brain health is fundamental to
good health and well-being throughout life, for individ-
uals with or without brain disorders. This belief under-
pins our commitment to fostering a supportive and in-
clusive work environment for all employees. In prac-
tice, this entails adapting working conditions based on
employee needs, providing training to managers to
strengthen their ability to offer support, and raising
awareness of brain health across the organization.
As reflected in our Well-being commitment, financial
well-being is an important pillar of our approach to
ID&E and well-being. It is reflected in our global Re-
ward Promise, which outlines our global principles
around balanced pay, rewarding performance, as well
as sustainable benefits. While specific benefits may
vary according to local market practices and business
needs, we ensure they remain inclusive and accessible
to all employees. As part of our preparations for the
implementation of the EU Pay Transparency Directive
in 2026, Lundbeck has also reviewed and refined its
annual base salary structures across Europe to pro-
mote consistency and strengthen alignment with mar-
ket benchmarks.
Key actions
Building on our well-being key actions (page 85),
Lundbeck works to advance a range of initiatives that
strengthen inclusion and equal opportunities across
our global workforce, with a focus on fostering belong-
ing, preventing discrimination, and addressing barriers
to equity (page 89). Recognizing the diverse needs of a
global workforce, these initiatives are adapted to local
contexts to ensure relevance and impact.
Inclusion, diversity, and equity
Lundbeck is committed to fostering an inclusive culture where all employ-
ees, regardless of background, identity, or location, feel respected, valued,
and empowered. We believe that brain health thrives in environments with
a strong sense of belonging, where everyone feels heard, safe, and in-
cluded.
IROs linked to inclusion, diversity, and equity
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Inclusion, diversity, and equity (ID&E)
PN
Inability to attract and retain employees
R
1 R = financial risk; PN = potential negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years, long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Inclusion, Diversity, and Equity
(ID&E) policy
Key contents
Culture of belonging, accountability,
encouragement of diversity of
thought, and ensuring equitable op-
portunities
Scope
Global Operations
Accountability
EVP, People, Culture & Sustainability
Availability
www.lundbeck.com and Lundbecks
intranet BrainWeb
Related
documents
Neurodiversity commitment, Well-
being commitment and Reward
Promise
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
89
S1
People-focused actions
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Embedding
ID&E into leadership
development and
people processes
Our people are our greatest assets, and their growth and development are essential to Lundbeck’s success. In
2025, progress was made on integrating ID&E into our people processes. The launch of the Global talent man-
agement framework establishes a foundation for robust succession planning and leadership development,
building a diverse leadership pipeline for critical positions. In parallel, mandatory trainings on unconscious bias
and cultural awareness continue to reinforce our commitment to inclusion and belonging. To further support
this, the ID&E Academy on Lundbeck’s intranet continues to offer employees and managers resources to
strengthen inclusion, collaboration, and psychological safety across all teams. Together, these efforts demon-
strate how ID&E is woven into our people practices, shaping how we attract, develop, and retain talent across
the organization.
- ID&E
- Inability to
attract and
retain em-
ployees
The effectiveness of these initiatives is assessed through various
measures, including employee engagement surveys, leadership feedback
loops, evaluation surveys, completion rates, and impact assessment focus
groups. Appropriate actions are identified based on the engagement sur-
vey results, ongoing employee feedback, and alignment with Lundbeck’s
People Strategy, ensuring that our actions directly address material issues
raised by our workforce. Material risks related to attraction and retention
are also mitigated by embedding ID&E into various stages of the talent
journey.
Mitigating unconscious
bias in recruitment
globally
Since 2022, the ‘Reducing bias initiative’ has focused on bias-mitigating measures to ensure objective recruit-
ment practices. Key actions include the use of candidate scorecards to guide structured evaluations based on
merits, fostering qualified discussions, and reducing bias. Open dialogue with hiring managers is conducted to
address and mitigate unconscious biases throughout the recruitment process. The implementation of the
Global talent acquisition model, as part of the Global talent management framework, unifies recruitment pro-
cesses across all countries. This platform establishes a foundation for monitoring and tracking among candi-
dates and new hires, enabling further insights into recruitment trends and disparities. These measures are de-
signed to support an inclusive and innovative workplace.
- ID&E
- Inability to
attract and
retain em-
ployees
Tracking recruitment outcomes and analyzing available data ensures con-
tinuous refinement of processes to attract a diverse pool of talent. These
actions aim to contribute to enabling a diverse pipeline and an inclusive
culture, contributing to the achievement of policy objectives and sustaina-
bility targets (page 36), and to mitigate the risks of being unable to attract
and retain talent.
Strengthening
equitable reward
processes
In 2025, Lundbeck introduced a pay toolbox for managers, based on the Global rewards principles. The toolbox
enables and supports managers in making fair and consistent compensation decisions, particularly during the
annual compensation review. It includes guidance on key considerations, such as the importance of avoiding
bias when setting or adjusting pay. A core feature is a matrix built to show recommendations for employees
merit increases, based on their current compa-ratio and performance, ensuring a fair and equitable approach
to pay. For managers in EU countries, a pay transparency dashboard provides visibility on pay grades, salary po-
sitioning, and market alignment, strengthening accountability in pay-related decisions. Lundbeck’s equitable
reward practices and streamlined processes emphasize Lundbeck’s commitment to inclusion, diversity, and eq-
uity (ID&E) and financial well-being (page 88), with equity for all employees embedded across our people prac-
tices rather than treated as a standalone topic.
- ID&E
- Inability to
attract and
retain em-
ployees
Effective equitable reward processes can be measured through pay equity
reviews and engagement survey questions, such as ‘The processes for de-
termining pay in our organization seem fair and unbiased’. Action plans
are guided by the requirements of the EU Pay Transparency Directive. By
strengthening equitable rewards for all employees, Lundbeck also aims to
mitigate the risks of being unable to attract and retain employees. In addi-
tion, progress on fair and consistent compensation is assessed through
indicators such as the gender pay gap and the CEO pay ratio (page 94),
providing transparency and accountability in how we approach equitable
compensation and financial well-being for our own workforce.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
90
S1
Engaging with our own workforce
At Lundbeck, we view employee engagement as
closely connected to our health, safety, well-being, and
ID&E efforts. When employees feel heard, safe, and re-
spected, it strengthens their sense of belonging, sup-
ports overall well-being, and enhances accountability
while shaping health and safety practices. Fostering
open dialogue within our own workforce is therefore
not only a cultural priority, but also an essential part of
building a healthy and inclusive work environment.
Lundbeck engages with its own workforce through the
annual employee engagement survey ‘Our Voice’,
which informs key organizational priorities and actions,
such as inclusion, well-being, health and safety, and
transformation. The full survey is distributed to all em-
ployees globally, except non-employee workers and
employees who have recently joined or are imminently
leaving Lundbeck. A shorter ‘Pulse’ survey follows in
the second half of the year to track progress and main-
tain dialogue.
Both the annual and pulse surveys conclude with an
open-text question, giving employees the opportunity
to share additional comments or concerns. Survey par-
ticipation rates are tracked and shared at both the
team and global levels to support transparency and
continuous improvement. People managers have ac-
cess to the survey results from their direct reports im-
mediately after the closing of the annual survey. The
overall results are presented to all employees by the
Executive Vice President, People, Culture & Sustainabil-
ity and published on Lundbeck’s intranet.
The results contribute to the discussions held by the
Executive Leadership Team when defining strategic fo-
cus areas for the company. All managers are expected
to host workshops and ongoing dialogue sessions with
their teams to review the results and together agree
on action points for continuous improvement. The
managers are supported by global manager training
programs and dedicated learning and development
resources. Employees actively contribute to these ef-
forts by engaging in follow-up actions and participat-
ing in local planning.
In addition to surveys, managers play a critical role by
providing resources, fostering open communication,
and empowering employees to report ethical con-
cerns, risks, or hazards without hesitation. Employee
engagement is further supported by other channels
and formal internal processes, including work councils,
trade union representatives, local People & Culture,
and Employee Relations. These channels are made ac-
cessible to all employees on Lundbeck’s. Generally,
Lundbeck integrates employee involvement in health,
safety, and environment (HSE) matters through struc-
tured processes that ensure participation in decision-
making, target setting, and continuous improvement.
For instance, employees actively contribute to HSE risk
assessments, safety inspections, and audits, playing a
crucial role in identifying issues and implementing pre-
ventive measures.
Additionally, Lundbeck encourages and supports the
establishment of employee resource groups (ERGs),
voluntary employee-led groups open to all employees
that engage in awareness and drive dialogue. In 2025,
the number of ERGs increased. Our ERGs lead several
initiatives throughout the year to raise awareness and
drive meaningful conversations. Through these initia-
tives, our ERGs continue to shape a workplace culture
rooted in inclusivity, open dialogue, and lasting
change.
Impact from change in commercial model
In 2025, Lundbeck transitioned to a partner-led com-
mercial model in 27 countries, phasing out its own
commercial presence. This change is part of
Lundbeck’s transformation to focus resources on ar-
eas that create the greatest value for patients and so-
ciety. Lundbeck supported the 602 employees im-
pacted to ensure a responsible and orderly process.
In addition, Lundbeck discontinued operations in Paki-
stan, impacting 22 employees. The decision reflects
global investment priorities. Lundbeck has carried out
impact assessments and put action plans in place to
mitigate potential negative impacts on particularly vul-
nerable patients and people.
Remediation and channels to raise concern
All employees are encouraged to raise concerns or re-
port incidents through various channels, including di-
rectly to their managers, Employee Relations, local
People & Culture representatives, the ombudsmen, or
through Lundbeck’s Compliance Hotline (link) (page
115). The hotline is a secure, third-party system availa-
ble on Lundbeck’s intranet and website. Reports are
assessed and, if needed, investigated to determine ap-
propriate actions. Outcomes are communicated to rel-
evant stakeholders, with careful attention to confiden-
tiality and employee safety. Remedies and follow-up
processes are tailored to each case.
Additional grievance channels include trade union rep-
resentatives, the European Works Council, and local
works councils, all accessible via the intranet. As de-
tailed in the Prevention and detection of ethical con-
cerns section (page 115), Lundbeck protects the ano-
nymity of all individuals using these channels. The ef-
fectiveness and trust in Lundbeck’s grievance mecha-
nisms are assessed through the annual Our Voice sur-
vey, where employees rate their confidence in raising
ethical or compliance concerns. More information
about remediation and channels to raise concern can
be found in section G1 Business Conduct, page 114.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
91
S1
Performance on metrics and targets
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
All people in Lundbeck's own workforce are included in the scope of the disclosures.
Employee headcount by gender
Unit
2025
2024
Male
Headcount
2,356
2,517
Female
Headcount
2,912
3,143
Other
Headcount
-
-
Not reported
Headcount
-
-
Total employees
Headcount
5,268
5,660
Employee headcount by country
Unit
2025
2024
Denmark
Headcount
2,167
2,052
United States
Headcount
1,090
990
France
Headcount
297
301
Poland
Headcount
276
285
China
Headcount
267
268
Other countries
Headcount
1,171
1,764
Total employees
Headcount
5,268
5,660
Performance on employee characteristics and turnover
As of 2025, Lundbeck’s workforce includes 2,356 male and 2,912 female employees. Headcount is distributed across
several countries, highlighting Lundbeck’s global presence and local impact. In 2025, Lundbeck transitioned to a
partner-led commercial model in 27 countries, affecting 602 employees. Additionally, we closed our operations in
Pakistan, affecting 22 employees. Lundbeck’s employee turnover rate stands at 22.4% due to the change in the
commercial model, and 13.1%, if the changes to the commercial operating model are excluded, compared to 14.4%
in 2024. Overall, the number of employees has decreased from 5,660 to 5,268.
Employee turnover
Unit
2025
2024
Employee turnover ratio
%
22.4
14.4
Employee turnover
Headcount
1,225
796
Headcount by contract type & gender
2025
2024
Contract type
Unit
Female
Male
Total
Female
Male
Total
Permanent employees
Headcount
2,763
2,276
5,039
2,991
2,452
5,443
Temporary employees
Headcount
149
80
229
152
65
217
Non-guaranteed hours employees
Headcount
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total employees
Headcount
2,912
2,356
5,268
3,143
2,517
5,660
Accounting policies
Employee headcount, gender, age, country, and turnover
Employee data is recognized based on records from the Group’s HR system. The total number of employ-
ees, including permanent and temporary employees, is expressed on a headcount basis as of year-end.
The employee turnover rate is calculated as the number of permanent employees who have left the com-
pany within the reporting year divided by the total average number of permanent employees during the
reporting year. All numbers are given on a headcount basis.
Please refer to the note 2.2 Employee costs in the consolidated Financial Statements for the most repre-
sentative number in the Financial Statements.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
92
S1
Performance on metrics and targets
Performance on gender and age distribution
At the end of 2025, Lundbeck’s Board of Directors comprised 11 members. Among the General Assembly-elected
members, two were female, and five were male, while the employee-elected members included two females and
two males. In upper management, Lundbeck had 58 members, of whom 41% were female and 59% male.
While Lundbeck’s workforce spans all age groups, the majority of employees are between 30 and 50 years old (55%),
reflecting a mature and experienced workforce. Employees under 30 account for 10%, while 35% are over 50. This
age distribution aligns with expected workforce demographics and supports both continuity and the development
of future talent.
Lundbeck currently tracks progress on social sustainability targets and workforce metrics, reflecting its long-estab-
lished ambition to promote gender representation and a strong sense of belonging across the organization.
In alignment with the Danish Gender Balance Act, Lundbeck has adopted a sustainability target to maintain an even
gender balance in upper management, closest to 40% but not exceeding 49%. The target is defined in accordance
with the Danish Gender Balance Act and is assessed based on the population of upper management employed by
H. Lundbeck A/S, in line with applicable legal requirements. By the end of 2025, the population of upper manage-
ment employed by H. Lundbeck A/S comprised 43 members, with 42% female and 58% male, indicating that the
2025 gender balance target has been met. The H. Lundbeck A/S Executive Leadership Team as registered with the
Danish Business Authority, consists of four males, corresponding to 0% underrepresented gender.
The target to reach an Inclusion score of 8.5 in the Employee Satisfaction Survey was not achieved in 2025; however,
performance remained high with a score of 8.2, retaining Lundbeck’s position in the upper quartile and demon-
strating sustained employee engagement. Lundbeck remains committed to fostering an inclusive workplace where
employees feel a strong sense of belonging. For the 2026 inclusion target see page 37.
Gender Distribution at Top Management
Unit
2025
2024
Board of Directors
Total number
Headcount
11
11
Number of female:male for the General Assembly-elected members
Headcount
2:5
2:5
Number of female:male for the employee-elected members
Headcount
2:2
2:2
Share of underrepresented gender for all Board of Directors
%
36
36
Share of underrepresented gender for the General Assembly-elected
members
%
29
29
Share of underrepresented gender for the employee-elected members
%
50
50
Upper Management (Group)
Unit
2025
2024
Total number
Headcount
58
62
Number of female:male
Headcount
24:34
26:36
Share of underrepresented gender
%
41
42
Age distribution
Unit
2025
2024
Under 30 years old
%
10
10
30-50 years old
%
55
56
Over 50 years old
%
35
34
Upper Management (H. Lundbeck A/S)
Unit
2025
2024
Total number
Headcount
43
45
Number of female:male
Headcount
18:25
19:26
Share of underrepresented gender
%
42
42
Inclusion, Diversity and Equity (ID&E) targets
Pillar
2025 sustainability target
Status
People and
communities
Maintain an even gender balance in upper management at H. Lundbeck A/S,
closest to 40% but not exceeding 49%.
Achieved
Reach an overall Inclusion score of 8.5 in the annual employee satisfaction
survey (ESS).
Not achieved
Read more about our performance on targets below. A full list of our Sustainability targets can be found on page 36-37.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
93
S1
Accounting policies
Gender Distribution at Top Management
Top management comprises the Board of Directors and upper management. Gender is categorized as female or
male, and gender balance at top management level is reported as the share of the underrepresented gender
within the total population.
For the Board of Directors, gender balance is calculated as the share of the underrepresented gender (female)
among the total number of members elected by the General Assembly and the employee-elected members.
Upper management comprises the Executive Leadership Team and employees at the same level as the Execu-
tive Leadership Team (e.g. the CEO and Executive Vice Presidents), as well as employees who report directly to
the Executive Leadership Team and have people management responsibilities. This is aligned with the definition
of the Danish Companies act.
The upper management figures for H. Lundbeck are defined in accordance with the Danish Gender Balance Act
and are assessed based on the population of upper management employed by H. Lundbeck A/S, in line with ap-
plicable legal requirements.
Age distribution
The age distribution is calculated by determining the number of employees within each age group and express-
ing this as a proportion of the total number of employees. All numbers are given on a headcount basis as of
year-end.
Basis for preparation for targets
The two global targets regarding ID&E are proposed by the global ID&E office, endorsed by the Executive Lead-
ership Team, and approved by Lundbeck’s Board of Directors annually.
Gender Balance Target
In alignment with the Danish Gender Balance Act, Lundbeck has adopted a sustainability target to maintain an
even gender balance in upper management, closest to 40% but not exceeding 49%. The target is defined in ac-
cordance with the Danish Gender Balance Act and is assessed based on the population of upper management
employed by H. Lundbeck A/S, in line with applicable legal requirements.
Inclusion target
The score is calculated based on the aggregation of responses to the question on sense of belonging at the
company. The score of 8.5 is based on the scoring system used by the external partner who launches the Our
Voice Survey, which uses a 1-10 point scale.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
94
S1
Performance on metrics and targets
Performance on gender pay gap and CEO pay ratio
At the end of 2025, an analysis of our remuneration practices indicated an unadjusted pay gap slightly higher, and
an adjusted pay gap, slightly lower in 2024. While the gap is minor, we remain committed to addressing this issue.
We believe even slight disparities are unacceptable and will continue to prioritize efforts to eliminate them. This
commitment reflects our dedication to fostering equity and inclusion, ensuring that all employees feel valued and
fairly compensated for their contributions.
Changes in our methodology for calculating the CEO pay ratio have prompted a review of our remuneration data
models. We will actively refine these models to validate the current ratio, ensuring our compensation practices
align with industry standards and demonstrate fairness and transparency for all stakeholders.
The inclusion of variable remuneration has increased the unadjusted gender pay gap. At the same time, the CEO
pay ratio has decreased, as more pay is included for the median employee compared to 2024. This makes compa-
rability between 2024 and 2025 difficult.
Gender pay gap
Unit
2025
2024
1
Gender pay gap, unadjusted
%
10.5
8.7
Gender pay gap, adjusted
%
0.2
0.5
CEO pay ratio
Unit
2025
2024
CEO pay ratio
Times
39.6
40.7
1 The 2024 figures have not been restated, as Lundbeck has not been able to attain the variable remuneration components from previous years.
Accounting policies
Gender pay gap Unadjusted
The unadjusted gender pay gap is calculated as the percentage difference in average annual compensation (in DKK)
between male and female employees, relative to the average annual compensation of male employees. Annual base
pay levels are used in this calculation due to limited data availability for hourly pay levels. The variable pay compo-
nent consists of sales incentives as well as short- and long-term incentives for eligible employees. The pay gap in-
cludes all employees who are on a permanent or temporary contract and paid directly by Lundbeck, with the excep-
tion of 1) employees in the sales organization without sales incentive payment within the performance year and 2)
employees hired during the performance year in countries other than the US and Denmark.
Gender pay gap Adjusted
The adjusted gender pay gap is calculated using a multivariate linear regression statistical model to analyze the vari-
ation in the annual compensation (DKK) between genders while holding various factors constant (employee age, -
seniority, country and job level). Annual base pay levels are used in this calculation due to limited data availability for
hourly pay levels. The variable pay component consists of sales incentives as well as short- and long-term incentives
for eligible employees. The pay gap includes all employees, who are on a permanent or temporary contract and paid
directly by Lundbeck, with the exception of 1) employees in the sales organization without sales incentive payment
within the performance year and 2) employees hired during the performance year in countries other than the U.S.
and Denmark. This metric is defined by Lundbeck in addition to the ESRS required unadjusted gender pay gap.
CEO pay ratio
The CEO pay ratio is calculated by dividing the CEO's annual total remuneration, as reported in the Remuneration
Report, by the total remuneration of the median employee for the Group. Remuneration includes salary, bonuses
(STI and LTI), allowances, pension, and all one-time payments made during the year.
The median employee is identified based on base salary, sales incentives, short- and long-term incentives (in DKK)
after which this remuneration is used to calculate the CEO pay ratio. Lundbeck is committed to enhancing data qual-
ity on this topic in future reporting periods.
For all abovementioned metrics, the salary components are either paid or earned in the reporting year. Sales incen-
tives are earned and paid, short-term incentives are paid, long-term incentives are earned, and base pay is earned
and paid within the reporting period.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
95
S1
Performance on metrics and targets
Performance on incidents & complaints
In 2025, 15 harassment and/or discrimination cases were reported, of which three were substantiated. The de-
crease does not indicate any material issues or areas of concern but rather reflects normal year-to-year variation
with no definitive underlying cause.
Incidents & Complaints
Unit
2025
2024
Number of cases reported through the channels for own workforce
No.
15
14
Number of complaints filed to National Contact Points for OECD Multinational Enterprises
No.
-
-
Number of discrimination cases reported
No.
15
14
Number of substantiated discrimination cases
No.
3
9
Amount of fines, penalties, and compensation
DKKm
-
-
Accounting policies
Incidents & Complaints
The number of cases reported through the channels for own workforce, is the total number of reports
filed through the channels to raise a concern regarding harassment and/or discrimination.
Cases related to discrimination include all reported and investigated cases within the reporting year.
These cases could encompass discrimination based on gender, racial or ethnic origin, nationality, religion
or belief, disability, age, sexual orientation, or other relevant forms of discrimination. Incidents of discrimi-
nation also include incidents of harassment as a specific form of discrimination. Discrimination concerns
can be raised through various channels such as directly to managers, to Employee Relations, to local Peo-
ple & Culture, to the ombudsmen or through Lundbeck’s Compliance Hotline.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
96
S2
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
With global operations and suppliers across the world,
Lundbeck’s supply chain is exposed to potential ad-
verse impacts on value chain workers in relation to
their human rights and health and safety conditions,
particularly among chemical suppliers in high-risk
countries.
Policies
Our Code of Ethics (page 63) outlines the principles
that guide ethical and compliant decision-making
across our value chain. Building on this foundation,
Lundbeck has policies and processes in place to hold
suppliers accountable for responsible business con-
duct. Through our Human Rights statement and Third-
party obligations, partners and suppliers are required
to adhere to local and internationally recognized labor
rights and sustainability standards such as the UN
Global Compact and the Sustainable Development
Goals. In addition, external partners are contractually
obliged to acknowledge and adhere to Lundbeck’s
Code of Ethics and Third-party obligations, which ex-
plicitly emphasize a commitment to respecting human
and labor rights.
Human Rights Statement
Lundbeck’s commitment to respecting human and la-
bor rights across our global value chain is outlined in
our Human Rights Statement. Through this document,
Lundbeck commits to the Universal Declaration of
Human Rights (UNDHR), the International Covenant on
Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) and its second op-
tional protocol, the International Covenant on Eco-
nomic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR), other core
international human rights instruments defined by the
Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights
(OHCHR), as well as fundamental ILO conventions.
Workers in the value chain
Value chain working conditions
As a global company, Lundbeck recognizes its responsibility to contribute to
the safety, wellbeing, and rights of workers across its value chain. This in-
cludes setting clear expectations for close business partners and suppliers
to promote sustainable, safe, and respectful working conditions.
IROs linked to value chain working conditions
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Human rights and health and safety
PN
1 PN = potential negative impact. 2 short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years; long term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Human Rights Statement
Code of Ethics External partner principles
Key contents
Framework aligns with UN Guiding Princi-
ples, OECD Guidelines, UN Global Com-
pact, and SDGs
External partners must comply with the principles and
human and labor rights laws
Scope
Global operations and value chain
Global operations and value chain
Accountability
General Counsel
General Counsel
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
Code of Ethics, third-party obligations
Code of Ethics, Human Rights statement
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
97
S2
Third-party obligations
All external partners interacting with Lundbeck must
adhere to the UN Global Compact principles and those
outlined in our Code of Ethics. In addition, external
partners must live up to Lundbeck’s Third-Party
Obligations, which require compliance with applicable
national and international laws relating to human and
labor rights. Specifically, external partners must
uphold the abolition of child labor; maintain health,
safety, and environment procedures to ensure
compliance with applicable laws, regulations,
guidelines, and industry standards; and provide
employees with the right to rest, a minimum income to
meet their needs, protection against coercion and
degrading treatment or discrimination, and the right
to freedom of association.
While the obligations do not specifically refer to hu-
man trafficking, they support the principle that these
practices should be eliminated. In addition, although
workers in the value chain were not directly engaged
when drafting these obligations, the policy is created
to safeguard their best interests and is based on inter-
nationally recognized frameworks such as the OECD
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises.
Key actions
As part of our daily operations, Lundbeck identifies ad-
verse impacts in the value chain and monitors the ef-
fectiveness of our Code of Ethics, policies, guidelines
and due diligence procedures through the Compliance
Hotline as well as Health, Safety and Environment
(HSE) and human rights audits on chemical suppliers
in high-risk countries and global CMOs for production.
These tools support our approach to identifying and
addressing stakeholder concerns and engaging value
chain workers. Accordingly, no additional actions were
developed or targets established in 2025, specifically
related to value chain workers’ health and safety, or
human rights.
Processes for engaging with value chain workers
The perspectives of value chain workers inform
Lundbeck’s decisions, activities, and the development
of policies. Internal subject matter experts gather in-
sights on the perspectives from current research on
working conditions in suppliers in the chemical and
pharmaceutical industry, as well as the cases ad-
dressed by the Compliance Hotline or encountered in
the HSE supplier audits.
The HSE supplier audits are undertaken based on a
risk approach and cover health and safety, as well as
relevant human rights topics. Since our value-chain
workers in the chemicals industry are considered more
likely to be vulnerable to negative impacts, Lundbeck
conducts on-site audits of all chemical suppliers in
high-risk countries. During these audits, workers can
be interviewed, and their feedback is used to develop
corrective action plans and follow-up audits. Audits are
conducted prior to approving a new high-risk supplier
and are a part of Lundbeck’s standard audit processes
for new suppliers. The Corporate HSE department is
responsible for implementing Lundbeck’s HSE policy
(page 63), ensuring that on-site audits are undertaken
and that ongoing monitoring is performed.
Chemical suppliers in low-risk countries are screened
by the Quality department. Any issues raised regarding
HSE and human rights are forwarded to the Corporate
HSE department for follow-up.
Remediation and channels to raise concern
At Lundbeck, we have established and continuously
develop appropriate processes for remediation for af-
fected stakeholders in instances where we recognize
that our actions may have caused or contributed to ad-
verse impacts.
Lundbeck’s Compliance Hotline is externally available
(link) and accessible to value chain workers, providing a
channel for raising concerns. All reported issues are in-
vestigated and addressed by the appropriate functions
in accordance with defined escalation procedures. Our
Global Compliance function periodically reports an
anonymized summary of global reported claims of po-
tential misconduct to the Audit Committee and the
Global Compliance Committee.
Investigation conclusions and recommendations may
be shared with the Audit Committee, Global Compli-
ance Committee, and/or Executive Leadership Team
for endorsement or further action. While Global Com-
pliance is responsible for the investigation of potential
misconduct, management is responsible for securing
remediation or disciplinary actions. Lundbeck also
maintains a procurement and third-party intermediary
due diligence system, with the aim of limiting impact
on suppliers and their workforce. For more infor-
mation on our approach to addressing our stakehold-
ers in the value chain, see the Responsible Sourcing
section on page 117.
Performance on metrics and targets
To uphold the commitments outlined in Lundbeck’s
Code of Ethics and related policies, the HSE supplier
audit results are tracked, and ongoing issues are mon-
itored and followed up on. In parallel, cases reported
through the Compliance Hotline are addressed follow-
ing a strict procedure for investigations and tracking
the occurrence of reports (see page 118).
As these processes are carried out as part of the nor-
mal work at Lundbeck’s departments, we have not set
specific sustainability targets regarding workers in the
value chain.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
98
S4
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Neurological and psychiatric conditions severely im-
pact patients, families, and society. Neuroscience inno-
vation is essential for breakthrough solutions, enhanc-
ing health outcomes and improving patients’ quality of
life. By advancing research and pioneering treatments,
Lundbeck aims to deliver breakthroughs that improve
health outcomes and enhance the quality of life for pa-
tients worldwide. In 2025, our innovative treatments
reached more than 27 million patients worldwide
(page 106-107).
Policies
Lundbeck is committed to driving focused innovation
and exploring new breakthrough treatments within
neuroscience. This commitment is reflected in our Fo-
cused Innovator Strategy (page 12), our investment in
research and development (R&D), as well as our collab-
orations with external partners.
The Focused Innovator Strategy combines internal and
external approaches to provide Lundbeck with the
necessary tools to focus, scale, and accelerate its R&D
pipeline, thus bringing new medicines to patients in ar-
eas of greatest need. These approaches include:
Focus on brain diseases: we dedicate our efforts to
developing innovative therapies for brain diseases,
an area of significant unmet medical need.
Patient-centricity: we prioritize the needs of pa-
tients, ensuring that our research and develop-
ment efforts are focused on areas where we can
make the most significant difference. Our engage-
ment approach is centered on ‘letting the patient
speak’ (Patient Voice, page 99).
Scientific excellence: we are committed to conduct-
ing rigorous scientific research, employing cutting-
edge technologies, and collaborating with leading
researchers in the field of neuroscience.
Key actions
To advance our global Focused Innovator Strategy,
Lundbeck pursues a set of strategic levers to ensure
that we accelerate our R&D pipeline, strengthen col-
laboration across the scientific community, and deliver
transformative treatments to patients in areas of
greatest need:
R&D Investment: significant capital allocation en-
sures a robust, advancing and sustainable pipeline.
Strategic partnerships: collaborations with aca-
demia and biotech companies expand access to
new compounds, technologies, and expertise.
M&A and asset in-licensing: we pursue external in-
novation to complement internal capabilities, di-
versify our portfolio, and accelerate delivery of new
treatments.
Regulatory engagement: early, proactive engage-
ment with regulators ensures compliance, agility,
and sustainability.
Consumers and end-users
Innovation in treatment
Innovation is the lifeblood of our business model and essential to our ability
to deliver on the purpose of improving the lives of patients with brain dis-
eases. This is our most valuable contribution to society and sustainable de-
velopment.
IRO linked to innovation
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Innovation in treatment
PP
1 PP = potential positive impact. 2 short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years; long term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Focused Innovator Strategy
Key contents
Patient-centricity
Scientific excellence
Focus on brain diseases
Scope
Global Operations
Accountability
CEO and Executive Leadership
Team
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
-
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
99
S4
Together, these initiatives demonstrate how scientific
progress, regulatory collaboration, and societal re-
sponsibility converge to advance therapies for rare dis-
eases. They reinforce our dedication to innovation and
align with sustainability priorities by addressing unmet
medical needs, improving health equity, and contrib-
uting to resilient healthcare systems.
Performance on metrics and targets
Lundbeck actively assesses the effectiveness of innova-
tion in treatment across the entire organization by
measuring the impact of our product portfolio and
pipeline on patient health outcomes. This approach
ensures continuous progress and accountability, even
in the absence of formal sustainability targets. Pro-
gress in innovation is ultimately measured by the ef-
fectiveness of new therapies and their ability to im-
prove patient lives an ambition that lies at the core of
Lundbeck’s work.
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Integrating patients’ perspectives into R&D and drug
development can contribute to treatments that ad-
dress unmet needs, increase quality of life, and create
more personalized medicines. This approach ensures
that innovation is guided by real-world challenges, en-
hancing the relevance and impact of medical solutions.
Lundbeck is dedicated to delivering transformative
outcomes for individuals living with brain diseases. For
several years, a key technique for accomplishing this
goal has been to place the patient voice at the center
of our work. Since 2020, Lundbeck’s R&D organization
has actively worked with ‘patient-focused drug devel-
opment’ principles to incorporate patient perspectives
into the drug development process.
In the context of clinical trials, Lundbeck has devel-
oped internal guidance for incorporating patient input
into the design, conduct, and feedback processes, as
well as a procedure for considering the inclusion of
representative populations in clinical research.
Policies
Lundbeck’s Patient Centricity Strategy (link) is intended
to establish a focus on the patient experience through-
out the value chain. This requires prioritized and con-
sistent partnerships with the lived-experience commu-
nity across the organization, including in market activi-
ties, clinical trials, and the development of new medi-
cines.
The Patient Centricity Strategy sets out Lundbeck’s
commitment to embedding patient centricity across
the organization, thus informing and supporting local
policies and company-wide initiatives. This strategy has
been developed with the support of Lundbeck’s Pa-
tient Insights and Global Public Affairs departments,
both of whom work directly with patient communities.
Furthermore, the strategy has been reviewed by rele-
vant external stakeholders, including patient organiza-
tions active in Lundbeck’s disease areas. Lundbeck’s
commitment to being patient-driven aligns with its eth-
ical standards in research and business, adhering to
the UN’s human rights-based approach to health.
Further details on Lundbeck’s innovation work in
our Science and Innovation section on page 18.
1 PP = potential positive impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years, long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Patient voice
Lundbeck is committed to advancing patient-focused research and develop-
ment to improve health outcomes and drive smarter innovation.
IRO linked to patient centricity
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Patient voice
PP
Policy to
manage IROs
Patient Centricity Strategy
Key contents
Patient centricity across the organi-
zation
Scope
Market activities, clinical trials, and
development of new medicines
Accountability
SVP of Corporate Communication &
Public Affairs
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
MA DEI considerations tool, embed-
ding diversity and patient perspec-
tive in trial design, trial tracker PT
engagement indicator and transpar-
ency portal
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
100
S4
Key actions
Patient-focused actions
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Patient insights
into trial design
and meaningful
outcomes
In 2025, Lundbeck prioritized the integration of the patient voice across clinical programs, incorporating
their insights from trial conceptualization to execution and reporting. This interactive approach ensures that
patient perspectives are embedded at key stages, aligning with our commitment to inclusion, diversity, and
equity (ID&E) and patient centricity. By incorporating the insights of individuals with lived disease experience
and their carers, we work to reduce the burden of clinical trial participation while gaining a deeper under-
standing of the outcomes that hold the greatest meaning for patients.
- Patient voice
The effectiveness of patient voice in clinical programs is moni-
tored through trial materials and patient feedback. Whenever
possible, participants representing varied demographic charac-
teristics, educational backgrounds, and geographies are invited to
participate in activities gathering patient experience data. This en-
ables us to consider different perspectives when integrating the
patient voice in our work.
R&D rare disease
event
In 2025, the Let the Patient Speak initiative continued to inspire and raise awareness across Lundbeck, as
individuals with lived disease experience shared invaluable insights during R&D Rare Disease Awareness
Days and department seminars. Their perspectives on conditions like Dravet syndrome and Cushing’s dis-
ease fostered deeper understanding and empathy, reinforcing the importance of the patient voice in our
work.
- Patient voice
The R&D Let the Patient Speak event was streamed, enabling
tracking of post-event content, though live attendance was not
formally recorded. Both events received positive feedback, with
active audience participation, although formal tracking metrics
were not implemented.
1 Voice summit
For the past 11 years, Lundbeck has hosted an annual global advocacy event, the #1VoiceSummit. This event,
which is the responsibility of Lundbeck’s SVP of Corporate Communication & Public Affairs, unites global and
local patient communities to share best practices, exchange ideas, collaborate, and amplify the voices of
those with lived experiences of neurological and psychiatric disorders.
- Patient voice
Lundbeck tracks the effectiveness of its annual #1VoiceSummit by
monitoring attendance by participants and advance groups. In
2025, the latest #1VoiceSummit featured participants from 28 dif-
ferent patient advocacy groups from around the world in neuro-
logical and psychiatric health, representing nine countries.
Open office hours
Throughout 2025, Lundbeck held ongoing monthly meetings with leaders from patient organizations repre-
senting developmental and epileptic encephalopathies to discuss updates on the global phase III Bexicaserin
studies. These sessions provided a platform to share progress and gather timely feedback, ensuring continu-
ous engagement with the community throughout the program.
- Patient voice
Each month, Lundbeck welcomes participation from over 30 dif-
ferent patient advocacy groups, ensuring meaningful engage-
ment through one-on-one meetings for those unable to join the
group calls. As the initiative evolves, we are exploring new ways to
assess its success and positive impact.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
101
S4
Let the patient speak
Lundbeck is committed to patient centricity, with the
goal of integrating the patient voice throughout the
lifecycle of products and across the organization. The
patient perspective is woven into the fabric of
Lundbeck’s operations through multiple initiatives,
largely spearheaded by Lundbeck’s Patient Insights
and Public Affairs departments, with their department
leads holding operational responsibility. Such initia-
tives aim to ‘let the patient speak’ and include inviting
patients and caregivers to share their lived experi-
ences with Lundbeck employees, establishing patient
advisory boards for the disease areas represented in
Lundbeck’s pipeline, and actively seeking patient input
in the design and operations of clinical trials. Direct en-
gagement with patients and incorporating inclusion
and diversity in such engagements are key compo-
nents of addressing the patient voice in Lundbeck’s ac-
tivities.
Further, Lundbeck collects patient experience data to
ensure a comprehensive and representative under-
standing of the patient voice. Lundbeck is implement-
ing an integrated framework to embed the patient
voice within evidence generation strategies across all
phases of the drug lifecycle. Patient experience data is
systematically collected to ensure a comprehensive
and representative understanding of patient perspec-
tives. This approach enables the continuous and con-
sistent integration of patient insights into decision-
making processes company-wide.
Performance on metrics and targets
Lundbeck’s approach to patient centricity through em-
bedding the patient voice in the development of medi-
cines is tailored to the individual needs and opportuni-
ties for specific compounds within Lundbeck’s pipeline.
Further details on Lundbeck’s pipeline can be found on
page 23.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
102
S4
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
One of the pharmaceutical industry’s most material
sustainability issues is how to support good health and
well-being for all, leaving no one behind. Brain health
remains an underprioritized area, despite its huge bur-
den on society, limiting the availability and affordability
of treatments and affecting individuals’ access to
healthcare and overall health outcomes. Lundbeck rec-
ognizes its responsibility to help address these sys-
temic challenges and support global access among
and within countries. Furthermore, political pressures
and potential healthcare reforms may influence pric-
ing, reimbursement, and access, contributing to cover-
age disparities and regulatory scrutiny, leading to a
potential risk to future revenue in certain markets.
Policies
The Access to Health Strategy (link) sets out our aspira-
tions for supporting policy change, raising awareness,
advocacy, education, and product donations to en-
hance access to health for all. It is designed in align-
ment with the Sustainable Development Goal 3 (Good
Health and Well-being), as well as the WHO’s four Right
to Health principles (i.e., availability, accessibility, ac-
ceptability, and good quality) and Guidelines for Medi-
cine Donations. These frameworks emphasize the im-
portance of respecting human rights and engaging
with patients.
In addition, the Access to Health Strategy promotes
equitable brain health. In 2025, 27.8 million patients
worldwide were estimated to have been treated with
Lundbeck’s portfolio of medicinal products. R&D and
innovation in treatment also have a pivotal role in our
ambition to improve availability to brain health (page
18). This framework guides our efforts to enhance the
accessibility, acceptability, and affordability of these in-
novative treatments for people living with psychiatric
and neurological disorders worldwide.
In 2025, Lundbeck reinforced its commitment to mak-
ing innovative medicines more affordable and accessi-
ble by updating the Position on Pricing and Patient Ac-
cess. The Position, as part of the Access to Health
Strategy, is the framework by which Lundbeck devel-
ops access strategies for each product, tailored to fit
the requirements and needs of individual markets. In
collaboration with relevant stakeholders, such as pay-
ers and national healthcare bodies, these access strat-
egies ultimately promote sustainable and equitable ac-
cess to our medicines globally.
In 2025, the position introduced new pillars to our ap-
proach to access to health:
Equity-Based Tiered Pricing framework
Patient access metrics
Equity-Based Tiered Pricing framework
Implemented in 2025, the Equity-based Tiered Pricing
framework outlines our approach to pricing medicines
in a way that reflects both their value and the eco-
nomic conditions of different markets. The framework
accounts for country-specific factors such as afforda-
bility, inequality, and patient access when determining
the value of Lundbeck’s treatments.
Lundbeck actively collaborates with healthcare provid-
ers, authorities, patients, policymakers, and national
healthcare systems to address pricing concerns and
improve access to essential treatments. This collabora-
tive approach ensures that our pricing strategies sup-
port both business objectives and the needs of those
directly affected by our medicines.
Additionally, Lundbeck is committed to aligning with
third-party standards and international healthcare reg-
ulations. By doing so, we ensure our pricing practices
Access to health
Lundbeck is dedicated to advancing brain health by delivering innovative
treatments and working with partners worldwide to improve access for peo-
ple living with psychiatric and neurological disorders.
IROs linked to access to health
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Inequality in access to health
PN
Risk of pricing, reimbursement, and access
R
1 R = financial risk; PN = potential negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years, long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Access to Health Strategy
Key contents
Raising awareness, advocacy, educa-
tion, and product donations
Scope
Global operations
Accountability
Executive Leadership Team
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
Position on Pricing and Patient
Access
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
103
S4
adhere to ethical guidelines and support global efforts
to enhance the affordability and accessibility of medi-
cines.
Patient access metrics
To further guide and monitor our impact towards en-
hancing access to brain health, Lundbeck established
two key patient access metrics (PAMs) in 2025 to as-
sess how efficiently our medicines secure patient ac-
cess following market authorization:
Access Coverage.
Time to Access Indicator.
These metrics enable Lundbeck to monitor our patient
access performance (page 106) and identify opportuni-
ties to close access gaps and establish long-term
goals.
Key actions
Since adopting our Access to Health Strategy in 2020,
Lundbeck has continuously grown our efforts to sup-
port neurological and mental health for all.
In many parts of the world, neurological and psychiat-
ric disorders come with a high degree of social bur-
den. To advance a more inclusive world, we have in
2025 stayed committed to our work with a number of
international and local advocacy groups to promote
disease awareness, support the education of
healthcare professionals, combat stigma, and
empower people living with neurological and psychiat-
ric disorders.
As part of our commitment to provide neurological
and mental health for all, we ensured uninterrupted
availability of our treatments in 27 countries by transi-
tioning to a partner-led commercial model, working
closely with local partners selected for their strong re-
gional expertise and track record of supporting patient
access. In Pakistan, where we decided in 2025 to close
our operations, we carried out a human rights impact
assessment and have put an action plan in place to
mitigate potential negative impact on vulnerable pa-
tient groups.
In 2025, Lundbeck implemented additional actions to
advance access to health (further described on page
104):
Mental health community-based care.
Partnership for migraine awareness in the work-
place.
Product donations through IHP.
Partnering with the Red Cross for psychosocial sup-
port in Ukraine.
Implementation of patient access metrics.
Implemented Equity-based Tiered Pricing frame-
work.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
104
S4
Access to health actions (1/2)
Description
Link to IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Mental health
community-based care
In 2025, we continued our long-standing partnership with Clubhouse International by sponsoring their
mental health awareness efforts. This year’s project focused on World Mental Health Day, celebrated on
10 October. Lundbeck supported Clubhouse International in their 2025 campaign, which focused on eq-
uity in the workplace and society for those living with a mental health disorder. 25 clubhouses from eight
countries partnered with Clubhouse International for this initiative.
- Inequality in
access to health
Through more than 330 local clubhouses worldwide, Club-
house International’s model offers individuals living with
mental health disorders opportunities for social connection,
employment, housing, education, as well as access to medi-
cal and psychiatric services, within a single supportive, com-
munity-based environment. The success of this partnership
is tracked through engagement and social media reports.
Partnership for
migraine awareness in
the workplace
Since 2022, Lundbeck has continued its commitment to advancing brain health by supporting the Euro-
pean Migraine and Headache Alliance’s Migraine Friendly Workplace (EMHA) program. This program pro-
motes awareness and understanding of migraine by educating employers and employees in participat-
ing organizations about its impact in the workplace and beyond. It provides practical resources and tools
to help organizations create more supportive work environments for individuals living with migraine,
contributing to improved inclusion, employee well-being, and workplace productivity.
- Inequality in
access to health
Through this sponsorship, Lundbeck supports the migraine
advocacy community in their efforts to educate, raise aware-
ness, and improve care for people living with migraine. In
2025, 93 organizations across different sectors were accred-
ited as migraine-friendly workplaces by the EMHA, including
Lundbeck.
Product donations
through IHP
Since 2021, Lundbeck has partnered with IHP to donate products in low- and middle-income countries
(LMIC). Through our partnership with IHP, we continue to raise awareness of mental health conditions,
provide access to underserved communities, and offer much-needed support to those living with brain
disorders. The current product donation process was reviewed and a new approach developed in 2025
with a view to expanding the country and patient reach in the coming years.
- Inequality in
access to health
In 2025, Lundbeck manufactured 4,291 treatments that
were donated in LMICs. In the past five years of the partner-
ship, Lundbeck has reached more than 23,000 patients. The
donations are tracked via a sustainability target, please see
page 106 for more details.
Partnering with the
Red Cross for psychoso-
cial support in Ukraine
In December 2023, Lundbeck committed DKK 5 million to support Danish Red Cross Mental Health and
Psychosocial Support (MHPSS) activities in Ukraine during 2024 and 2025. In alignment with this commit-
ment, DKK 3.5 million was paid in 2025. This funding will enable the Ukrainian Red Cross to expand vital
psychosocial support for vulnerable children and adults affected by the war, including psychological first
aid, child-friendly spaces, and training for Red Cross volunteers and staff.
- Inequality in
access to health
Lundbeck tracks the effectiveness of its implementation of
this action through annual impact reports from the Danish
Red Cross, which detail activities, resource allocation, and
participation. Based on these evaluations, adjustments are
made for the following year, such as changing workshop lo-
cations, timings, and methods to better address mental
health challenges.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
105
S4
Access to health actions (2/2)
Description
Link to IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Implementation of
patient access metrics
For each product, Lundbeck develops access strategies that aim to tailor the requirements and needs of
individual markets, ensuring sustainable and equitable access to our medicines. At the same time,
Lundbeck continuously engages with external relevant stakeholders to ensure equitable access to our
medicines. Both at the national and local level, the patient access teams interact and engage with deci-
sion-making bodies aiming to ensure equitable and sustainable access conditions to our medicines. In
order to measure the access efforts from a global perspective, Lundbeck implements patient access met-
rics.
- Risk of pricing,
reimbursement and
access
Monitoring efficiency on our patient access efforts through
patient access metrics (page 106) capturing breadth of ac-
cess, as well as time to access from regulatory approval to re-
imbursement approval of our medicines benchmarked to in-
dustry metrics and internal targets.
Launch of
Equity-Based Tiered
Pricing framework
In 2025, Lundbeck introduced a global Equity-based Tiered Pricing (EBTP) framework. The EBTP approach
considers affordability and the macro-economic context in the country, such as ability-to-pay. The frame-
work , the related new decision-making processes, and the monitoring are implemented with the interest of
healthcare systems and payers in mind.
- Risk of pricing,
reimbursement
and access
Global monitoring of prices to ensure price-setting decisions
are in line with EBTP framework.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
106
S4
Performance on metrics and targets
Performance on Access to health
Our patient access metrics help us measure and monitor how efficiently our medicines secure patient access fol-
lowing market authorization, enabling patient use. A higher Access Coverage percentage means more patients
have access to our medicines under public reimbursement. A higher Time to Access Indicator percentage, means
more reimbursement listings have been achieved earlier or at equal time to the industry benchmarks, and thus,
shorter waiting times for patients to access our medicines under public reimbursement. The development in
these two metrics in the reporting year is driven by Abilify Maintena 960 mg reimbursement listing approvals in
Europe through 2025. Through these new approvals, Lundbeck achieved an increase in the breadth of access to
our medicines. The reimbursement listing occurred earlier than the industry average (the benchmark used for
this analysis), which allows us to demonstrate an improvement in time to access for our medicines.
Lundbeck has partnered with International Health Partners (IHP) for the past five years. Through this collabora-
tion, Lundbeck donates medication to charitable clinics in low- and middle-income countries, ensuring realistic yet
ambitious target setting. In 2025, donated treatments are estimated to reach 4,291 patients, which is 27% lower
compared to 2024, but aligns with our commitment to reach our 2025 target set at 3.000 patients. The annual
figures for donated treatments are influenced by several factors. Primarily, the amount of donated products de-
pends on the requests received from our regular partner, International Health Partners (IHP) or from emergency
requests from other partners and can vary from year to year. As our annual target increases each year, we con-
tinue to expand or adjust the regions where donations are directed. While we have consistently surpassed our
annual targets, the extent by which we exceed them varies each year and is driven by factors such as partner re-
quests, program expansion, and evolving needs in pre-approved regions.
Patients reached increased slightly. We reached 27.8 million patients in 2025. The development can be explained
from an increase in mature products reaching patients, despite a slight decrease in strategic products reaching
patients.
Patient access
Unit
2025
2024
Access Coverage
%
77
72
Time to Access Indicator
%
61
56
Donated treatments
Unit
2025
2024
Donated treatments in low-middle income countries
Estimated patients
4,291
5,860
Patients reached
Unit
2025
2024
1
Patients reached (mature products)
Estimated patients in millions
16.4
16.0
Patients reached (strategic products)
Estimated patients in millions
11.4
11.5
Total patients reached
Estimated patients in millions
27.8
27.5
1 The 2024 figures have been restated, as presenting patients reached as number of patients provides a clearer representation of the scale of patients reached. The numbers are divided into mature and strategic products, and reported as number of patients, whereas previously
this was reported as patient years. The scope of reporting is extended to include strategic products. The change from patient years to number results in a larger figure to be reported, collectively 7.2 million patient years reached with mature products in 2024.
Access to health targets
Pillars
2025 sustainability target
Status
Access to
health
Donate treatment for at least 3,000 patients in low- and middle-income countries
through product donation partnerships.
Achieved
Read more about our performance on targets below. A full list of our Sustainability targets can be found on page 36-37.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
107
S4
Accounting policies
Access Coverage
Access Coverage reflects the proportion of reimbursement listings achieved through negotiated public-reim-
bursed access to our medicines
1
. It is based on the total number of reimbursement listings achieved for our
medicines by the end of the reporting year, benchmarked against the total number of countries where
Lundbeck has marketing authorization for our medicines by the end of the reporting year
2
.
Time to Access Indicator
The Time to Access Indicator reflects the proportion of reimbursement listings achieved for our medicines
1
through negotiated public-reimbursed access earlier than or in equal time to the industry-average benchmark.
It is based on the total number of reimbursement listings achieved earlier than or equal time to the industry
benchmark, divided by the total number of reimbursement listings achieved by the end of the reporting year
2
.
The industry benchmark (IQVIA EFPIA Patients W.A.I.T.1 Indicator Survey and Time to Availability from IQVIA)
measures the average number of days between market authorization and reimbursement listings for medi-
cines in different countries. Each product has been benchmarked with the corresponding report based on mar-
keting approval year, covering 2015-2024, which is applicable for 2024 reporting. While the benchmark period
(2015-2023) provided by the IQVIA-EFPIA Patients WAIT Indicator survey reports used does not fully overlap
with the analysis timeframe (2013-2025), and the benchmark for non-EU countries covers the period between
2020 and 2023, it serves as a reliable proxy for years outside the direct scope, as trends and patterns evolve
gradually over time rather than abruptly throughout the years.
For both Access Coverage and the Time to Access Indicator, the following applies: Given the unique structure of
the U.S. healthcare system, we consider the private reimbursement system as a significant part of our efforts in
securing access to our medicines in the country. For this exercise, to maintain consistency within the analysis,
we have considered and covered both private and public access schemes (i.e., commercial plans, Medicare, and
Medicaid).
Access to health donated treatments
Donated treatment in low- and middle-income countries refers to the number of patients reached through
Lundbeck’s medicine donation program. The number of patients potentially reached is estimated by dividing
the total number of doses prepared for shipment by the recommended average treatment dose per patient
per year, taking into consideration the circumstances of patients receiving the treatment, often in areas of
conflict or disaster and thus persistent need for treatment.
Patients reached
Patients reached refers to the estimated number of patients potentially exposed to a specific Lundbeck drug
or treatment during the reporting period (December 2024-November 2025). The calculation is based on
product sales data for the reporting period, applying standardized assumptions regarding the average daily
dose and treatment duration for each product. The number of patients is estimated at the product level by
dividing the total sales volume (in milligrams) by the product-specific estimated average daily dose (in milli-
grams) multiplied by the average treatment duration (in days). For the strategic products, the final five
months of the reporting period are estimated due to the unavailability of supplier data. The estimate is de-
rived by applying an average based on the first seven months of the reporting period.
Average daily dose (mg): The average daily amount of active substance taken by a patient, based on the
Defined Daily Dose (DDD) as defined by the World Health Organization (WHO).
Average treatment duration (days): The estimated average treatment duration derived from the approved
indication and expected usage pattern as described in the company core safety information (CCSI).
The number for 2025 is divided into mature and strategic products and reported as the number of patients,
whereas this was previously reported as patient years. The scope of reporting is extended to include strate-
gic products.
1 Medicines in scope: Abilify Maintena 960 mg®/Abilify Asimtufii®, Brintellix®/Trintellix®, Rexulti®/Rxulti®, and Vyepti®. 2 Countries in scope: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, China, Denmark, France, Finland, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxemburg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal,
Spain, South Korea, Sweden, Switzerland, United States, and United Kingdom. Recent changes in Lundbeck’s operating model in the EMSEE region (Emerging Markets and South/East Europe) resulted in a shift to a partner-led model for the commercialization of Lundbeck assets in these
countries from 1 December 2025. Although these countries remained within our operational scope for the majority of 2025, their planned transfer to partners as of December 2025 led us to exclude them from the new patient access metrics to maintain reporting consistency and forward-
looking relevance. The countries from this region that have been excluded from this exercise are: Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Israel, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, and Ukraine.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
108
S4
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Ensuring the safety and quality of our products is para-
mount, as patients rely on accurate and transparent
information to make informed decisions about their
treatment options. Any disruptions in Lundbecks pro-
cesses to manage product safety and quality could
have significant consequences for patients and stake-
holders. These may result in patients taking unsuitable
medication, experiencing adverse effects that out-
weigh the benefits, or forgoing beneficial treatments
that could improve their health and quality of life.
Policies
Our commitment to product safety and quality is
guided by the Pharmacovigilance System Master File
(PSMF), including the related Corporate Patient Safety
Manual and Guideline for Local Patient Safety in Affili-
ates, and the Corporate Quality manual, respectively.
All frameworks aim to ensure the protection of pa-
tients who take our medicines.
Product safety
Lundbeck’s approach to product and patient safety is
grounded in our pharmacovigilance system, as de-
scribed in the Pharmacovigilance System Master File
(PSMF). The PSMF outlines Lundbeck’s procedures for
managing safety information, describes the global
pharmacovigilance system, and provides the basis for
our formalized processes covering all aspects of phar-
macovigilance. These include:
Monitoring products’ benefit-risk profile and risk
management systems by evaluating information re-
ceived from patients and healthcare professionals
(HCPs).
Evaluating all safety reports from patients and HCPs.
Ensuring that a business continuity plan is in place to
maintain the ongoing operation of pharmacovigi-
lance processes in the event of a significant disrup-
tion to our pharmacovigilance system.
The PSMF and all specified procedures comply with
regulatory requirements set by the EU and health au-
thorities worldwide, including Guidelines on Good
Pharmacovigilance Practices modules in the EU.
Product quality
Lundbeck’s product quality approach is managed ac-
cording to our Quality manual, which focuses on:
Delivering effective products at the correct level of
safety for psychiatric and neurological diseases.
Fostering a culture that prioritizes quality.
Ensuring employee accountability.
This policy entails compliant systems designed to fulfil
regulatory inspections, integrates quality from the out-
set to minimize defects and complaints, and promotes
ongoing improvements of good practice (GxP) pro-
cesses. Lundbeck complies with all relevant local, EU,
and international product quality standards to safe-
guard patient interests and ensure that products are
manufactured and distributed in line with GxP. Aligned
with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Hu-
man Rights, Lundbeck’s Corporate Product Quality de-
partment ensures that products are of the right high
quality and available to meet patient needs.
Product safety and quality
IRO linked to product safety and quality
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Product safety and quality
PN
Risk of failure of pharmacovigilance
R
Our commitment to patient safety and quality is integrated into our opera-
tions, from research and development to manufacturing and distribution.
1 R = financial risk; PN = potential negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years, long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Pharmacovigilance System Master File
Quality manual
Key contents
Pharmacovigilance system and proce-
dures for handling safety information
Product at correct level of safety and quality and
regulatory compliance
Scope
Global operations
All personnel involved in GxP activities, particularly
in manufacturing and distribution
Accountability
Executive Leadership Team
Executive Leadership Team
CEO
Availability
Internally accessible through electronic
document management system
Shared internally through awareness training
Related
documents
Quality policy, Corporate Patient Safety
Manual, and Guideline for Local Patient
Safety in Affiliates
Pharmacovigilance System Master File (PSMF)
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
109
S4
Key actions
Product safety & quality actions
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Global quality
awareness training
In 2025, all Lundbeck employees were required to complete an online interactive quality training course
through our learning management system. The e-learning module includes information from Lundbeck’s
Corporate Quality manual, guidance for enhancing a culture of quality, and instructions for reporting de-
viations from regulations and approved processes, particularly for those that could impact patient safety.
The training aims to strengthen accountability for Lundbeck employees working outside of GxP and rein-
force the critical role every employee plays in safeguarding patient safety and adhering to regulatory re-
quirements.
- Product quality
The effectiveness of the global quality awareness training is tracked through
feedback collected in our learning management system (LMS) and monitored
completion rates. This helps assess whether the training meets its intended
goals, such as reinforcing accountability and patient safety. The training sup-
ports a unified quality approach across Lundbeck and aligns with the Corpo-
rate Quality manual and annual pharmacovigilance (PV) training.
Annual quality
management
review (QMR)
One of Lundbeck’s key measures taken to ensure product safety and quality is the annual quality man-
agement review (QMR) of the quality management system (QMS). The QMS, audited annually by Corpo-
rate Product Quality (CPQ), covers our manufacturing sites in Valby, Valbonne, Lumsås, and Padova, and
governs the manufacturing of medicinal products for commercial markets. QMR assesses the suitability
and effectiveness of the QMS and investigates key compliance parameters, including significant findings
and related corrective actions from internal audits. The results of this review are presented to the Execu-
tive Leadership Team, and appropriate follow-up actions are taken.
- Product quality
A coordinated process is in place across various GxP areas to ensure that
corrective and preventive actions are taken to prevent, mitigate, and avoid
recurrence of non-conformities and deviations. To track reported issues and
ensure that products are produced at the right quality, the QMR includes an
assessment of previous QMR reviews and corrective actions taken for previ-
ously highlighted concerns. See section Remediating Product Safety and
Quality Concerns on page 110.
Lundbeck pharmacovigi-
lance system
and training
Lundbeck continuously maintains a comprehensive pharmacovigilance system that ensures timely identi-
fication, evaluation, and communication of safety information across all products. As part of our annual
procedures, Lundbeck employees complete the Patient Safety Information e-learning course on a recur-
ring basis to ensure sustained awareness across the organization. The course is designed to ensure that
all participants understand why, what, when, and how to report safety information to Lundbeck, thereby
reinforcing the integrity of our global pharmacovigilance system and strengthening patient safety aware-
ness across the organization. The training is mandatory for all Lundbeck employees worldwide, regard-
less of function, and is also required for selected consultants, business partners, and vendors working on
behalf of Lundbeck.
- Product safety
Lundbeck monitors the completion rates of its Patient safety information e-
learning. In addition, in line with regulatory requirements, defined internal
KPIs are used to ensure the effectiveness of Lundbeck’s pharmacovigilance
(PV) system. Such KPIs, within the global patient safety (GPS) organization in-
clude >98% timely submission of individual case safety reports (ICSRs) in at
least seven of 12 consecutive months, with no month falling below 95%. Ad-
ditional KPIs cover aggregate safety report submission (target >98%) and
safety variation submissions (e.g., label updates) with >90% compliance in
Regulatory Affairs (RA). In 2025, Lundbeck met all internal evaluation thresh-
olds related to Lundbeck’s pharmacovigilance system and product safety.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
110
S4
Engaging with patients and HCPs
Engagement with patients on product safety and qual-
ity is highly regulated, involving the provision of safety
information and management of adverse event re-
ports. These reports submitted by patients,
healthcare professionals, or proxies through the phar-
macovigilance system are collected locally or at
headquarters by Global Patient Safety (GPS), which
manages data processing, medical evaluation, and re-
porting to health authorities and business partners. In
addition, Lundbeck provides safety information to end-
users through patient information leaflets in medica-
tion packages, outlining potential side effects in local
languages. This engagement is frequent and overseen
by Lundbeck’s Safety Governance, including the head
of GPS, the head of GPS medical safety, and the quali-
fied person for pharmacovigilance (QPPV). The latter is
formally appointed by the Executive Leadership Team
and registered with European health authorities.
Our Corporate Product Quality (CPQ) department
avoids any direct contact with patients and HCPs to
prevent bias towards the use of Lundbeck’s products,
while ensuring that all product quality complaints are
documented, investigated, and addressed. The effec-
tiveness of these engagements is assessed as part of
Lundbeck’s commitment to risk minimization with
health authorities.
Remediating product safety and quality concerns
The quality and specifications for each Lundbeck prod-
uct are predefined and approved by relevant health
authorities prior to manufacturing. In the event that
product quality issues arise, Lundbeck engages with
authorities enforcing the strict quality regulations gov-
erning our quality management systems (QMS). Pa-
tients, HCPs, and other stakeholders can report quality
concerns through dedicated channels. All complaints
about marketed products are managed via the quality
management system, ensuring they are recorded, in-
vestigated, evaluated, and addressed.
Lundbecks operating pharmacovigilance system en-
sures that adverse event reports and other safety in-
formation related to Lundbecks products or develop-
ment projects, received through various sources such
as clinical trials, patients, caregivers, and HCPs world-
wide, are handled and reported in a timely and compli-
ant manner. All safety information is continuously as-
sessed to evaluate product benefit-risk profiles for pa-
tients and Global Patient Safety aggregates and ana-
lyzes this data to inform patients, HCPs, and regulators
as applicable. Internal safety committees review poten-
tial safety issues and propose risk mitigation strate-
gies, which are endorsed by the Safety Board. For ma-
jor concerns or new information, the Safety Board may
initiate label updates, product recalls, or pause devel-
opment activities. Communication of product risks to
patients and HCPs is highly regulated by health au-
thorities and depends on potential impact; for
instance, through label updates, direct HCP notices, or
channels managed by authorities and web platforms.
Lundbeck supports this communication by complying
with relevant legislation. Our Anti-retaliation policy
comes into effect for all issues reported via the Compli-
ance Hotline (see page 115), including safety-related
concerns.
Performance on metrics and targets
Lundbeck’s quality management system and pharma-
covigilance system are continuously monitored and
evaluated, thereby adhering to strict regulations up-
held by the Quality policy and the procedures de-
scribed in the Pharmacovigilance System Master File.
While no formal sustainability targets are set, continu-
ous monitoring of product safety profiles is ensured
through ongoing safety surveillance and signal man-
agement activities, utilizing information from non-clini-
cal, clinical, and post-marketing sources. In addition,
while internal operational KPIs are used to ensure the
effectiveness of Lundbeck’s pharmacovigilance (PV)
system (page 109), Lundbeck has not set specific sus-
tainability targets.
Through these procedures and performance monitor-
ing mechanisms, Lundbeck ensures that all products
are of the right quality at the right time, in accordance
with applicable legislation and best practices in prod-
uct quality and pharmacovigilance oversight.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
111
S4
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Without responsible and ethical marketing practices,
patients and healthcare professionals may be exposed
to misleading or unbalanced information. This could
lead to improper use of medicines, erosion of trust,
negative impacts on patients physical and financial
well-being, and distortion of healthcare priorities. Up-
holding regulatory standards and providing fair, accu-
rate, and approved information are essential to sup-
port appropriate treatment decisions and safeguard
patient health.
Policies
The Code of Ethics addresses responsible marketing
by setting clear expectations for our employees to:
Comply with applicable promotional laws and regu-
lations across all communication and platforms.
Use accurate and approved promotional material.
Promote only products with valid marketing authori-
zation for approved indications.
Lundbeck adheres to ethical marketing laws and aligns
with the standards set by the European Federation of
Pharmaceutical Industries and Associations (EFPIA)
and International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manu-
facturers and Associations (IFPMA) codes. Lundbeck
prioritizes patient interests by focusing marketing ef-
forts on healthcare professionals except in the U.S.
and New Zealand where direct-to-patient marketing is
allowed while ensuring its processes uphold ethical
standards.
Key actions
Lundbeck’s Promotional and Advertising Review Com-
mittee (HQ-PARC) oversees all promotional activities
and materials at headquarters, ensuring compliance
with relevant laws and EFPIA and IFPMA codes. Subsid-
iaries are responsible for approving material in line
with their respective local codes. Integrity in marketing
material is prioritized through structured decision-
making processes which help assess and manage po-
tential risks. As both HQ-PARC and local subsidiaries
have integrated review processes into their daily oper-
ations, Lundbeck considers the current system effec-
tive and does not implement additional initiatives for
responsible marketing. Furthermore, Lundbeck en-
gages in a compliance network with other companies
to align interpretations and approaches regarding eth-
ical marketing practices.
Potential marketing-related concerns can be reported
via Lundbeck’s Compliance Hotline (see page 115).
Substantial resources are dedicated to maintaining
high standards in marketing ethics, through the efforts
of HQ-PARC, local PARC teams, and the marketing and
medical departments across all levels of the organiza-
tion.
Engaging with patients and HCPs
Recognizing patients’ vulnerability to unethical market-
ing practices, Lundbeck prioritizes gathering feedback
from patients and HCPs to better understand how pro-
motional material is perceived and to minimize poten-
tial negative impacts. Anonymous surveys are con-
ducted both directly with patients and HCPs, as well as
via credible proxies like patient organizations and
agencies, to assess accuracy, clarity and
reception of promotional communication. All interac-
tions are strictly regulated and comply with the EFPIA
Code of Practice. Feedback is used by the Marketing
Analytics department to optimize promotional messag-
ing, improve clarity, and identify unmet needs, with lo-
cal subsidiaries adjusting communication strategies as
needed. The Senior Vice President for Medical Affairs
and General Counsel oversee engagement, feedback
integration, and process approval.
Remediation and channels for raising promotional
practice concerns
Lundbeck adheres to the standards and expectations
set by the relevant regulatory bodies. As non-compli-
ance can result in fines, withdrawal of materials, and
Responsible marketing
By ensuring that our marketing efforts are accurate, transparent, and
aligned with regulatory standards, we maintain trust with healthcare profes-
sionals, patients, authorities, and other stakeholders.
IROs linked to responsible marketing
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Responsible and ethical marketing
PN
Risk of promotional misconduct
R
1 R = financial risk; PN = potential negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years, long term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Code of Ethics
Key contents
Promotional rules and guidance to
act with integrity and comply with
applicable law
Scope
Global operations
Accountability
CEO
Executive Leadership Team
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
EFPIA and IFPMA standards
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social
Annual Report 2025
112
S4
public corrections, we actively promote and ensure
compliance through self-regulation and collaborative
industry oversight.
Promotional concerns can be reported via Lundbeck’s
Compliance Hotline accessible internally and exter-
nally at www.lundbeck.com or directly to authorities
and ethical bodies. Details on the hotline and
Lundbeck’s Anti-retaliation and Whistleblowing policy
are available on page 115.
As a member of ethical industry committees, including
Denmark’s Ethical Committee for the Pharmaceutical
Industry, Lundbeck addresses complaints through
these platforms. Additionally, our medical information
service enables patients and HCPs to raise concerns
and receive timely responses. Issues raised via this
service are tracked through yearly reports, including
one provided by the Danish ethical body on pharma-
ceutical industry concerns.
Performance on metrics and targets
Lundbeck monitors formal complaints and social me-
dia to identify any integrity issues and assess the effec-
tiveness of its responsible marketing efforts. Social
media issues are addressed through defined pro-
cesses managed by Lundbeck’s Corporate Communi-
cation department. The CEO and Board of Directors
set the ambition level towards responsible and ethical
marketing, with no specific targets or indicators cur-
rently used to measure progress.
Health as a human right
As a focused innovator committed to advancing
brain health, it is crucial for Lundbeck to continue
enhancing its understanding of the impact it has
on patients, from their own perspective, by contin-
uously assessing risks related to human rights vio-
lations. Lundbeck is committed to safeguarding
the health of patients, employees and value chain
workers by continuously upholding the commit-
ments it makes in the Human Rights Statement
(link) (see pages 96).
Lundbeck’s policies, actions, and targets outlined
in the Consumers and End-users section on pages
98-112 reflects Lundbeck’s commitment to these
human rights principles and operationalize our ef-
forts to avoid causing or contributing to any signifi-
cant negative impacts on patients.
In addition to Lundbeck’s commitment to adhering
to relevant legislation and engaging with health
authorities to address any potential negative im-
pacts, Lundbeck engages with patients and other
end-users in different ways depending on how
they may be potentially impacted. Similarly, due to
the diverse types of impact that may occur, there is
no one-size-fits-all approach to remediation of
such potential impacts. Rather, various channels
are available to address any raised issues.
Annual Report 2025
113
Governance
114
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance
Annual Report 2025
113
G1
Governance
Highlights
100%
Code of Ethics training completion rate
4 out of 5
of employees are confident in raising an ethical
or compliance concern
Business conduct
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance
Annual Report 2025
114
G1
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Any breaches in our Code of Ethics, corporate policies,
and procedures by internal or external parties can give
rise to adverse impacts for our stakeholders and pose
reputational and/or compliance risks for Lundbeck.
From the sourcing of raw materials to the manufactur-
ing and distribution of medicines, Lundbeck interacts
with stakeholders across the entire value chain.
Interactions with healthcare professionals (HCPs), pub-
lic officials, authorities, and other pharmaceutical com-
panies carry an inherent risk of corruption, bribery, or
anti-competitive behavior, which if not properly ad-
dressed can compromise trust, product quality, and
patient safety. Additionally, ineffective oversight of new
and existing high-risk suppliers through due diligence
processes and proactive engagement can lead to un-
ethical business practices in the value chain, which
may adversely affect the environment, supply chain
continuity, and ultimately our patients. Among the vari-
ous resources required to bring our products to mar-
ket, Lundbeck is obliged by authorities to conduct ani-
mal studies in non-clinical research and development,
in line with scientific guidance and applicable regula-
tions. Improper care of animals can affect their well-
being.
These topics require continuous monitoring to prevent
incidents and ensure ethical conduct. Internal and ex-
ternal stakeholders are encouraged to raise concerns
to support the identification and resolution of issues,
based on appropriate procedures and protections. Any
failure to protect good-faith whistleblowers can lead to
retaliation, personal or professional consequences, or
potential legal implications.
Policies
Our approach to ethical business practices and compli-
ance is grounded in the Code of Ethics (page 63), our
overarching framework for setting clear expectations
for all internal and external stakeholders to act with in-
tegrity, accountability, and honesty. Building on these
principles, Lundbeck has bespoke policies and
procedures in place to ensure compliance with appli-
cable legislation and address our material IROs:
Guide on interactions with high-risk stakeholders.
Anti-retaliation and whistleblowing policy.
Competition law policy.
Third-party intermediary due diligence standard
operating procedure (SOP).
Animal ethics policy.
Business conduct
Business ethics and corporate culture
Lundbeck is committed to integrity, accountability, and transparency.
Our Code of Ethics, policies, and procedures promote compliance and
guide our actions to safeguard the interests of all our stakeholders.
IROs linked to business ethics and corporate culture
IRO type
1
Time frame
2
Value chain
3
S
M
L
U
O
D
Breach of our Code of Ethics
R
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
PN
Responsible sourcing
PN
Animal welfare
AN
Protection of whistleblowers
PN
1 R = financial risk; PN = potential negative impact, AN = actual negative impact. 2 Short-term: < 1-year, medium term: 1-5 years, long-term: >5 years. 3 U = upstream, O = own operations, D = downstream.
Policy to
manage IROs
Code of Ethics
Key contents
Promotes integrity, accountability,
and transparency
Scope
Global operations and value chain
Accountability
Board of Directors
Global Compliance Committee
Availability
www.lundbeck.com
Related
documents
Guidelines on interactions with
high-risk stakeholders, Anti-retalia-
tion and whistleblowing policy,
Competition law policy, TPIDD, and
Animal ethics policy (page 115)
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance
Annual Report 2025
115
G1
Prevention and detection of ethical concerns
Lundbeck encourages employees to maintain ongoing
dialogue concerning compliance and ethics with their
colleagues and managers. Recognizing that not all
questions or concerns are suitable for open discus-
sions, employees are encouraged to seek advice from
relevant corporate functions (e.g., People & Culture,
Legal, or Global Compliance) or to report serious com-
pliance concerns through Lundbeck’s dedicated Com-
pliance Hotline. The hotline is accessible both inter-
nally and externally, allowing all stakeholders to report
concerns. New employees receive training as part of
their onboarding, and further training and awareness
initiatives are in place to promote proper use for em-
ployees.
Reports submitted through the Compliance Hotline
are received by Lundbeck’s Global Compliance investi-
gators, who ensure that business conduct incidents
are investigated promptly, objectively, independently,
and free from conflict of interest, in line with the Global
Investigations procedure. Lundbeck’s Global Compli-
ance department periodically reports an anonymized
summary of global hotline cases to the Audit Commit-
tee and the Global Compliance Committee. Investiga-
tion conclusions and recommendations may be shared
with the Audit Committee, Global Compliance Commit-
tee, and/or Executive Leadership Team, who hold ulti-
mate responsibility for endorsing remedial or discipli-
nary actions.
Policy
Key contents
Scope
Accountability
Availability
Guide on interactions
with healthcare profes-
sionals (HCPs),
healthcare organiza-
tions (HCOs), patient or-
ganizations (POs), and
patients
Minimum requirements to ensure that interactions are legal, ethical, and
do not constitute an inducement to recommend, prescribe, purchase,
supply, sell, or administer a medicinal product.
Clarifies roles and responsibilities of senior management, HCP manag-
ers, regional compliance officers, and Global Compliance.
Third-party intermediaries and
Lundbeck employees, including func-
tions with frequent high-risk interac-
tions: Marketing, Sales, Medical Af-
fairs, Clinical Development, Regula-
tory, Procurement, R&D, and Public
Affairs.
Chief Ethics &
Compliance
Officer
Internal
Anti-retaliation and
whistleblowing policy
Establishes protections for individuals who in good faith report alleged
or actual violations of our Code of Ethics, internal policies and proce-
dures, or applicable laws and regulations.
Reinforces the business integrity by providing safe and reliable means
for employees and others to report concerns.
Adheres with the EU Whistleblowing Directive.
All employees globally, members of
the Board of Directors, agents, con-
sultants, contract workers, and oth-
ers representing or acting for or on
behalf of Lundbeck.
Chief Ethics &
Compliance
Officer and
Executive
Leadership
Team
Internal
Competition law policy
Sets out the principles for compliant and accountable commercial affairs
in accordance with applicable competition law.
Ensures that all employees have an appropriate understanding of rele-
vant competition laws and how they apply to our business.
Lundbeck management and employ-
ees globally.
General
Counsel
Internal
Third-party intermedi-
ary due diligence
(TPIDD) SOP
Describes how we interact with third-party intermediaries (TPIs).
Outlines the third-party intermediary risk management and due dili-
gence process to review and monitor third parties and prevent bribery,
corruption, fraud, and conflict of interest across engagements.
Third-party intermediaries are all
professionals and entities perform-
ing activities within Lundbeck’s core
business areas either on behalf of, or
in the interest of, Lundbeck.
Chief Ethics &
Compliance
Officer
Internal
Animal ethics
policy
Ensures that animals are only used in research when no alternative mod-
els exist and patient benefit outweighs the discomfort to animals.
Sets out ethical requirements for animal care based on the 3Rs, legal
compliance with applicable law, and high welfare standards.
Extends Lundbeck’s ethical principles to external collaborators.
Lundbeck employees globally and ex-
ternal collaborators conducting clini-
cal studies on Lundbeck’s behalf.
Executive
Leadership
Team
www.lund-
beck.com
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance
Annual Report 2025
116
G1
Key actions
Business conduct actions (1/2)
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Launch of new Code of
Ethics and e-learning
In 2025, Lundbeck developed and introduced its new Code of Ethics (page 63), setting the standard for ethical, sus-
tainable, and compliant decision-making across the organization by embedding the principles of curiosity, adapta-
bility, and accountability at the core of our Focused Innovator Strategy. To support its implementation, we launched
a dedicated e-learning module featuring interactive exercises designed to build awareness and educate employees
to navigate ethical and compliance-related situations with confidence.
- Breach of Code of Ethics
- Anti-corruption and bribery
- Protection of
whistleblowers
- Responsible sourcing
Lundbeck monitors the effectiveness of the launch of the
Code of Ethics and its bespoke e-learning module
through the results of the Our Voice survey and our per-
formance against the Code of Ethics e-learning comple-
tion rate target. In 2025, Lundbeck met its target, as fur-
ther described on page 118.
Viva Engage
Launched in 2025, Viva Engage targets all employees across Lundbeck with relatable compliance and ethical best
practices. It serves as a communication channel that bridges the gap between annual e-learning training by offering
useful guidance, insights, and knowledge sharing that reinforces individual accountability and commitment in mak-
ing ethical and compliant decisions in our daily business activities.
- Breach of Code of Ethics
- Anti-corruption and bribery
Lundbeck tracks the reach of our compliance and ethical
conduct awareness communication through the number
of followers and level of engagement received.
Speak-up campaign
Lundbeck continued to advance its global speak-up campaign in 2025, reinforcing our commitment to a culture of
openness and psychological safety. The initiative dedicated to all employees highlights available reporting chan-
nels, including the Compliance Hotline, underscores the value of speaking up, and the protections in place for those
who do so in good faith. Speak-up culture is prominently featured within the new Code of Ethics (page 63), reflect-
ing its vital role in sustaining an ethical, transparent, and accountable corporate culture.
- Breach of Code of Ethics
- Anti-corruption and bribery
- Protection of
whistleblowers
- Responsible sourcing
Our success in fostering awareness of the available
channels for voicing concerns (i.e., the ‘Speak-up’ cam-
paign) and in promoting ethical conduct across the or-
ganization (i.e., the compliance newsletter) is reflected in
the employees’ confidence in raising ethical concerns.
This sustainability target enables us to monitor both the
effectiveness of our efforts to embed a culture of open-
ness and psychological safety, and the impact of our
awareness initiatives in empowering ethical decision-
making. In 2025, Lundbeck met this target, as further
described on page 118.
Compliance newsletter
Launched in 2025, the quarterly compliance newsletter is aimed at regional compliance officers (RCOs) to be shared
further across the organization, and serves as a key channel for fostering awareness and engagement around com-
pliance matters. Each edition features real-world case studies, highlights relevant compliance achievements, and
shares best practices to empower this core group to champion ethical decision-making.
- Breach of Code of Ethics
- Anti-corruption and bribery
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance
Annual Report 2025
117
G1
Business conduct actions (2/2)
Description
Linked IROs
Tracking effectiveness
Responsible sourcing and
supplier due diligence
Responsible sourcing is managed through regular operations in Procurement, Global Compliance, Legal, Quality,
and HSE. Through the Third-party intermediary due diligence (TPIDD) process, Lundbeck mitigates risks from irre-
sponsible sourcing by ensuring third-party intermediaries are thoroughly reviewed and monitored. Accordingly, all
new suppliers with expected commitments over DKK 1 million are assessed against eight key risk areas, including
potential impact on business operations, IT security, and rights. Climate criteria are applied to suppliers within the
scope of our scope 3 SBTi target and Transition Plan. New and strategic suppliers are asked to sign a climate adden-
dum, committing to renewable energy use or science-based targets, along with a reporting timeline.
- Responsible sourcing
The effectiveness of Lundbeck’s sourcing practices is
measured through the number of climate addendums
signed and third-party intermediary due diligence
screenings undertaken (page 118). In addition, Lundbeck
regularly performs external audits regarding quality,
compliance, and HSE matters.
Animal facility
Lundbeck maintains its commitment to high animal welfare standards, continuously advancing its practices in line
with evolving technologies, standards of care, and applicable law. In 2024, construction began on a state-of-the-art
research facility in Valby, Denmark, designed with animal well-being at its core. The DKK 1 billion facility, scheduled
for completion in 2027, will support internal research and incorporate advanced technologies to minimize stress,
prevent disease, and enable species-specific care and socialization. Construction progressed as planned throughout
2025.
- Animal welfare
Progress is tracked through ongoing monitoring of ani-
mal welfare, integrated into our daily operations. An
animal care and use committee, approved by the Exec-
utive Leadership Team, oversees welfare, advises on
best practices, and ensures regulatory compliance.
See details on audits on page 118.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance
Annual Report 2025
118
G1
Performance on targets and metrics
Performance on Incidents of corruption and bribery, number of audits, Code of Ethics, and Due Diligence
Lundbeck tracks its commitment to anti-corruption and bribery through two targets, outlined above, both of
which are approved by the Global Compliance Committee. The annual training was important as it introduced em-
ployees to the new Code of Ethics and their responsibilities across various situations.
The completion rate is measured in the timeframe of 1 October to 31 December and is monitored by the Global
Compliance team. Lundbeck achieved a 100% completion rate for the Code of Ethics e-learning program, reflect-
ing strong commitment to the new Code of Ethics. In addition, 92% of employees feel confident in raising ethical
or compliance concerns, exceeding the 2025 target of four out of five employees (80%) and confirming that com-
pliance concerns are taken seriously across the company. Please see our Social targets for how Our Voice targets
are tracked.
In 2025, Lundbeck reported 79 cases through the Compliance Hotline, all assessed or investigated under global
procedures protecting those who raise concerns in good faith. The slight decrease in incoming reports does not
indicate any material issues or areas of concern but rather reflects normal year-to-year variation with no definitive
underlying cause. Continuing the trend from last year, no convictions for anti-corruption or anti-bribery violations
occurred. Internal and external audits continued across departments, following their planned timelines, to ensure
compliance with company guidelines, pharmaceutical codes, and legal requirements. The variation in Health,
Safety, and Environment audits is due to a shift in effort from internal audits to external audits compared with
2024. The overall volume of due diligence screenings showed an increase compared to the prior year. This in-
crease was driven by activity in the most recent quarter and was primarily attributable to two factors beyond the
standard ongoing process: an ad hoc vendor rescreening exercise in one of the markets, and project-related ac-
tivities requiring the screening of additional third-party intermediaries prior to contracting.
Incidents of corruption and bribery
Unit
2025
2024
Convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery law
No.
-
-
Amount of fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery law
DKKm
-
-
Compliance Hotline
Unit
2025
2024
Compliance Hotline reports
No.
79
85
Internal and external audits
Unit
2025
2024
Patient & Product Safety audits
No.
49
53
Health, Safety and Environment audits
No.
5
10
Business Ethics and Financial Compliance Reviews
No.
75
72
Total of internal audits
No.
129
135
Patient & Product Safety audits
No.
128
119
1
Health, Safety and Environment audits
No.
14
6
Third Parties and Supplier audits
No.
85
82
Total of audits of external partners
No.
227
207
Total of all audits
No.
356
342
Code of Ethics
Unit
2025
2024
Completion rate of annual Code of Ethics e-learning
%
100
100
Business Ethics Due Diligence
Unit
2025
2024
Third-Party Intermediary Due Diligence screenings
No.
380
240
1 The number of patient & product safety audits has been restated following the reclassification of animal welfare audits as part of business ethics audits. The change moved 23 animal welfare audits from "Patient & Product Safety audits" to "Business Ethics and Financial Compliance
Reviewsin 2025 as this reclassification provides a more accurate representation of the nature of an animal welfare audit.
Business ethics targets
Pillars
2025 sustainability target
Status
Business
ethics
Annual Code of Ethics training completed by at least 98% of employees at work globally.
Four out of five employees state in the annual employee engagement survey (ESS) that
they are confident in raising an ethical or compliance concern.
Achieved
Achieved
Read more about our performance on targets below. A full list of our Sustainability targets can be found on page 36-37.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance
Annual Report 2025
119
G1
Accounting policies
Incidents of corruption and bribery
The number of confirmed convictions for corruption and bribery during the reporting year. The associated
monetary fines are reported in DKKm.
Compliance Hotline
The number of cases reported through the compliance Hotline and other channels include all cases reported
where concerns about potential misconduct were assessed or investigated, regardless of whether investiga-
tions could be substantiated.
Internal and external audits
The number of audits comprises audits conducted by Lundbeck employees both internally and externally.
Internal audits cover Lundbeck affiliates and internal departments, while external audits are performed at ex-
ternal organizations.
Audits are categorized as: Health, Safety, and Environment, Patient & Product Safety, Business Ethics and Finan-
cial Compliance Reviews, and Third Parties and Supplier audits.
Patient & Product Safety audits
The number of audits comprises those completed and reported by internal functions at Lundbeck within the
following areas: Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls Assurance (CMC QA), Quality, Good Distribution Prac-
tice (GDP), Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP), Corporate Product Quality (CPQ), Research and Development
Quality (R&D Quality), Pharmacovigilance Audits, and Good Laboratory Practice (GLP).
Health, Safety, and Environment audits
The number of audits comprises those completed and reported by internal functions at Lundbeck. This process
verifies that Lundbeck’s internal operations, as well as those of its suppliers and third parties, meet the required
standards for health and safety performance, human and labor rights, and environmental performance.
Business Ethics and Financial Compliance Reviews
The number of audits comprises those completed and reported by internal functions at Lundbeck for com-
pliance and financial audit functions. These functions review processes and internal control activities, and
audit and monitor employee activities across areas including financial compliance, business ethics, animal
welfare, information security, and corporate quality assurance IT.
Third Parties and Supplier audits
The number of audits comprises those completed and reported by internal functions at Lundbeck. Third par-
ties and suppliers are monitored and audited (based on contractual requirements and requirements stipu-
lated in Lundbeck’s third-party obligations), including information security reviews of external personal data
processors.
Code of Ethics
The completion rate of the annual Code of Ethics e-Learning represents the percentage of permanent and
temporary employees who completed the Code of Ethics training assigned on or before the official roll-out
date of 1 October. Completions are counted if the training is finished on or before 31 December. The com-
pletion rate is calculated by dividing the number of employees who completed the training by the total num-
ber of employees who were assigned the training. Contingent workers are excluded from the calculation.
Business Ethics Due Diligence
The number of third-party intermediary due diligence screenings contain all completed screenings, including
those found to be out of scope, withdrawn by the requester or initiated on case-by-case basis. The screen-
ings are an examination of information provided by specialized tool to identify potential risks related to po-
tential or existing third parties.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
120
1. ESRS 2, IRO-2 paragraph 56. *Subject to limited assurance.
List of
appendices
121 List of ESRS disclosure requirements covered in the Sustainability
Statement
123 EU Taxonomy
126 List of datapoints that derive from other EU legislation
128 Statement on due diligence
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
121
DR
Disclosure requirement (DR) description
Page
General disclosures
BP-1
General basis for preparation of Sustainability Statement
53
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
121-122; 53
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, management, and supervisory bodies
39-47
GOV-2
Information provided to sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, manage-
ment, and supervisory bodies
45
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
40
GOV-4
Statement on due diligence
62; 128
GOV-5
Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting
45-47
SMB-1
Strategy, business model, and value chain
14-17; 54-55
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
45; 54-55; 62
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
54-59; 61; 72
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks, and opportunities
60-61
IRO-2
Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking’s Sustainability Statement
56; 60-61
Climate change
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
40
E1-1
Transition plan for climate change mitigation
65-66
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
55; 57; 72
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks, and opportuni-
ties
72
E1-2
Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
63; 65
E1-3
Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies
66
E1-4
Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
66; 67; 72
E1-5
Energy consumption and mix
71;
E1-6
Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and total GHG emissions
67-70
E1-7
GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits
65
IR
1
DR
Disclosure requirement (DR) description
Page
Pollution
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material pollution-related impacts, risks, and opportuni-
ties
57; 60-61
E2-1
Policies related to pollution
63; 73
E2-2
Actions and resources related to pollution
74
E2-3
Targets related to pollution
75
E2-4
Pollution of air, water, and soil
75
E2-5
Substances of concern and substances of very high concern
76
Resource use and circular economy
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material resource use and circular economy-related im-
pacts, risks, and opportunities
60-61
E5-1
Policies related to resource use and circular economy
77
E5-2
Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy
78
E5-3
Targets related to resource use and circular economy
79
E5-4
Resource inflows
79-81
E5-5
Resource outflows
79-81
Own workforce
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
62
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
58; 61
S1-1
Policies related to own workforce
63; 84; 88
S1-2
Processes for engaging with own workers and workers’ representatives about impacts
90
S1-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns
90
S1-4
Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pur-
suing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions
85; 89
S1-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing mate-
rial risks and opportunities
86; 92
S1-6
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
91
S1-9
Diversity metrics
92-93
S1-14
Health and safety metrics
86-87
S1-16
Compensation metrics (pay gap and total compensation)
94
S1-17
Incidents, complaints, and severe human rights impacts
95
List of ESRS disclosure requirements covered in the Sustainability Statement
E1
E2
E5
S1
1 IR = Incorporation by reference. The disclosure requirements identified with a dot [ ] are incorporated in the Sustainability Statement, either entirely or partially, by reference to a different section of the Management review.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
122
DR
Disclosure requirement (DR) description
Page
Workers in the value chain
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
62
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
58; 61
S2-1
Policies related to value chain workers
96
S2-2
Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts
96
S2-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for value chain workers to raise concerns
97
S2-4
Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers, and approaches to managing material risks and
pursuing material opportunities related to value chain workers, and effectiveness of those action
97
S2-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing mate-
rial risks and opportunities
97
Consumers and end-users
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
62
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
58; 61
S4-1
Policies related to consumers and end-users
98-99; 102-
103; 108; 111
S4-2
Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts
98; 101; 110;
111
S4-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns
110; 111-112
S4-4
Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users, and approaches to managing material
risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and effectiveness of those
actions
98-99; 100;
103-105; 109
111
S4-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing mate-
rial risks and opportunities
99; 101; 106
110; 112
Business conduct
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, supervisory, and management bodies
63
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks, and opportunities
61
G1-1
Corporate culture and business conduct policies
114-115
G1-2
Management of relationships with suppliers
117
G1-3
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
115
G1-4
Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery
118-119
1 IR = Incorporation by reference. The disclosure requirements identified with a dot [ ] are incorporated in the Sustainability Statement, either entirely or partially, by reference to a different section of the Management review.
S2
S4
G1
ESRS E3, E4, and S3 were deemed immaterial and are therefore not disclosed in Lundbeck’s 2025 An-
nual report. For more information on our materiality results, see pages 56-61.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
123
Revenue accounting policy
The share of revenue generated from taxonomy-eligible economic activities (numerator) is divided by total revenue (denominator), as reported in
the Group's Statement of Profit or Loss. Total revenue includes revenue from products and other revenue, net of effects from hedging. Revenue
eligibility is determined by linking each product's revenue stream to a corresponding eligible economic activity.
PPC = Pollution prevention and control
EL = Eligible
N/EL = Not eligible
Substantial contribution criteria
Does Not Significantly Harm criteria (DNSH)
Economic activities
(1)
Codes
(2)
Revenue
(DKKm)
(3)
Proportion
of Revenue
2025 (%)
(4)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)
Climate
change ad-
aptation (6)
Water
(7)
Pollution
(8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Biodiversity
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water
(13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Biodiversity
(16)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Proportion of
taxonomy
aligned (A.1)
or eligible
(A.2) Revenue,
2024 (%)
(18)
Category
enabling
activity
(19)
Category
transitional
activity
(20)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (taxonomy-aligned)
None
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Revenue of environmentally sustainable activi-
ties (taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Of which enabling
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Of which transitional
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not taxonomy-aligned activities)
Manufacture of medicinal products
PPC 1.2
24,630
100%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
100%
-
-
Revenue of taxonomy-eligible but not environ-
mentally sustainable activities (not taxonomy-
aligned activities) (A.2)
24,630
100%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
100%
-
-
Revenue of taxonomy-eligible activities
(A.1 + A.2)
24,630
100%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
100%
-
-
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Revenue of taxonomy-non-eligible activities (B)
0
0%
TOTAL (A + B)
24,630
100%
EU Taxonomy: Revenue
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
124
OPEX accounting policy
The OPEX denominator includes direct non-capitalized costs that relate to research and development, building renovation measures, short-term
leases, maintenance and repair, and any other direct expenditures relating to the day-to-day servicing of assets of property, plant, and equip-
ment (PP&E) necessary to ensure the continued and effective functioning of such assets. Lundbeck excludes cost of sales from the OPEX numera-
tor and denominator. Further, the numerator does not include any R&D operating expenses associated with clinical or pre-clinical development
activities where there is uncertainty about their potential to result in regulatory approval and marketable products. The denominator sets the
baseline against which the proportion of taxonomy-eligible operating expenses is identified (numerator).
PPC = Pollution prevention and control
CCM = Climate change mitigation
EL = Eligible
N/EL = Not eligible
Substantial contribution criteria
Does Not Significantly Harm criteria (DNSH)
Economic activities
(1)
Codes
(2)
OPEX
(DKKm)
(3)
Proportion
of OPEX
2025 (%)
(4)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)
Climate
change ad-
aptation (6)
Water
(7)
Pollution
(8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Biodiversity
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water
(13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Biodiversity
(16)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Proportion of
taxonomy
aligned (A.1)
or eligible
(A.2) OPEX,
2024 (%)
(18)
Category
enabling
activity
(19)
Category
transitional
activity
(20)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (taxonomy-aligned)
None
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
OPEX of environmentally sustainable activities
(taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Of which enabling
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Of which transitional
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not taxonomy-aligned activities)
Manufacture of medicinal products
PPC 1.2
26
0.6%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.6%
-
-
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light
commercial vehicles
CCM 6.5
212
4.6%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5.3%
-
-
Renovation of existing buildings
CCM 7.2
15
0.3%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.3%
-
-
OPEX of Taxonomy-eligible but not environ-
mentally sustainable activities (not taxonomy-
aligned activities) (A.2)
252
5.5%
6.2%
OPEX of taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2)
252
5.5%
6.2%
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
OPEX of taxonomy-non-eligible activities (B)
4,316
94.5%
TOTAL (A + B)
4,569
100%
EU Taxonomy: OPEX
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
125
CAPEX accounting policy
Additions to tangible and intangible assets are accounted for in the consolidated Financial Statements under IFRS during the financial year, con-
sidered before depreciation, amortization, and any remeasurements, excluding Goodwill (included in notes 6 and 7 in the consolidated Financial
Statements). This includes all capitalized investments such as acquisitions, construction, and upgrades of assets. The denominator sets the base-
line against which we identify the proportion of taxonomy-eligible investments (numerator).
Substantial contribution criteria
Does Not Significantly Harm criteria (DNSH)
Economic activities
(1)
Codes
(2)
CAPEX
(DKKm)
(3)
Proportion
of CAPEX
2025 (%)
(4)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)
Climate
change ad-
aptation (6)
Water
(7)
Pollution
(8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Biodiversity
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water
(13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Biodiversity
(16)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Proportion of
taxonomy
aligned (A.1)
or eligible
(A.2) CAPEX,
2024 (%)
(18)
Category
enabling
activity
(19)
Category
transitional
activity
(20)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (taxonomy-aligned)
None
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CAPEX of environmentally sustainable activities
(taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Of which enabling
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Of which transitional
-
0
0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not taxonomy-aligned activities)
Manufacture of medicinal products
PPC 1.2
205
37.1%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
97,8%
-
-
Construction of new buildings
CCM 7.1
259
46.8%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
1,1%
Renovation of existing buildings
CCM 7.2
40
7.2%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0,4%
-
-
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light
commercial vehicles
CCM 6.5
3
0.5%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0,0%
-
-
Installation, maintenance and repair of charging
stations for electric vehicles in buildings and park-
ing spaces
CCM 7.4
0,1
0.0%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Installation, maintenance and repair of energy
efficiency equipment
CCM 7.3
2
0.3%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CAPEX of taxonomy-eligible but not environ-
mentally sustainable activities (not taxonomy-
aligned activities) (A.2)
508
91.5%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
99,4%
-
-
CAPEX of taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1 + A.2)
508
91.5%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
99,4%
-
-
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
CAPEX of taxonomy-non-eligible activities (B)
45
8.2%
TOTAL (A + B)
554
100%
EU Taxonomy: CAPEX
PPC = Pollution prevention and control
CCM = Climate change mitigation
EL = Eligible
N/EL = Not eligible
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
126
Disclosure
requirement
Data point
SFDR
reference
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
regulation reference
EU climate law
reference
Page
reference
ESRS 2 GOV-1
21 (d):
Board's gender diversity
39-40
ESRS 2 GOV-1
21 (e):
Percentage of board members who are in-
dependent
39
ESRS 2 GOV-4
30:
Statement on due diligence
62
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d):
Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel
activities paragraph
N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) ii:
Involvement in activities related to chemical
production
N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) iii:
Involvement in activities related to contro-
versial weapons
N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) iv:
Involvement in activities related to cultiva-
tion and production of tobacco
N/A
ESRS E1-1
14:
Transition plan to reach climate neutrality
by 2050
66
ESRS E1-1
16 (g):
Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned
Benchmarks
72
ESRS E1-4
34:
GHG emission reduction targets
66-67
ESRS E1-5
38:
Energy consumption from fossil sources dis-
aggregated by sources (only high climate
impact sectors)
71
ESRS E1-5
37:
Energy consumption and mix
71
ESRS E1-5
40 to 43:
Energy intensity associated with activities in
high climate impact sectors
71
ESRS E1-6
44:
Gross scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions
67-70
ESRS E1-6
53 to 55:
Gross GHG emissions intensity
67-70
ESRS E1-7
56:
GHG removals and carbon credits
N/A
ESRS E1-9
66:
Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to cli-
mate-related physical risks
N/A
ESRS E1-9
66 (a):
66 (c):
Disaggregation of monetary amounts by
acute and chronic physical risk
Location of significant assets at material
physical risk
N/A
ESRS E1-9
67 (c):
Breakdown of the carrying value of its real
estate assets by energy-efficiency classes
N/A
ESRS E1-9
69:
Degree of exposure of the portfolio to cli-
mate- related opportunities
N/A
ESRS E2-4
28:
Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II
of the E-PRTR Regulation (European Pollu-
tant Release and Transfer Register) emitted
to air, water and soil
75
ESRS E3-1
9:
Water and marine resources
N/A
ESRS E3-1
13:
Dedicated policy
N/A
ESRS E3-1
14:
Sustainable oceans and seas
N/A
ESRS E3-4
28 (c):
Total water recycled and reused
N/A
Disclosure
requirement
Data point
SFDR
reference
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
regulation reference
EU climate law
reference
Page
reference
ESRS E3-4
29:
Total water consumption in m 3 per net rev-
enue on own operations
N/A
ESRS 2- SBM 3
- E4
16 (a) i
N/A
ESRS 2- SBM 3
- E4
16 (b)
N/A
ESRS 2- SBM 3
- E4
16 (c)
N/A
ESRS E4-2
24 (b):
Sustainable land / agriculture practices or
policies
N/A
ESRS E4-2
24 (c):
Sustainable oceans / seas practices or poli-
cies
N/A
ESRS E4-2
24 (d):
Policies to address deforestation
N/A
ESRS E5-5
37 (d):
Non-recycled waste
76
ESRS E5-5
39:
Hazardous waste and radioactive waste
76
ESRS 2- SBM3
- S1
14 (f):
Risk of incidents of forced labor
N/A
ESRS 2- SBM3
- S1
14 (g):
Risk of incidents of child labor
N/A
ESRS S1-1
20:
Human Rights Policy commitments
N/A
ESRS S1-1
21:
Due diligence policies on issues addressed
by the fundamental International Labor Or-
ganization Conventions 1 to 8
84; 88;
ESRS S1-1
22:
processes and measures for preventing traf-
ficking in human beings
N/A
ESRS S1-1
23:
workplace accident prevention policy or
management system
84
ESRS S1-3
32 (c):
grievance/complaints handling mechanisms
90
ESRS S1-14
88 (b) and
(c):
Number of fatalities and number and rate of
work-related accidents
86
ESRS S1-14
88 (e):
Number of days lost to injuries, accidents,
fatalities or illness
86
ESRS S1-16
97 (a):
Unadjusted gender pay gap
94
ESRS S1-16
97 (b):
Excessive CEO pay ratio
94
ESRS S1-17
103 (a):
Incidents of discrimination paragraph
95
ESRS S1-17
104 (a):
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Hu-
man Rights and OECD Guidelines
N/A
ESRS 2- SBM3
S2
11 (b):
Significant risk of child labor or forced labor
in the value chain
N/A
ESRS S2-1
17:
Human Rights Policy commitments
96
ESRS S2-1
18:
Policies related to value chain workers
96
ESRS S2-1
19:
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Hu-
man Rights principles and OECD guidelines
N/A
List of datapoints that derive from other EU legislation
1*
1 ESRS 2, IRO-2 paragraph 56. *Subject to limited assurance.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
127
Disclosure
requirement
Data point
SFDR
reference
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
regulation reference
EU climate law
reference
Page
reference
ESRS S2-1
19:
Due diligence policies on issues addressed
by the fundamental International Labor Or-
ganization Conventions 1 to 8
96
ESRS S2-4
36:
Human rights issues and incidents con-
nected to its upstream and downstream
value chain
N/A
ESRS S3-1
16:
Human Rights Policy commitments
N/A
ESRS S3-1
17:
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Hu-
man Rights, ILO principles or OECD guide-
lines
N/A
ESRS S3-4
36:
Human rights issues and incidents
N/A
ESRS S4-1
16:
Policies related to consumers and end-users
98-99; 102-103;
108; 111
ESRS S4-1
17:
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Hu-
man Rights and OECD guidelines
N/A
ESRS S4-4
35:
Human rights issues and incidents
N/A
ESRS G1-1
10 (b):
United Nations Convention against Corrup-
tion
N/A
ESRS G1-1
10 (d):
Protection of whistle- blowers
N/A
ESRS G1-4
24 (a):
Fines for violation of anti-corruption and
anti-bribery laws
118
ESRS G1-4
24 (b):
Standards of anti- corruption and anti- brib-
ery
114-115
1 ESRS 2, IRO-2 paragraph 56. *Subject to limited assurance.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
128
Statement on due diligence
1*
UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
Core elements of Due Diligence
Pages in the Sustainability Report
a. Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy, and business model*
39-40; 54-55; 56-61; 62-63
b. Engaging with affected stakeholders in all key steps of the due diligence*
60-61; 62-63; 65; 72; 74; 85; 89; 96-97; 98-105; 108-112; 114-117
c. Identifying and assessing adverse impacts*
56-63;
d. Taking actions to address those adverse impacts*
66; 74; 78; 85; 89; 97; 98-99; 100; 103-105; 109; 111; 116-117
e. Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicating*
62; 66; 74; 78; 85; 89; 90; 97; 98-99; 100; 103-105; 109; 111; 116-117
1 ESRS 2, GOV-4. *Subject to limited assurance.
Annual Report 2025
129
Financial
Statements
130 Consolidated Financial Statements
188 Financial Statements of the Parent Company
201 Management’s statement
203 Independent auditor’s report
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
130
Statement of profit or loss 131
Statement of comprehensive income 131
Statement of financial position 132
Statement of changes in equity 133
Statement of cash flows 134
Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation (part of Management Review
not audited) 212
1 Basis of reporting
1.1 Reporting entity 135
1.2 Significant changes in the business 135
1.3 Basis of preparation 136
2 Results for the year
2.1 Revenue 138
2.2 Employee costs 139
2.3 Income taxes 141
3 Operating assets and liabilities
3.1 Intangible assets 147
3.2 Property, plant and equipment 152
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 154
3.4 Inventories 155
3.5 Trade receivables 156
3.6 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations 157
3.7 Provisions 160
3.8 Other payables 161
4 Capital structure and financial items
4.1 Financial income and expenses 162
4.2 Cash and cash equivalents 162
4.3 Equity 163
4.4 Bank debt, bond debt, and borrowings 166
4.5 Financial instruments 168
5 Other disclosures
5.1 Business combination 177
5.2 Other operating expenses, net 178
5.3 Incentive programs 179
5.4 Contingent assets and contingent liabilities 180
5.5 Audit fees 182
5.6 Contractual obligations not recognized in the Balance sheet 182
5.7 Related parties 183
5.8 List of subsidiaries 184
5.9 Other general accounting policies 186
5.10 Subsequent events 187
Consolidated Financial Statements
Contents
Notes
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
131
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Revenue
2.1
24,630
22,004
Cost of sales
2.2
4,265
4,230
Gross profit
20,365
17,774
Sales and distribution costs
2.2
7,743
8,146
Administrative expenses
2.2
1,483
1,437
Research and development costs
2.2
4,895
4,501
Other operating expenses, net
5.1, 5.2
969
420
Profit from operations (EBIT)
5,275
3,270
Financial income
4.1
202
670
Financial expenses
4.1
990
221
Profit before tax
4,487
3,719
Tax on profit for the year
2.3
1,295
576
Profit for the year
3,192
3,143
Earnings per share, basic (EPS) (DKK)
4.3
3.22
3.17
Earnings per share, diluted (DEPS) (DKK)
4.3
3.22
3.17
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Profit for the year
3,192
3,143
Actuarial gains/(losses)
3.6, 4.3
4
1
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
4
1
Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign entities
4.3
(1,498)
733
Foreign exchange adjustments of net investments in foreign entities
4.3
(1,493)
58
Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, exchange rate
4.3, 4.5
671
(378)
Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, interest rate
4.3, 4.5
6
(7)
Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, price
4.3, 4.5
(40)
(14)
Exchange gains/(losses), hedging (transferred to revenue)
4.3, 4.5
(279)
52
Income tax related to adjustments in other comprehensive income
4.3
247
64
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
(2,386)
508
Other comprehensive income
(2,382)
509
Total comprehensive income
810
3,652
Statement of profit or loss
1 January 31 December
Statement of comprehensive income
1 January 31 December
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
132
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Intangible assets
1
3.1
35,780
41,028
Property, plant and equipment
3.2
2,533
2,721
Right-of-use assets
3.3
406
461
Other financial assets
32
67
Other receivables
284
284
Deferred tax assets
1
2.3
236
89
Financial and other assets
552
440
Non-current assets
39,271
44,650
Inventories
3.4
4,473
3,983
Trade receivables
3.5
3,605
3,432
Income taxes receivable
285
39
Other receivables
660
552
Prepayments
327
340
Receivables
4,877
4,363
Cash and cash equivalents
4.2
3,433
4,664
Current assets
12,783
13,010
Assets
52,054
57,660
1 The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect the final purchase price allocation as disclosed in note 5.1 Business combination.
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Share capital
4.3
996
996
Foreign currency translation reserve
(777)
1,888
Hedging reserve
4.5
71
(208)
Retained earnings
24,613
22,334
Equity
24,903
25,010
Retirement benefit obligations
3.6
188
223
Deferred tax liabilities
1
2.3
5,336
6,214
Provisions
3.7
715
583
Bank debt and bond debt
4.4
11,185
16,174
Lease liabilities
3.3
395
437
Other payables
3.8
479
439
Non-current liabilities
18,298
24,070
Retirement benefit obligations
3.6
10
1
Provisions
3.7
1,203
1,351
Trade payables
4,663
4,370
Lease liabilities
3.3
74
82
Income taxes payable
693
316
Other payables
3.8
2,210
2,460
Current liabilities
8,853
8,580
Liabilities
27,151
32,650
Equity and liabilities
52,054
57,660
Statement of financial position
assets
At 31 December
Statement of financial position
equity and liabilities
At 31 December
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
133
Share capital
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Hedging
reserve
Retained
earnings
Total equity
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
2025
Equity at 1 January
996
1,888
(208)
22,334
25,010
Profit for the year
-
-
-
3,192
3,192
Other comprehensive income
4.3
-
(2,665)
279
4
(2,382)
Comprehensive income
-
(2,665)
279
3,196
810
Distributed dividends, gross
4.3
-
-
-
(946)
(946)
Dividends received, treasury shares
4.3
-
-
-
3
3
Buyback of treasury shares
4.3
-
-
-
(20)
(20)
Incentive programs
5.3
-
-
-
44
44
Tax on other transactions in equity
2.3
-
-
-
2
2
Other transactions
-
-
-
(917)
(917)
Equity at 31 December
996
(777)
71
24,613
24,903
Share capital
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Hedging
reserve
Retained
earnings
Total equity
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
2024
Equity at 1 January
996
1,109
63
19,877
22,045
Profit for the year
-
-
-
3,143
3,143
Other comprehensive income
4.3
-
779
(271)
1
509
Comprehensive income
-
779
(271)
3,144
3,652
Distributed dividends, gross
4.3
-
-
-
(697)
(697)
Dividends received, treasury shares
4.3
-
-
-
3
3
Buyback of treasury shares
4.3
-
-
-
(46)
(46)
Incentive programs
5.3
-
-
-
45
45
Tax on other transactions in equity
2.3
-
-
-
8
8
Other transactions
-
-
-
(687)
(687)
Equity at 31 December
996
1,888
(208)
22,334
25,010
Statement of changes in equity
At 31 December
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
134
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Profit from operations (EBIT)
5,275
3,270
Adjustment for non-cash items:
Amortization and depreciation
3.1, 3.2, 3.3
1,865
1,876
Impairment losses
644
547
Incentive programs
44
45
Change in provisions
123
552
Other adjustments
(429)
87
Change in working capital:
Change in inventories
(355)
497
Change in receivables
(501)
(630)
Change in short-term debt
583
(77)
Adjustments related to acquisition of business
5.1
-
(2,756)
Cash flows from operations before financial receipts and payments
7,249
3,411
Financial receipts
217
589
Financial payments
(563)
(91)
Cash flows from ordinary activities
6,903
3,909
Income taxes paid
(1,422)
(583)
Cash flows from operating activities
5,481
3,326
Acquisition of business, net of acquired cash
5.1
-
(15,704)
Purchase of intangible assets
3.1
(64)
(57)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
3.2
(554)
(508)
Sale of property, plant and equipment
3.2
7
5
Proceeds from securities and other financial assets
-
978
Cash flows from investing activities
(611)
(15,286)
Cash flows from operating and investing activities (free cash flow)
4,870
(11,960)
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Proceeds from loans and issue of bonds
4.4
3,716
12,458
Repayment of bank loans and borrowings
4.4
(8,730)
-
Repayment of lease liabilities
3.3
(85)
(89)
Buyback of treasury shares
4.3
(20)
(46)
Dividends paid in the financial year, net
(943)
(694)
Cash flows from financing activities
(6,062)
11,629
Net cash flows for the year
(1,192)
(331)
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
4,664
5,010
Unrealized exchange gains/(losses) on cash and cash equivalents
(39)
(15)
Net cash flows for the year
(1,192)
(331)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
3,433
4,664
Interest-bearing debt, cash and cash equivalents, net,
is composed as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents
4.2
3,433
4,664
Interest-bearing debt
(11,812)
(16,846)
Interest-bearing debt, cash and cash equivalents, net,
at 31 December net cash/(net debt)
(8,379)
(12,182)
Statement of cash flows
At 31 December
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
135
1.1 Reporting entity
H. Lundbeck A/S (herein denominated the Parent Company or Company’) is domiciled in Denmark. The Company’s
registered office is at Ottiliavej 9, 2500 Valby. These consolidated Financial Statements comprise the Parent Com-
pany and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group or Lundbeck). The Group operates globally and is
engaged in research, development, production, and sale of pharmaceuticals for the treatment of psychiatric and
neurological disorders. See note 2.1 Revenue.
1.2 Significant changes in the business
Planned divestment of a non-core production site in Italy
In December 2025, the Group’s Board of Directors approved a plan to divest a non-core production site in Italy, a
wholly owned subsidiary. The divestment of the production site is expected to be completed within one year from
the reporting date. As a result of this decision, an impairment loss of DKK 639 million has been recognized in the
Statement of profit and loss, within other operating expenses, net, in 2025, as the carrying amount exceeded the
recoverable amount determined. The recoverable amount was based on fair value less costs of disposal and was
determined based on information available at the reporting date. The fair value measurement is categorized as
level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
A breakdown of the impairment loss by asset class is presented below.
DKKm Notes Intangible assets 16 3.1 Property, plant and equipment 430 3.2 Inventories 169 3.4 Other assets 24 Total impairment loss 639
Change in the commercial operating model
On 9 September 2025, the Group announced a change to its commercial operating model, aiming to focus re-
sources and capital on the highest-growth opportunities while ensuring continued patient access to our medicines.
As part of the ongoing execution of the Focused Innovator Strategy, Lundbeck transitioned its operations to a part-
nership model in 27 markets in Europe and International Operations through new partnership agreements. The
new model was implemented before 31 December 2025.
The total costs associated with the implementation of the partnership model amounted to DKK 394 million, primarily
comprising severance costs and other direct costs associated with the restructuring plan. These costs were recog-
nized in the Statement of profit or loss, within other operating expenses, net, in 2025.
The partnership agreements comprise the following general terms and conditions:
- Under the partnership agreements, the new partners will assume responsibility for the sales, marketing, mar-
ket access, and distribution of Lundbeck’s medicines in the relevant markets.
- Lundbeck continues to supply products to all affected markets. Partners receive a margin on in-market sales,
and Lundbeck recognizes revenue equal to in-market sales less the partner margin.
- The scope of the partnerships initially covers all Lundbeck products.
- The partnership agreements are open-ended, multi-year contracts, and include customary exit provisions.
Acquisition of Longboard Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
On 2 December 2024, Lundbeck announced the successful acquisition of Longboard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Long-
board). Through this transaction, Lundbeck obtained control of Longboard by acquiring 100% of Longboard’s share
capital. The purchase price allocation was finalized in 2025, and, consequently, the 2024 comparative information
has been restated to reflect final fair value of the Longboard’s net assets at the acquisition date. The restatement
affected only the Statement of financial position (Balance sheet) and had no impact on Statement of profit or loss
or equity. For further information see note 5.1 Business combination.
1 Basis of reporting
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
136
1.3 Basis of preparation
The consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as en-
dorsed by the EU, as well as further requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act. The consolidated Financial
Statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on 4 February 2026.
Material accounting policies
Apart from the general accounting policies, which are described in note 5.9 Other general accounting policies, the
material accounting policies that are directly related to the specific notes are disclosed within each relevant note.
The accounting policies have been applied consistently in the preparation of the consolidated Financial Statements
for all periods presented.
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the Financial Statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency).
The consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Danish kroner (DKK), which is also the functional and
presentation currency of the Parent Company. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest DKK million, unless
otherwise indicated.
Key accounting estimates and judgments
In preparing the consolidated Financial Statements, Management has made estimates and judgments that affect
the application of the Group’s accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, and ex-
penses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Changes in estimates are recognized
prospectively. Management believes that the following accounting estimates, assumptions, and judgments are sig-
nificant to the consolidated Financial Statements.
Key accounting estimates, assumptions, and judgments Notes Provision for discounts Estimate of discounts and rebates in the U.S. 3.7 and rebates Income taxes and de-Judgment and estimate of deferred tax assets and liabilities and provision for 2.3 ferred income taxes uncertain tax positions. Impairment of product Estimate of the value-in-use and fair value less costs of disposal methodology 3.1 rights for impairment of product rights. Inventory obsolescence Judgment and estimate of the provision for obsolescence. 3.4 Provisions and contin-Estimate of ongoing legal disputes, environmental provisions, litigations, and 3.7, 5.4 gent assets and liabilities investigations. Business combinations Management judgment is particularly involved in the assessment of whether or 5.1 not the net assets acquired constitute a business and in the recognition and fair value measurement of assets acquired, liabilities assumed.
1 Basis of reporting
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
137
1.3 Basis of preparation (continued)
Changes in material accounting policy information
New and amended standards adopted by the Group
Management has assessed that new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations issued by the IASB
and endorsed by the EU, effective on or after 1 January 2025, have not had a significant effect on the consolidated
Financial Statements.
New standards and amendments issued but not yet effective
Furthermore, new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that have not yet
become effective are generally not adopted until they become effective and are endorsed by the EU. Management
does not anticipate any significant impact on the consolidated Financial Statements in the period of initial applica-
tion from the adoption of these new standards and amendments, except for IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in
Financial Statements, which replaces IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and is effective from 1 January 2027.
IFRS 18 is expected to change the presentation of the income statement by differentiating earnings from operating,
investing, and financing activities. IFRS 18 will also require additional disclosures but is not expected to affect the
Group’s accounting policies for recognition and measurement and, accordingly, is not expected to impact reported
net results.
European Single Electronic Format (ESEF)
The Annual Report is prepared in XHTML format, and the consolidated Financial Statements are tagged using inline
eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL). The iXBRL tags comply with the ESEF taxonomy, which is included
in the ESEF regulation and developed based on the IFRS taxonomy published by the IFRS Foundation. Where a
Financial Statement line item is not defined in the ESEF taxonomy, an extension to the taxonomy has been created.
Extensions are anchored to elements in the ESEF taxonomy, except for extensions which are subtotals.
The Annual Report submitted to the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority consists of the XHTML document to-
gether with certain technical files, all included in a ZIP file named HLUNDBECK-2025-12-31-en.zip.
1 Basis of reporting
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
138
2.1 Revenue
The Group is engaged in research, development, production, and sale of pharmaceuticals for the treatment of
psychiatric and neurological disorders, which constitutes the Group’s single business (operating) segment. This
segment reflects the way in which Management makes decisions and assesses business performance.
The Group is organized into geographical regions. The tables below show the Group’s revenue from external cus-
tomers broken down by key products and geographical regions.
International Europe United States Operations Group 2025 DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 1Abilify LAI franchise1,758 1,385 633 3,776 ®/Trintellix®Brintellix2,008 1,293 1,253 4,554 ®/Lexapro®Cipralex689 - 1,266 1,955 ®Rexulti121 5,745 339 6,205 ®Vyepti395 3,908 173 4,476 Other pharmaceuticals 848 956 1,194 2,998 Revenue by product 5,819 13,287 4,858 23,964 Other revenue 387 Effects from hedging 279 Total revenue 24,630 Of this amount: Royalty 1,338 Down payments and milestone received 3
1 Abilify long-acting injectable (LAI) franchise comprises the following products: Abilify Maintena
®
, Abilify Maintena
®
960 mg, and Abilify Asimtufii
®
.
International Europe United States Operations Group 2024 DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 1Abilify LAI franchise1,579 1,311 614 3,504 ®/Trintellix®Brintellix1,750 1,596 1,501 4,847 ®/Lexapro®Cipralex675 - 1,373 2,048 ®Rexulti82 4,811 309 5,202 ®Vyepti239 2,557 113 2,909 Other pharmaceuticals 821 1,050 1,309 3,180 Revenue by product 5,146 11,325 5,219 21,690 Other revenue 366 Effects from hedging (52) Total revenue 22,004 Of this amount: Royalty 719 Down payments and milestone received -
1 Abilify long-acting injectable (LAI) franchise comprises the following products: Abilify Maintena
®
, Abilify Maintena
®
960 mg, and Abilify Asimtufii
®
.
In 2025, Denmark generated revenue from external customers in the amount of DKK 17,625 million (DKK 16,070
million in 2024), of which DKK 15 million (DKK 15 million in 2024) was generated from customers in the country of
domicile. Revenue generated by U.S. subsidiaries from external customers located in the U.S. amounted to DKK
4,345 million (DKK 3,335 million in 2024).
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
139
2.1 Revenue (continued)
The U.S. and Denmark are the only countries where sales contribute 10% or more of the total revenue.
In 2025 and 2024, no single customer contributed 10% or more of the total revenue.
2025 2024 Intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and right-of-use assets by geographic region DKKm DKKm Denmark 8,515 8,931 United States 29,150 33,754 Other countries 1,054 1,525 Total 38,719 44,210
1 The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect the final purchase price allocation as disclosed in note 5.1 Business combination.
Accounting policies
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when Lundbeck has transferred control of products sold to the buyer
and it is probable that Lundbeck will collect the consideration to which it is entitled for transferring the products.
Control of the products is transferred at a single point in time, typically on delivery.
Revenue is measured at the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for
transferring the products. Revenue is recognized net of sales deductions, including product returns as well as dis-
counts, rebates, and sales-based taxes.
Moreover, revenue includes licensing income and royalties from out-licensed products, non-refundable down pay-
ments and milestone payments relating to research and development collaborations, and income from collabora-
tions on commercialization of products.
Sales-based licensing income and royalties from out-licensed products are recognized in the Statement of profit or
loss under revenue when the Group provides access to its product rights as they exist throughout the license
period. Revenue from sales-based licensing income is recognized when the performance obligation is satisfied, i.e.,
when transferred to the customer. For royalties, revenue is recognized when the subsequent sale occurs.
When the Group provides a customer the right to use the product rights as they exist at the point in time at which
the license is granted, revenue is recognized at a point in time when control is transferred to the licensee, and the
license period begins when the customer’s right to the intellectual property is transferred. Non-refundable down
payments and milestone payments received relating to research collaborations are recognized in profit or loss
under revenue as other revenue.
Lundbeck may enter into consignment arrangements under which finished goods are delivered to a partner while
Lundbeck retains control of the goods. Revenue is recognized only when control of the finished goods transfers to
the partner in accordance with the terms of the arrangement.
2.2 Employee costs
2025 2024 Breakdown of employee costs DKKm DKKm Short-term employee benefits 5,636 5,087 Retirement benefits 360 346 Social security costs 390 400 Equity- and cash-settled incentive programs 60 47 Severance and restructuring costs 296 115 Total 6,742 5,995
For details on payments related to share-based incentive programs, see note 5.3 Incentive programs.
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
140
2.2 Employee costs (continued)
Employee costs for the year are included in the following line items in the Statement of profit or loss:
2025 2024 Employee costs DKKm DKKm Cost of sales 812 761 Sales and distribution costs 3,293 3,171 Administrative expenses 940 831 Research and development costs 1,438 1,232 Other operating expenses, net 259 - Total 6,742 5,995
Other operating expenses, net of DKK 259 million related to severance and restructuring employee costs have been
incurred as of 31 December 2025 as a consequence of the change in the commercial operating model announced
on 9 September 2025. For further details, see note 1.2 Significant changes in the business.
2025 2024 Number of employees Number Number Average number of full-time employees in the financial year 5,461 5,694 Number of full-time employees at 31 December Denmark 2,086 1,980 Other countries 3,128 3,727 Total 5,214 5,707
The number of employees decreased to 5,214 as of 31 December 2025, mainly as a consequence of the change in
the commercial operating model announced on 9 September 2025. For further details, see note 1.2 Significant
changes in the business.
Remuneration of Registered Executive Leadership Team and key management personnel
Registered Executive Leadership Team1Key management personnel1, 22025 2024 2025 2024 DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm Short-term staff benefits 44 44 127 127 Retirement benefits 3 3 11 11 Other social security costs - - 1 1 Equity- and cash-settled incentive programs 13 10 28 22 Severance and other employee costs 8 20 8 20 Total 68 77 175 181
1 For IAS 24 purposes, ‘Short-term staff benefits’ and ‘Other social security costs’ are short-term employee benefits; ‘Retirement benefits’ are post-employ-
ment benefits; ‘Severance and other employee costs’ are termination benefits; ‘Equity- and cash-settled incentive programs’ are share-based arrangements
(IFRS 2) and include only equity-settled awards and cash-settled PCUs/RCUs. No other long-term employee benefits were granted. 2 Key management
personnel are defined as Registered Executive Leadership Team (RELT) and people who report directly to the RELT.
In 2025, a cost of approximately DKK 7.4 million (DKK 7.4 million in 2024) was recognized as part of the compensa-
tion agreement to Lundbecks current CEO, Charl Van Zyl. The cost is recognized over the period 2024-2026,
amounting to a total of DKK 22.2 million before taxes and subject to certain conditions.
In 2024, severance and other employee costs also included a payment of DKK 12.7 million made to a former mem-
ber of the Executive Leadership Team.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
The total remuneration of the Board of Directors for 2025 amounted to DKK 9.2 million (DKK 9.0 million in 2024).
The amount includes fees for participation in the Audit Committee of DKK 0.7 million (DKK 0.7 million in 2024), the
Remuneration Committee of DKK 0.7 million (DKK 0.7 million in 2024), the Scientific Committee of DKK 0.9 million
(DKK 1.0 million in 2024), and travel allowances of DKK 0.8 million (DKK 0.9 million in 2024) for board members with
permanent residence outside of Europe. The total remuneration of the Chair of the Board of Directors amounted
to DKK 1.8 million (DKK 1.7 million in 2024). The total remuneration of the Deputy Chair of the Board of Directors
amounted to DKK 1.3 million (DKK 1.2 million in 2024). These amounts include fees for participation in board
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
141
2.2 Employee costs (continued)
committees. The remuneration for 2025 is consistent with the remuneration presented at the Annual General Meet-
ing held on 26 March 2025.
The members of the Board of Directors held a total of 242,805 Lundbeck shares at 31 December 2025 (295,101
shares at 31 December 2024).
Accounting policies
Wages, salaries, social security contributions, annual leave and sick leave, bonuses, and non-monetary benefits are
recognized in the year in which the associated services are rendered by employees of Lundbeck. Where Lundbeck
provides long-term employee benefits, the costs are accrued over the period in which the related services are ren-
dered by the employees.
2.3 Income taxes
Tax on profit for the year
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Current tax 1,122 386 Prior-year adjustments, current tax 430 (27) Prior-year adjustments, deferred tax (231) 35 Change in deferred tax for the year (275) 110 Total tax for the year 1,046 504 Tax for the year is composed of: Tax on profit for the year 1,295 576 Tax on other comprehensive income (247) (64) Tax on other transactions in equity (2) (8) Total tax for the year 1,046 504
For a specification of tax on comprehensive income, see note 4.3 Equity.
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
142
2.3 Income taxes (continued)
Uncertain tax positions
The Group operates in a multinational tax environment. Complying with tax rules can be complex, as the interpre-
tation of legislation and case law may not always be clear or may change over time. In addition, transfer pricing
disputes with tax authorities may occur. Management’s judgments are applied when estimating the expected out-
come of disputes or interpretational uncertainties. Provisions for uncertain tax positions are determined by using
the ‘most probable outcome’ or ‘single best estimate’ method, depending on the type of uncertainty.
At 31 December 2025, uncertain tax positions comprise a liability of DKK 156 million and an asset of DKK 12 million
(a liability of DKK 221 million and an asset of DKK 21 million at 31 December 2024). Uncertain tax positions are
recognized as current tax. Management believes that the provision is adequate. However, the actual obligation may
differ from the provision made and depends on the outcome of litigations and settlements with the relevant tax
authorities.
Explanation of the Group’s effective tax rate
DKKm % 2025 Profit before tax 4,487 Calculated tax, 22% 987 22.0 Tax effect of: Differences in the income tax rates of foreign subsidiaries from the Danish corporate income tax rate 41 0.9 Non-deductible expenses/non-taxable income and other permanent differences 52 1.2 Research and development incentives (145) (3.2) Pillar Two top-up tax 1 - 1Change in valuation of net tax assets154 3.4 Change in uncertain tax positions 6 0.1 2Prior-year tax adjustments etc., total effect on operations199 4.5 Effective tax/tax rate for the year 1,295 28.9
1
The amount of DKK 154 million primarily relates to valuation allowance on deferred tax assets in subsidiaries impacted by the implementation of
the partnership model and the planned divestment of a non core production site in Italy, as described in note 1.2 Significant changes in the business. 2
The amount of DKK 199 million primarily reflects the adjustment related to the closing of an advance pricing agreement.
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
143
2.3 Income taxes (continued)
DKKm % 2024 Profit before tax 3,719 Calculated tax, 22% 818 22.0 Tax effect of: Differences in the income tax rates of foreign subsidiaries from the Danish corporate income tax rate 54 1.5 Non-deductible expenses/non-taxable income and other permanent differences 68 1.8 Research and development incentives (68) (1.8) Foreign-derived intangible income benefit (32) (0.9) Pillar Two top-up tax 1 - Change in valuation of net tax assets 10 0.3 1Change in uncertain tax positions(283) (7.6) Prior-year tax adjustments etc., total effect on operations 8 0.2 Effective tax/tax rate for the year 576 15.5
1
The amount of DKK 283 million in 2024 primarily reflects the reversal of an uncertain tax provision in the UK following the closure of a tax audit during
the period.
Deferred tax balances
Management estimates future income according to budgets, forecasts, business plans, and initiatives scheduled
for the coming years, supporting the recognition of deferred tax assets. When forecasting the utilization of tax
assets, the Group applies the same assumptions as for impairment testing. See note 3.1 Intangible assets.
At 31 December 2025, all deferred tax assets relating to tax losses carried forward in Denmark were fully utilized
(DKK 2 million at 31 December 2024).
U.S. tax losses and tax credits stemming from acquisitions have been recognized at an amount of DKK 814 million
(DKK 486 million at 31 December 2024), equaling the expected utilization within a foreseeable future, whereas an
amount of DKK 26 million (DKK 20 million at 31 December 2024) has not been recognized in the Balance sheet.
2025 2024 Deferred tax Deferred tax Deferred tax Deferred tax assets liabilities Net assets liabilities Net Deferred (tax assets)/ tax liabilities DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm Intangible assets (91) 6,974 6,883 (281) 7,939 7,658 Property, plant and equip-ment (3) 173 170 (3) 181 178 Inventories (113) 91 (22) (108) 75 (33) Provisions (995) - (995) (1,058) - (1,058) Other items (179) 56 (123) (196) 64 (132) Tax loss carry forwards etc. (494) - (494) (245) - (245) Research and development in-centives (319) - (319) (243) - (243) Deferred (tax assets)/ tax liabilities (2,194) 7,294 5,100 (2,134) 8,259 6,125 Offset within legal tax entities and jurisdictions 1,958 (1,958) - 2,045 (2,045) - Total net deferred (tax assets)/tax liabilities (236) 5,336 5,100 (89) 6,214 6,125
1 The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect the final purchase price allocation as disclosed in note 5.1 Business combination.
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
144
2.3 Income taxes (continued)
2 Results for the year
Movement in deferred tax balances
Balance at Effect of foreign exchange Adjustment of deferred tax Additions through Movements Balance at 1 January differences at beginning of year acquisitions during the year 31 December Temporary differences between assets and liabilities as stated in the consolidated Financial Statements and in the tax base DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Intangible assets 32,263 (2,944) 610 - (917) 29,012 Property, plant and equipment 776 (23) (2) - (8) 743 Inventories (68) 20 (25) - 54 (19) Provisions (4,454) 381 (1,103) - 986 (4,190) Other items¹ (513) 35 29 - (20) (469) Tax loss carryforwards etc. (1,083) 117 (276) - (882) (2,124) Total temporary differences 26,921 (2,414) (767) - (787) 22,953 Deferred (tax assets)/tax liabilities 6,368 (556) (194) - (199) 5,419 Research and development incentives (243) 37 (37) - (76) (319) Deferred (tax assets)/tax liabilities 6,125 (519) (231) - (275) 5,100
2024
Intangible assets 13,594 760 - 18,521 (612) 32,263 Property, plant and equipment 660 4 27 26 59 776 Inventories (4) 14 (29) - (49) (68) Provisions (2,575) (117) 5 (996) (771) (4,454) Other items¹ (381) (12) 17 (26) (111) (513) Tax loss carryforwards etc. (1,951) 95 138 (1,231) 1,866 (1,083) Total temporary differences 9,343 744 158 16,294 382 26,921 Deferred (tax assets)/tax liabilities 2,178 141 35 3,943 71 6,368 Research and development incentives (133) (11) - (138) 39 (243) Deferred (tax assets)/tax liabilities 2,045 130 35 3,805 110 6,125 1 Movements during the year include DKK 9 million (DKK 3 million in 2024) recognized as other comprehensive income. 2 The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect the final purchase price allocation as disclosed in note 5.1 Business combination.
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
145
2.3 Income taxes (continued)
Unrecognized deferred tax assets
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Unrecognized deferred tax assets at 1 January 103 93 Additions through acquisitions - 4 Additions 168 8 Recognized (14) (2) Unrecognized deferred tax assets at 31 December 257 103
Unrecognized deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating losses and tax credits not expected to be uti-
lized within the foreseeable future.
Global minimum top-up tax (Pillar Two)
The Group is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules, and it applies the IAS 12 exception to recognize
and disclose information about deferred tax assets and tax liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes. The Group
will incur top-up taxes due to the Pillar Two legislation that became effective on 1 January 2024. Under the legisla-
tion, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between its GloBE effective tax rate in each jurisdiction
and the 15% minimum rate.
The Group has estimated that the effective tax rates exceed 15% in all jurisdictions in which it operates, except for
Greece, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Turkey. The Group’s assessment indicates for Greece that the effective rate
based on accounting profit is 11%, for Hong Kong 15%, for Singapore 15%, and for Turkey 14% for the financial
year ended 31 December 2025. Considering the impact of specific adjustments in the Pillar Two legislation, the
Group recognized a current income tax expense of DKK 1 million (DKK 1 million in 2024), which is included in the
income tax in the Statement of profit or loss.
Accounting policies
The Parent Company and Danish subsidiaries are jointly taxed with the principal shareholder, Lundbeckfonden
(Lundbeckfond Invest A/S), and its Danish subsidiaries. The current Danish corporate income tax liability is allocated
among the companies of the tax pool in proportion to their taxable income (full allocation subject to reimbursement
in respect of tax losses). At the time of preparation of the Financial Statements, the allocation of the reimbursement
from jointly taxed companies not controlled by the Parent Company is not finalized. Consequently, adjustments to
the initial estimates made, if any, will be included as adjustments to prior years in the following financial year.
Tax for the year, which consists of the year’s current tax and the change in deferred tax, is recognized in the State-
ment of profit or loss as regards the amount that can be attributed to the net profit or loss for the year, in other
comprehensive income as regards the amount that can be attributed to items in other comprehensive income, and
in equity as regards the amount that can be attributed to items in equity. The effect of foreign exchange differences
on deferred tax is recognized in the Statement of financial position as part of the movements in deferred tax. The
Group has determined that the global minimum top-up tax, which it is required to pay under Pillar Two legislation,
is an income tax in the scope of IAS 12. The Group has applied a temporary mandatory relief from deferred tax
accounting for the impacts of the top-up tax and will account for it as a current tax when it incurs.
The current income tax charge is calculated based on the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of
the reporting period in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Management peri-
odically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is sub-
ject to interpretation and considers whether it is probable that a tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment.
The Group measures its tax balances based on either the most likely amount or the expected value, depending on
which method provides a better prediction of the resolution of the uncertainty.
Current tax for the year is calculated based on the income tax rates and rules applicable at the reporting date.
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
146
2.3 Income taxes (continued)
Current tax payables and receivables, including contributions payable and receivable under the Danish joint taxa-
tion scheme, are recognized in the Balance sheet, computed as tax calculated on the taxable income for the year
adjusted for provisional tax paid.
On initial recognition, the amendments to IAS 12 require companies to recognize deferred tax on transactions that
give rise to equal amounts of taxable and deductible temporary differences.
Deferred tax is recognized on all temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and
their tax bases. However, deferred tax is not recognized on temporary differences arising either on initial recogni-
tion of goodwill or from a transaction that is not a business combination, if the temporary difference ascertained at
the time of the initial recognition affects neither the financial results nor the taxable income and does not give rise
to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences. The tax value of the assets is calculated based on the
planned use of the individual assets.
Deferred tax is measured based on the income tax rates and tax rules in force in the respective countries at the
balance sheet date. Changes in deferred tax resulting from changed income tax rates or tax rules are recognized
in Statement of profit or loss.
Deferred tax assets, including the tax value of tax loss carryforwards, are recognized in the Balance sheet at the
value at which the assets are expected to be realized, either through an offset against deferred tax liabilities or as
net tax assets to be offset against future positive taxable income.
Changes in deferred tax concerning expenses for share-based payments are generally recognized in Statement of
profit or loss. However, if the amount of the tax deduction exceeds the related cumulative expense, it indicates that
the tax deduction relates not only to an operating expense but also to an equity item. In such a case, the excess of
the associated current or deferred tax is recognized directly in equity.
Deferred tax in respect of recaptured losses previously deducted in foreign subsidiaries is recognized based on a
specific assessment of each individual subsidiary.
Balances on interest deductibility limitations calculated according to the provisions of the Danish Corporation Tax
Act are allocated between the jointly taxed companies according to a joint taxation agreement and are allocated
between the companies that are subject to limitation of deductibility in proportion to their share of the total limita-
tion. Deferred tax liabilities in respect of these balances are recognized in the Balance sheet, whereas deferred tax
assets are recognized only if the criteria for recognition of deferred tax assets are met.
2 Results for the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
147
3.1 Intangible assets
Other Product intangible Projects in Total intangible Goodwill rights¹ assets progress assets Intangible assets DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Cost at 1 January 7,845 52,403 2,535 95 62,878 Effect of foreign exchange differences (825) (4,124) (76) - (5,025) Transfers - - 8 (8) - Additions - - 13 51 64 Disposals - (12) (3) - (15) Cost at 31 December 7,020 48,267 2,477 138 57,902 Amortization and impairment losses at 1 January - 20,024 1,826 - 21,850 Effect of foreign exchange differences - (1,197) (15) - (1,212) Amortization - 1,294 189 - 1,483 Impairment losses 12 - 3 1 16 Disposals - (12) (3) - (15) Amortization and impairment losses at 31 December 12 20,109 2,000 1 22,122 Carrying amount at 31 December 7,008 28,158 477 137 35,780
1 At 31 December 2025, product rights not yet commercialized amounted to DKK 18,280 million.
In 2025, an impairment loss of DKK 16 million was recognized in connection with the planned divestment of a
non-core production site in Italy, as disclosed in note 1.2 Significant changes in the business.
Other Product intangible Projects in Total intangible Goodwill rights2assets progress assets Intangible assets DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2024 Cost at 1 January 5,507 32,332 1,858 198 39,895 1Effect of foreign exchange differences344 1,342 18 - 1,704 Transfers - - 130 (130) - 1Additions through acquisitions1,994 18,729 526 - 21,249 Additions - - 30 27 57 Disposals - - (27) - (27) Cost at 31 December 7,845 52,403 2,535 95 62,878 Amortization and impairment losses at 1 January - 17,429 1,774 - 19,203 Effect of foreign exchange differences - 615 7 - 622 Amortization - 1,433 52 - 1,485 Impairment losses - 547 - - 547 Disposals - - (7) - (7) Amortization and impairment losses at 31 December - 20,024 1,826 - 21,850 Carrying amount at 31 December 7,845 32,379 709 95 41,028
1 The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect the final purchase price allocation as disclosed in note 5.1 Business combination. 2 At 31 De-
cember 2024, product rights not yet commercialized amounted to DKK 20,155 million.
Intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Longboard in 2024 amounted to DKK 21,249 million at the
acquisition date. This amount represents the final fair value measurement at the acquisition date, and accordingly,
the 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect the final purchase price allocation, as disclosed in note
5.1 Business combination.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
148
3.1 Intangible assets (continued)
Description of material product rights
Vyepti
®
The eptinezumab product rights (Vyepti
®
), which are investigational monoclonal antibody (mAb) for migraine pre-
vention targeting the calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP), were acquired in 2019. The value of those product
rights was DKK 13,421 million at the time of acquisition. At 31 December 2025, the carrying amount of the Vyepti
®
product rights, net of amortization, amounted to DKK 8,497 million (DKK 10,154 million at 31 December 2024). The
remaining amortization period of the Vyepti
®
product rights is around 10 years.
Rexulti
®
Rexulti
®
is a prescription medication used as an adjunctive therapy to antidepressants for the treatment of major
depressive disorder (MDD) and as a treatment for adults with schizophrenia in certain markets. Rexulti
®
is co-mar-
keted in a partnership collaboration with Otsuka Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. The carrying amount of the Rexulti
®
product rights, net of amortization, amounted to DKK 1,381 million at 31 December 2025 (DKK 1,762 million at 31
December 2024). The remaining amortization period of the Rexulti
®
product rights is around four years.
Family of MAGLi compounds
A family of compounds; a first-in-class, small-molecule inhibitor of monoacylglycerol lipase (MAGLi/MGLL) currently
being investigated in clinical trials for the treatment of neurological disorders, along with various compounds in the
preclinical phase, was acquired in 2019. The value of the family of compounds recognized as product rights was
DKK 1,853 million at the time of acquisition.
At 31 December 2025, the carrying amount was DKK 1,324 million (DKK 1,324 million at 31 December 2024) and
refers to Lu AG12947, the remaining molecule from the acquisition after the impairment recognized in 2024. As
described in the 2025 Testing outcome section below, no further impairment has been identified in 2025. Lu
AG12947 is not yet commercialized; consequently amortization has not commenced.
Bexicaserin
Bexicaserin, a novel 5-HT2C agonist in development for the treatment of seizures associated with developmental
and epileptic encephalopathies (DEEs), including Dravet syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, and other rare epi-
lepsies, was acquired in December 2024 along with the Longboard acquisition, see note 5.1 Business combination.
The value of the product rights was DKK 18,729 million at the time of acquisition. The carrying amount of DKK 16,584
million at 31 December 2025 (DKK 19,037 million at 31 December 2024) was affected by developments in the
USD/DKK exchange rate. Bexicaserin is not yet commercialized; consequently amortization has not commenced.
Amortization and impairment losses
Amortization and impairment losses for the year are included in the following line items in the Statement of profit
or loss:
2025 2024 Amortization and impairment losses DKKm DKKm Cost of sales 1,323 1,474 Sales and distribution costs 20 17 Administrative expenses 5 5 Research and development costs 135 556 Other operating expenses, net 16 - Total 1,499 2,052
Amortization expenses and impairment losses amount to DKK 1,499 million in 2025 (DKK 2,052 million in 2024).
Amortization expenses disclosed in the table above are adjusted for the effect of disposal of intangible assets.
Impairment testing
Goodwill
The Group is considered a single cash-generating unit (CGU) as this is how Management makes decisions and
assesses business performance. All subsidiaries are considered fully integrated into the Group, as no entity has a
significant independent or separately identifiable inflow of cash. Most cash inflows are based on the output from
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
149
3.1 Intangible assets (continued)
research and development activities performed by headquarters on behalf of the entire Group. Accordingly, an
impairment test is performed annually based on Lundbeck being one single CGU.
Product rights
In addition to the impairment test for goodwill (based on the CGU), the Group performs impairment tests of product
rights not yet commercialized and for product rights available for use, in case a significant indication of impairment
is identified.
Methodology
Goodwill
In the impairment test of the CGU, based on the fair value less cost of disposal, the capitalization of Lundbeck is
compared with its carrying amount. The Group performed its annual impairment test as of 31 December 2025 and
2024, which did not result in the need to recognize impairment losses on the carrying value of goodwill. However,
as a consequence of the planned divestment of a non-core production site in Italy, a separate impairment test was
performed, resulting in recognition of an impairment loss on goodwill of DKK 12 million in 2025. See note 1.2 Sig-
nificant changes in the business. Apart from this, no impairment losses on goodwill were recognized in 2025. No
impairment losses on goodwill were recognized in 2024.
Product rights
The recoverable amount of the specific product right is determined as the higher of its fair value less costs of dis-
posal and its value in use. Under both methods, the discounted expected cash flows of the asset are compared with
its carrying amount. The expected future cash flows are based on a forecast period, which is the period used by
Management for decision-making, with due consideration of patent expiry. For impairment testing of product rights
using fair value less costs of disposal methodology, the fair value measurement is categorized as level 3 in the fair
value hierarchy.
The assumptions used in the impairment test are based on benchmarked external data and historical trends. The
key parameters used in the estimation of the recoverable amount are revenue, probability of success, earnings,
working capital, discount rate, and the preconditions for the cash flow period.
Significant assumptions and estimates are applied to the discounted expected future cash flows from the product
rights. The assumptions are based on experience, external sources of information, and industry-relevant observa-
tions for each product right.
The four category elements in the table above are considered when determining the key parameters for the im-
pairment test.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial elements Market elements Prices Healthcare reforms Rebates Price reforms Quantities Market access Patient population Pharma restrictions Market shares Launch success Competition Product positioning Fill rates Competing pharmaceuticals Prescription rates Generics on the market Lundbeck costs (including promotion costs) R&D elements Other elements R&D spend Supply chain effectiveness Collaborations Strength and abilities of partners Pipeline success rate Product labeling Liaison with regulatory bodies
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
150
3.1 Intangible assets (continued)
The impairment tests for product rights are based on a weighted average discount rate, pre-tax, of 9.90% (8.34%
in 2024).
2025 testing outcome
The impairment tests performed in 2025 did not result in the recognition of any impairment loss.
2024 testing outcome
During 2024, an impairment loss of DKK 547 million was recognized as a result of the negative read-out of a com-
pound of the MAGLi family (Lu AG06474 and Lu AG12947) that was acquired in 2019 through a business combina-
tion. Management decided to discontinue the development of the molecule Lu AG06474 after the read-out, as
results did not support additional studies, resulting in the individual asset being impaired. The impairment loss was
recognized in research and development costs in the Statement of profit or loss.
Sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis of impairment tests focuses on changes in discount rate (WACC) and revenue growth, while all
other factors are held constant. Based on these analyses, Management assesses that no reasonably possible
change in any key assumption would cause the carrying amounts of the product rights to exceed their recoverable
amount as of 31 December 2025.
Accounting policies
Goodwill
On initial recognition, goodwill is measured and recognized as the excess of the cost over the fair value of the
acquired assets, liabilities, and contingent liabilities.
Development projects
Development costs are recognized in profit or loss as they incur unless the conditions for capitalization have been
met. Development costs are capitalized only if the development projects are clearly defined and identifiable and
where the technical rate of utilization of the project, the availability of adequate resources, and a potential future
market or development opportunity can be demonstrated. Furthermore, such costs are capitalized only where the
intention is to manufacture, market, or use the project, when the cost can be measured reliably and when it is
probable that future earnings can cover production, sales and distribution costs, administrative expenses, and de-
velopment costs.
After completion of the development work, development costs are amortized over the estimated useful life. The
maximum amortization period for development projects protected by intellectual property rights is consistent with
the remaining patent protection period of the rights concerned. Ongoing development projects are tested for im-
pairment at least annually or when there is an indication of impairment.
Product rights and other intangible assets
Acquired intellectual property rights in the form of product rights, patents, licenses, know-how, customer relation-
ships, and software are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. The cost of soft-
ware comprises the cost of planning, labor costs, and costs directly attributable to the project. Subsequent mile-
stone-related expenditures are considered contingent consideration, and the Group follows the cost accumulation
approach.
Product rights are amortized over the economic lives of the underlying products, which in all material aspects follow
the patent terms, currently between five and fifteen years. Other intangible assets are amortized over the useful
life/the period of agreement. Amortization commences when the asset is ready to be brought into use.
Amortization is recognized in profit or loss under cost of sales and research and development costs, respectively.
Borrowing costs to finance the manufacture of intangible assets are recognized in the cost price if such borrowing
costs relate to the production period. Other borrowing costs are expensed.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
151
3.1 Intangible assets (continued)
Gains and losses on the disposal of development projects, patents, and licenses are measured as the difference
between the selling price less cost to sell and the carrying amount at the time of sale. Gains and losses are recog-
nized in profit or loss; normally in a separate line item or, if considered immaterial to the understanding of the
consolidated Financial Statements, in the same line item as the associated amortization. In general, amortization
methods, useful lives, and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet commercialized are not subject to amor-
tization and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate
that they may be impaired. The annual impairment test is performed irrespective of whether there is any indication
of impairment.
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment in use with finite useful lives are tested for impairment when-
ever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For
the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately iden-
tifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-
generating unit). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that have suffered an impairment are reviewed for pos-
sible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.
Impairment losses are reversed only if the assumptions and estimates underlying the impairment calculation have
changed. Indications of impairment or reversal of impairment include the following:
Research and development results for a product
Changes in expected cash flows due to lower sales expectations
Changes in technology
Changes in assumptions about future use
Changes in market and legal risks
Changes in cost structure
Changes in discount rate
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
152
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
Other fixtures Prepayments Total and fittings, and assets property, Land and Plant and tools and under plant and buildings¹ machinery equipment construction equipment Property, plant and equipment DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Cost at 1 January 3,984 2,193 983 816 7,976 Effect of foreign exchange differences 1 (8) (16) (1) (24) Transfers 61 92 23 (176) - Additions 25 44 18 467 554 Disposals (16) (84) (52) - (152) Cost at 31 December 4,055 2,237 956 1,106 8,354 Depreciation and impairment losses at 1 January 2,692 1,766 797 - 5,255 Effect of foreign exchange differences - (4) (10) - (14) Depreciation 125 105 60 - 290 Impairment losses 97 103 10 224 434 Disposals (16) (83) (45) - (144) Depreciation and impairment losses at 31 December 2,898 1,887 812 224 5,821 Carrying amount at 31 December 1,157 350 144 882 2,533
1 No land and buildings were mortgaged at 31 December 2025 and at 31 December 2024.
In 2025, an impairment loss of DKK 430 million was recognized in connection with the planned divestment of a
non-core production site in Italy, as disclosed in note 1.2 Significant changes in the business.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Other fixtures Prepayments Total and fittings, and assets property, Land and Plant and tools and under plant and buildings machinery equipment construction equipment Property, plant and equipment DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2024 Cost at 1 January 3,829 2,135 912 635 7,511 Effect of foreign exchange differences - 4 4 (2) 6 Transfers 139 34 50 (223) - Additions 17 53 32 406 508 Disposals (1) (33) (15) - (49) Cost at 31 December 3,984 2,193 983 816 7,976 Depreciation and impairment losses at 1 January 2,570 1,694 748 - 5,012 Effect of foreign exchange differences - 3 2 - 5 Depreciation 123 102 61 - 286 Disposals (1) (33) (14) - (48) Depreciation and impairment losses at 31 December 2,692 1,766 797 - 5,255 Carrying amount at 31 December 1,292 427 186 816 2,721
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
153
3.2 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Depreciation and impairment losses
Depreciation and impairment losses for the year are included in the following line items in the Statement
of profit or loss: 2025 2024 Depreciation and impairment losses DKKm DKKm Cost of sales 192 194 Sales and distribution costs 22 19 Administrative expenses 18 13 Research and development costs 62 57 Other operating expenses, net 430 - Total 724 283
Depreciation expenses disclosed in the table above are adjusted for the effect of disposal of property, plant and
equipment.
Accounting policies
Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Land is not depreciated.
Cost includes the costs of acquisition and expenses directly attributable to the acquisition until the asset is ready
for use. The cost of self-constructed assets includes costs directly attributable to the construction of the asset.
Borrowing costs to finance the construction of property, plant and equipment are recognized in the cost price if
such borrowing costs relate to the production period. Other borrowing costs are expensed.
Items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of
the assets:
Buildings
30 years
Installations
10 years
Plant and machinery
3-10 years
Other fixtures and fittings, tools, and equipment
3-10 years
Leasehold improvements, max.
10 years
Depreciation methods, useful lives, and residual values are reassessed annually and adjusted if appropriate.
Costs incurred that increase the recoverable amount of an asset are added to the value of the asset as an improve-
ment and are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the improvement.
Gains or losses on the sale or disposal of items of property, plant and equipment are calculated as the difference
between the carrying amount and the selling price less cost to sell or discontinuance costs. Gains and losses are
recognized in profit or loss; normally in a separate line item or, if considered immaterial to the understanding of
the consolidated Financial Statements, in the same line item as the associated depreciation.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
154
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
2025 2024 Land and buildings DKKm DKKm Cost at 1 January 912 756 Effect of foreign exchange differences (44) 9 Additions 9 17 Additions through acquisitions - 25 Disposals (13) (20) Adjustment to right-of-use assets during the year¹ 55 125 Cost at 31 December 919 912 Depreciation and impairment losses at 1 January 451 374 Effect of foreign exchange differences (25) 6 Depreciation 92 89 Disposals (5) (18) Depreciation and impairment losses at 31 December 513 451 Carrying amount at 31 December 406 461
1 Comprises reassessment of lease terms and renewal of lease agreements.
2025 2024 Amounts recognized in profit or loss DKKm DKKm Expenses relating to short-term leases, not capitalized 2 3 Depreciation of right-of-use assets, land, and buildings 92 89 Interest expenses relating to lease liabilities 17 13Total recognized in profit or loss 111 105
Balance at Balance at 1 January Cash outflow Non-cash flow 31 December Development in lease liabilities DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Lease liabilities 519 (85) 35 469 Total lease liabilities 519 (85) 35 469 2024 Lease liabilities 437 (89) 171 519 Total lease liabilities 437 (89) 171 519
Lease liabilities break down as follows:
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Current lease liabilities 74 82 Non-current lease liabilities 395 437 Total lease liabilities 469 519
The total cash outflow from recognized lease agreements amounted to DKK 102 million (DKK 102 million in 2024)
and includes repayment of lease liabilities and interest.
The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is provided in note 4.5 Financial instruments, (d.1) Maturities of financial lia-
bilities.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
155
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (continued)
Accounting policies
Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the liability adjusted for any
lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate
of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is
located, less any lease incentives.
Subsequently, the right-of-use asset is depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date
to the end of the lease term. Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss. Right-of-use assets are presented as part
of property, plant and equipment.
Lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of future payments in accordance with the lease agreements
and include the present value of future payments relating to reasonably certain extensions. Interest on the lease
liabilities is calculated using Lundbeck’s incremental borrowing rate and recognized under financial income or fi-
nancial expenses. The lease liabilities are reduced by any instalments paid to the lessor.
Lundbeck has decided not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases and low-value
asset leases. Lundbeck recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense over the lease
term.
Lundbeck uses the same incremental borrowing rate for lease agreements with similar characteristics.
Changes to lease agreements after initial recognition are accounted for either as a modification to an existing
agreement, a separate agreement, or a partial disposal depending on the nature of the change. Changes will result
in changes to both the lease liability and the right-of-use asset.
3.4 Inventories
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Raw materials and consumables 135 197 Work in progress 2,374 2,335 Finished goods and goods for resale 1,964 1,451 Total 4,473 3,983
Inventories recognized as cost of sales amounted to DKK 2,971 million (DKK 2,800 million in 2024).
At 31 December 2025, write-downs of inventories to net realizable value recognized in the year amounted to DKK
453 million in 2025 (DKK 692 million at 31 December 2024). Existing write-downs primarily consist of DKK 151 million
for Vyepti
®
obsolescence and DKK 169 million associated with the planned divestment of a non-core production
site in Italy, as disclosed in note 1.2 Significant changes in the business. In 2025, following changes in accounting
estimates, reversals of previous write-downs related to Vyepti
®
of DKK 389 million were recognized in cost of sales.
Reversals did not exceed the amounts of the original write-downs. Management’s estimates consider expected
inventory usage, approval dates, and expected shelf life.
Inventories of DKK 2,016 million (DKK 1,988 million at 31 December 2024) are expected to be recovered after more
than 12 months, mostly due to the Vyepti
®
fixed batch quantity supply agreement, which ended in 2023.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
156
3.4 Inventories (continued)
Accounting policies
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the FIFO method.
Work in progress and finished goods manufactured by Lundbeck are measured at cost, comprising raw materials
and consumables, direct labor, and production overheads. Indirect production costs include materials, labor,
maintenance, and depreciation of production equipment and facilities, as well as factory administration and man-
agement. Indirect production costs are allocated based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.
Inventories are written down to net realizable value when this is lower than cost. Net realizable value is the esti-
mated selling price in the ordinary course of business less costs of completion and costs to sell. Net realizable value
is determined by marketability, obsolescence, and expected selling price developments.
3.5 Trade receivables
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Trade receivables 3,653 3,472 Write-downs (48) (40) Trade receivables, net 3,605 3,432
For information regarding how the Group manages credit risks, see note 4.5 Financial instruments, (c.2) Credit risk
on transactions with trade receivables.
Accounting policies
Trade receivables are initially recognized at transaction price and subsequently measured at amortized cost using
the effective interest method, less allowance for bad debts.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
157
3.6 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations
Defined contribution plans
The major defined contribution plans cover employees in Australia, Canada, China, Denmark, Finland, South Korea,
Sweden, the UK, and the U.S. The cost of defined contribution plans, representing contributions to the plans,
amounted to DKK 349 million in 2025 (DKK 334 million in 2024).
Defined benefit plans
The Group has defined benefit plans in a few countries. The most significant plans comprise current and former
employees in Germany and the UK.
The defined benefit plan in Germany is unfunded and administered by Lundbeck Germany. The defined benefit
plan in the UK is funded and constituted under a trust, whose assets are legally separated from the Group. Both
plans entitle employees to an annual pension on retirement based on their service and salary level until retirement.
2025 2024 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations DKKm DKKm Present value of defined benefit plans 419 436 Fair value of plan assets (308) (316) Limitations due to asset ceiling - 1 Defined benefit plans at 31 December 111 121 Other retirement-related obligations 14 34 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations at 31 December 125 155 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations break down as follows: Non-current assets (64) (69) Current assets (9) - Non-current obligations 188 223 Current obligations 10 1 Net retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations at 31 December 125 155
Actuarial assumptions
The following were the key actuarial assumptions at the reporting date:
2025 2024 Key assumptions for the most significant plans % % Discount rate 3.85-5.80 3.45-5.50 Inflation rate 2.00 2.05-2.20
Assumptions regarding future longevity are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics
and experience in each country. The longevities underlying the values of the defined benefit obligation for the most
significant plans were as follows:
2025 2024 Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners Years Years Female 23.70-24.40 23.70-24.30 Male 21.10-21.40 20.90-21.20 Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45 Female 24.80-26.60 24.80-26.50 Male 22.40-23.80 22.10-23.60
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
158
3.6 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
The most significant assumptions used in the calculation of the obligation for defined benefit plans are discount
rate, inflation rate, and mortality. The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the most significant
assumptions is shown below:
2025 2024 Effect in DKKm Increase¹ Decrease¹ Increase¹ Decrease¹ Discount rate (0.25% movement) 12 (12) 13 (14) Inflation rate (0.25% movement) (3) 3 (4) 4 Life expectancy (1 year movement) (14) 13 (14) 14
1 Positive amounts indicate a decrease in the actuarial obligations. Negative amounts indicate an increase in the actuarial obligations.
The sensitivity analysis indicates how a change in the individual assumptions would change the obligation. However,
the assumptions will most likely be correlated and consequently result in a different obligation.
2025 2024 Fair value of plan assets DKKm DKKm Shares 35 33 Bonds 161 44 Property 19 18 Insurance contracts 54 65 Other assets 39 156 Total 308 316
Shares, bonds, property, and other assets are measured at fair value based on quoted prices in an active market.
Insurance contracts are not based on quoted prices in an active market.
The amounts recognized in the Balance sheet and the movements in the net defined benefit obligation over the
year are as follows:
2025 2024 Change in present value of defined benefit plans DKKm DKKm Present value of defined benefit plans at 1 January 436 425 Effect of foreign exchange differences (8) 5 Pension expenses 7 7 Curtailments 45 - Interest expenses relating to the obligations 16 16 Experience adjustments 6 17 Adjustments relating to financial assumptions (14) (14) Adjustments relating to demographic assumptions 1 (2) Benefits paid (72) (20) Employee contributions 2 2 Present value of defined benefit plans at 31 December 419 436
2025 2024 Change in fair value of plan assets DKKm DKKm Fair value of plan assets at 1 January 316 293 Effect of foreign exchange differences (10) 7 Interest income on plan assets 13 12 Experience adjustments (4) 3 Administration fees (1) (1) Contributions 65 20 Benefits paid (73) (20) Employee contributions 2 2 Fair value of plan assets at 31 December 308 316
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
159
3.6 Retirement benefit obligations and similar obligations (continued)
2025 2024 Net expense recognized in profit or loss DKKm DKKm Pension expenses 7 7 Curtailments 45 - Finance costs 3 4 Administration fees 1 1 Total 56 12 2025 2024 Amount recognized in other comprehensive income DKKm DKKm Actuarial (gains)/losses (4) (1) 2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Realized return on plan assets 9 15
The benefit under unfunded defined benefit plans is paid directly by the Group. In some countries, the future con-
tribution to funded defined benefit plans depends on the development in salaries, administrative fees, and regular
premiums, and in other countries on the surplus/deficit according to local requirements. The weighted average
duration of the obligation is 10 years (11 years in 2024). The expected contribution to defined benefit plans for 2026
is DKK 20 million (DKK 13 million for 2025).
Other obligations of a retirement benefit nature
In 2025, an obligation of DKK 14 million (DKK 34 million at 31 December 2024) was recognized to cover other
obligations of a retirement benefit nature, which primarily include post-employment benefits in a number of sub-
sidiaries. These benefit payments are conditional upon specified requirements being met.
Accounting policies
Defined contribution plans
Payments to defined contribution plans are recognized in profit or loss at the due date, and any contributions
payable are recognized in the Balance sheet under current liabilities.
Defined benefit plans
The present value of the Group’s liabilities relating to future pension payments under defined benefit plans is meas-
ured on an actuarial basis once a year based on the pensionable period of employment up to the time of the actu-
arial valuation. The calculation of present value is based on assumptions of future developments of salary, interest,
inflation, mortality and disability rates, and other factors. Present value is computed exclusively for the benefits to
which the employees have earned entitlement through their employment with Lundbeck. Pension expenses, fi-
nance costs, and administration fees are recognized in profit or loss under employee costs. Actuarial gains and
losses are recognized in other comprehensive income as they are calculated and cannot subsequently be recycled
through profit or loss.
The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is recognized less the fair value of the plan assets, and any net
obligation is recognized in the Balance sheet under non-current liabilities. Any net asset is recognized in the Balance
sheet as a financial asset, considering, where relevant, the provisions of IFRIC 14 The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset,
Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
160
3.7 Provisions
Discounts and Product Legal claim Other rebates1returns2provisions3provisions Total DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Provisions at 1 January 845 240 289 560 1,934 Effect of foreign exchange differences (96) (27) - (16) (139) Additional provisions recognized 1,311 51 166 617 2,145 Provisions used during the year (1,342) (12) - (601) (1,955) Reversal of unused provisions - (1) - (66) (67) Provisions at 31 December 718 251 455 494 1,918 Provisions break down as follows: Non-current provisions - 180 452 83 715 Current provisions 718 71 3 411 1,203 Provisions at 31 December 718 251 455 494 1,918
1 For discounts and rebates, the most significant sales deductions are in the U.S. and comprise discounts and rebates given in connection with sales under
the U.S. Federal and State Government Healthcare programs, primarily Medicaid.
2 For product returns, the Group has product return obligations normal for the industry. Management does not expect any major losses from these
obligations apart from the amount already recognized.
3 Legal claim provisions refer to estimated liabilities for pending litigation and regulatory matters. For further information, see note 5.4 Contingent assets
and contingent liabilities.
Discounts and rebates
Management’s estimate of discounts and rebates is based on a calculation which includes a combination of histor-
ical product/population utilization mix, price increases, program/market growth, and state-specific information. Fur-
ther, the calculation of rebates involves legal interpretation of relevant regulations and is subject to changes in
interpretive guidance from governmental authorities. The obligations for discounts and rebates are incurred at the
time the sale is recorded; however, the actual rebate related to a specific sale may be invoiced by the authorities six
to nine months later. In addition to this billing time lag, there is no statute of limitations for states to submit rebate
claims; thus, rebate adjustments in any specific period may relate to sales from a prior period. Moreover, when a
product loses exclusivity, shifts in payer mix may cause Medicaid claims/estimates to be more volatile.
Other provisions
Other provisions primarily comprise restructuring provisions of DKK 258 million at 31 December 2025 (DKK 265
million at 31 December 2024). During 2025, the Group recognized additional restructuring provisions of DKK 409
million, of which DKK 328 million related to the announced change in Lundbeck’s commercial operating model.
During the year, DKK 353 million of restructuring provisions was utilized (including DKK 181 million related to the
commercial operating model), and DKK 63 million was released.
Accounting policies
Provisions mainly consist of provisions for discounts and rebates, product returns, pending lawsuits, environmental,
restructuring, and integration provisions. A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount.
Unsettled discounts and rebates are recognized as provisions when the timing or amount is uncertain. Where ab-
solute amounts are known, the discounts and rebates are recognized as trade payables.
Return obligations imposed on the Group are recognized as provisions in the Balance sheet.
Amounts relating to provisions are recognized when the outflow is probable, and the amount is measured as the
best estimate of the costs required to settle the liabilities at the balance sheet date.
In connection with restructurings in the Group, provisions are made only for liabilities set out in a specific restruc-
turing plan based on which the parties affected can reasonably expect that the Group will carry out the restructur-
ing, either by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main components.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
161
3.8 Other payables
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Contingent consideration 387 339 Other payables 92 100 Non-current payables 479 439 Contingent consideration - 1 Employee costs payables 1,095 1,055 Debt with public authorities 174 262 Derivatives 145 358 Other 796 784 Current payables 2,210 2,460
Contingent consideration recognized through acquisitions
As part of the acquisition of Alder BioPharmaceuticals, Inc. (subsequently renamed Lundbeck Seattle BioPharma-
ceuticals, Inc.), Lundbeck has recognized a contingent consideration liability related to sales milestones dependent
on predefined milestones being reached. At 31 December 2025, the fair value of this contingent consideration
related to this acquisition amounted to DKK 357 million (DKK 306 million at 31 December 2024).
As part of the acquisition of Abide Therapeutics, Inc. (subsequently renamed Lundbeck La Jolla Research Center,
Inc.), Lundbeck has recognized a contingent consideration liability related to sales milestones dependent on pre-
defined milestones being reached. At 31 December 2025, the fair value of this contingent consideration related to
this acquisition amounted to DKK 30 million (DKK 33 million at 31 December 2024).
Contingent considerations are recognized at fair value. The calculation of the fair value is based on the discounted
cash flow method (DCF method), which comprises significant assumptions and estimates. Expected timing of
payment (using a specific discount rate) and probability of success are key inputs to the fair value of the contingent
considerations.
The fair value adjustment of all contingent considerations amounted to a net loss of DKK 89 million (net gain of DKK
21 million in 2024), comprising DKK 90 million (DKK 39 million in 2024) of financial expenses and DKK 1 million (DKK
60 million in 2024) of financial income. The liability was impacted by favorable exchange variations of DKK 41 million
(DKK 23 million at 31 December 2024).
Accounting policies
Other payables include employee costs payables, contingent consideration, derivative financial instruments, debt
to public authorities, payables to shareholders, etc.
Contingent consideration is recognized as part of the business combination and is recognized at fair value consid-
ering the passage of time and changes in the applied probability of success. The fair value is assessed at each
reporting date, and the effect of any adjustments relating to the timing of payment and the probability of success
is recognized under financial income or financial expenses.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
162
4.1 Financial income and expenses
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Interest income from financial assets measured at amortized costs 199 218 Gain on other financial assets, measured at fair value through profit or loss 2 12 Gain on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, net - 380 Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration 1 60 Financial income 202 670 Interest expenses from financial liabilities measured at amortized costs 497 100 Interest expenses relating to lease liabilities 17 13 Loss on other financial assets, measured at fair value through profit or loss 5 14 Loss on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, net 5 - Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration 90 39 Exchange losses, net 349 14 Other financial expenses 27 41 Financial expenses 990 221 Net financials, (income)/expenses 788 (449)
In 2025, interest expenses from financial liabilities measured at amortized costs amounted to DKK 497 million (DKK
100 million in 2024), which include costs related to initial bridge financing (refinanced into bonds in May 2025), a
four-year Eurobond issued in June 2025, and the drawdown on the revolving credit facility as a result of the acqui-
sition of Longboard in December 2024.
The negative development and impact for Exchange losses, net of DKK 349 million was primarily caused by depre-
ciation of the USD exchange rate during 2025.
In 2024, as part of the business combination, the Group entered into a deal-contingent forward (foreign exchange
contract) to mitigate the foreign exchange risks associated with the acquisition of Longboard. The derivative was
designated at fair value through profit or loss and amounted to DKK 380 million. The contract was entirely settled
with the closing and cash payment of the acquisition of Longboard.
Accounting policies
Financial income and financial expenses include interest income and expenses, net gain or loss on securities and
other financial assets, including dividends, fair value adjustment of contingent consideration, fair value adjustment
of other financial liabilities, foreign currency gains or losses, and other financial income and expenses. Interest
income or expenses are recognized using the effective interest method.
4.2 Cash and cash equivalents
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Cash and cash equivalents 3,433 4,664
At 31 December 2025, Lundbeck had unutilized committed credit facilities of DKK 7.5 billion (DKK 2.5 billion at 31
December 2024).
In addition, Lundbeck has a number of uncommitted credit facilities to cover its day-to-day operations. At 31 De-
cember 2025 and 31 December 2024, these credit facilities were unutilized.
See note 4.5 Financial instruments, (d) Liquidity risk and capital structure for further information.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
163
4.3 Equity
Share capital
The share capital of DKK 996 million at 31 December 2025 is divided into 199,148,222 A-shares and 796,592,888 B-
shares of a nominal value of DKK 1 each.
Lundbeck shares have a nominal value of DKK 1. The A-share is carrying ten votes, and the B-share is carrying one
vote. The A-shares and the B-shares are ordinary, fully paid shares carrying equal economic rights in all respects.
2025 2024 Share capital DKKm DKKm At 1 January 996 996 At 31 December 996 996
Treasury shares
Proportion A-shares of B-shares of Nominal of share DKK 1 nom. DKK 1 nom. value capital Treasury shares Number Number DKKm % 2025 Shareholding at 1 January 348,816 4,164,817 4 0.45 Share buyback - 500,000 1 0.05 Shares used for funding incentive programs (221,351) (1,200,353) (1) (0.14) Shareholding at 31 December 127,465 3,464,464 4 0.36 2024 Shareholding at 1 January 466,028 3,264,112 4 0.37 Share buyback - 1,400,000 1 0.14 Shares used for funding incentive programs (117,212) (499,295) (1) (0.06) Shareholding at 31 December 348,816 4,164,817 4 0.45
The Parent Company has two classes of shares, and all shares rank equally in economic rights. The shares are
negotiable instruments with no restrictions on their transferability.
In 2025, the Parent Company acquired treasury shares at a value of DKK 20 million (DKK 46 million in 2024), corre-
sponding to 500,000 B-shares (1,400,000 B-shares in 2024). The shares were acquired to fund Lundbeck’s long-
term share-based incentive programs. A total of 221,351 A-shares and 1,200,353 B-shares were used for this pur-
pose in 2025 (117,212 A-shares and 499,295 B-shares in 2024).
The Board of Directors is authorized to issue new shares and raise the share capital of the Parent Company as set
out in article 4 of the Parent Company’s Articles of association.
The share capital follows the capital requirements of the Danish Companies Act and the rules of Nasdaq Copenha-
gen.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Total issued A-shares B-shares shares Issued shares Number Number Number At 1 January 2024 199,148,222 796,592,888 995,741,110 At 31 December 2024 199,148,222 796,592,888 995,741,110 At 31 December 2025 199,148,222 796,592,888 995,741,110
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
164
4.3 Equity (continued)
Distribution of profit
The Board of Directors is proposing a distribution of dividends for 2025 of 36% (30% in 2024) of the net profit for
the year allocated to the shareholders, equivalent to DKK 1.15 per share (DKK 0.95 per share in 2024) or DKK 1,145
million (DKK 946 million in 2024), inclusive of dividends on treasury shares. The proposed distribution of dividends
for 2025 excludes the impairment loss of the planned divestment of a non-core production site in Italy. Total divi-
dends are based on the current share capital.
Earnings per share 2025 2024 Profit for the year (DKKm) 3,192 3,143 Average number of shares (‘000 shares) 995,741 995,741 Average number of treasury shares (‘000 shares) (3,677) (4,303) Average number of shares, excl. treasury shares (‘000 shares) 992,064 991,438 Earnings per share, basic (EPS) (DKK) 3.22 3.17 Earnings per share, diluted (DEPS) (DKK) 3.22 3.17
Tax on other comprehensive income
Before tax Tax After tax DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Other comprehensive income recognized under foreign currency trans-lation reserve in the Statement of changes in equity Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign entities (1,498) - (1,498) Foreign exchange adjustments of net investments in foreign entities (1,493) 326 (1,167) Total (2,991) 326 (2,665) Other comprehensive income recognized under hedging reserve in the Statement of changes in equity Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, exchange rate 671 (148) 523 Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, interest rate 6 (1) 5 Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, price (40) 9 (31) Exchange gains/(losses), hedging (transferred to revenue) (279) 61 (218) Total 358 (79) 279 Other comprehensive income recognized under retained earnings in the Statement of changes in equity Actuarial gains/(losses) 4 - 4 Total 4 - 4 Recognized in other comprehensive income (2,629) 247 (2,382)
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
165
4.3 Equity (continued)
Before tax Tax After tax DKKm DKKm DKKm 2024 Other comprehensive income recognized under foreign currency trans-lation reserve in the Statement of changes in equity Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign entities 733 - 733 Foreign exchange adjustments of net investments in foreign entities 58 (12) 46 Total 791 (12) 779 Other comprehensive income recognized under hedging reserve in the Statement of changes in equity Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, exchange rate (378) 83 (295) Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, interest rate (7) 1 (6) Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, price (14) 3 (11) Exchange gains/(losses), hedging (transferred to revenue) 52 (11) 41 Total (347) 76 (271) Other comprehensive income recognized under retained earnings in the Statement of changes in equity Actuarial gains/(losses) 1 - 1 Total 1 - 1 Recognized in other comprehensive income 445 64 509
Foreign exchange adjustments of foreign entities resulted in a loss of DKK 1,498 million in 2025 (gain of DKK 733
million in 2024), and foreign exchange adjustments of net investments in foreign entities resulted in a loss of DKK
1,493 million (gain of DKK 58 million in 2024), are primarily driven by developments in USD/DKK and GBP/DKK ex-
change rates.
Accounting policies
Dividends
Proposed dividends are recognized as a liability at the time of adoption of the dividend resolution at the Annual
General Meeting (the time of declaration). Dividends expected to be paid in respect of the year are included in the
line item Profit for the year in the Statement of changes in equity.
Treasury shares
Acquisition and sale of treasury shares as well as dividends are recognized directly in equity under retained earn-
ings.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
166
4.4 Bank debt, bond debt, and borrowings
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Bank debt and bond debt 11,185 16,174 Total 11,185 16,174
Development in bank debt, bond debt, and borrowings
Balance at Balance at 1 January Cash inflow Cash outflow Non-cash flow131 December Development in bank debt, bond debt, and borrowings DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Bank loans 12,454 - (8,730) 10 3,734 Issued bonds 3,720 3,716 - 15 7,451 Total bank debt and bond debt 16,174 3,716 (8,730) 25 11,185 2024 Bank loans - 12,458 - (4) 12,454 Issued bonds 3,714 - - 6 3,720 Total bank debt and bond debt 3,714 12,458 - 2 16,174
1 Non-cash flow comprises development in the exchange rates and amortization.
For maturity analysis of loans, see note 4.5 Financial instruments, (d.1) Maturities of financial liabilities.
Weighted average Expiry of Fixed/ effective Amortized Nominal Fair Currency commitment floating interest rate cost value value % DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Bank loan EUR Jun 2027 Floating 2.69 3,734 3,734 3,734 Issued bonds EUR Oct 2027 Fixed 0.88 3,728 3,734 3,614 Issued bonds EUR Jun 2029 Fixed 3.38 3,723 3,734 3,758 Total 11,185 11,202 11,106 2024 Bank loan EUR Jun 2026 Floating 3.51 8,725 8,726 8,726 Bank loan EUR Apr 2026 Floating 3.34 3,729 3,729 3,729 Issued bonds EUR Oct 2027 Fixed 0.88 3,720 3,729 3,521 Total 16,174 16,184 15,976
In 2019, Lundbeck entered into a revolving credit facility (RCF) of EUR 1.5 billion with its strategic banks. The RCF
was extended in 2025 by one additional year and now expires in 2027. The flexible structure of the RCF enables
Lundbeck to repay the debt in full at short notice, normally not more than three months, while still maintaining the
facility until expiration of the credit commitment.
To hedge the risk of the drawdown on the RCF, Lundbeck swapped EUR funding into DKK by a cross-currency swap
with an amortized profile matching the expected payback profile of the underlying loan. The floating DKK debt
amount has been swapped into fixed interest by an interest rate swap with the same amortized profile and an
average fixed interest rate of 2.20%.
In October 2020, Lundbeck issued a seven-year Eurobond in the amount of EUR 500 million with a fixed coupon of
0.875%. During 2025, Lundbeck swapped the EUR debt into DKK via a cross-currency swap (fixed/fixed), providing
a lower fixed interest rate of 0.689%.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
167
4.4 Bank debt, bond debt, and borrowings (continued)
In June 2025, Lundbeck issued a four-year Eurobond in the amount of EUR 500 million with a fixed coupon of
3.375%. The net proceeds from the bond were used to refinance a EUR 500 million bridge facility that was estab-
lished in October 2024 in connection with the acquisition of Longboard Pharmaceuticals. Hence, the bond issuance
was considered to be leverage-neutral.
Both bonds have been issued under Lundbecks Euro medium-term note (EMTN) program of EUR 2 billion and are
listed on Euronext Dublin.
The Group is subject to a leverage covenant, as outlined in its financing agreements. Key terms of the leverage
covenant are as follows:
Leverage ratio limit (based on net debt to EBITDA): The Group's leverage ratio may not exceed 4.0:1,
subject to specific conditions as detailed below.
Spike provision:
o Following any acquisition, the leverage ratio may temporarily increase to a maximum of 4.5:1
for the first two full financial quarters.
o After the utilization of the spike provision, the leverage ratio must reduce to no more than 3.0:1
for two consecutive financial quarters before the spike provision can be reactivated.
The Group continuously monitors its leverage ratio to ensure compliance with the above covenant.
Accounting policies
Debt
Financial liabilities are initially recognized at fair value less transaction costs. Subsequently, the financial liabilities
are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, whereby transaction costs and any premium
or discount are recognized as financial expenses over the term of the liabilities.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
168
4.5 Financial instruments
A. Financial risk management
(a) Overview
The Group’s activities are exposed to a variety of financial risks: credit risk, liquidity risk, and market risk (including
currency risk and interest rate risk). The Group’s overall risk management structure focuses on minimizing poten-
tial adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to miti-
gate certain risk exposures. It is the Group’s policy that no trading in derivatives for speculative purposes may be
undertaken.
(b) Financial risk management structure
The Group’s approach to managing these risks is governed by the Treasury policy.
The Treasury policy serves as a framework to ensure prudent and efficient financial risk management for the
Group. The policy stipulates guidelines that govern management of the Group’s exposure to credit, liquidity, and
market risks. It is reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the activities of the Group.
The Treasury policy is presented to the Audit Committee annually for subsequent approval by the Board of Direc-
tors. As part of this, the Board of Directors approves the framework for selecting financial collaboration partners,
as well as the credit lines and types of transactions allowed.
(c) Credit risk
Credit risk arises from the likelihood that transactional counterparties may default on their obligations, causing
financial losses for the Group. Credit risk arises primarily on cash and bank balances and derivatives with banks
and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale customers, including outstanding receivables.
The Group monitors changes in credit risk by tracking available external credit ratings.
The financial assets exposed to credit risk comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, other receiva-
bles (derivatives), and other financial assets. The carrying amounts of those assets represent the maximum credit
exposure.
(c.1) Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents and other receivables
To manage credit risk regarding financial counterparties, Lundbeck sets global counterparty limits for each of
Lundbeck’s banking and investment counterparties based on credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s. Counterparty
risk towards banks with a short-term credit rating lower than A-1 (Standard & Poor’s) is kept to a minimum, only
allowing balances necessary for operating needs within the immediate future. Internal limits have been defined for
the credit exposure accepted towards the banks with whom Lundbeck collaborates, and credit lines are part of the
Treasury policy.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
169
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
(c.2) Credit risk on transactions with trade receivables
Lundbeck’s products are sold primarily to distributors of pharmaceuticals, pharmacies, and hospitals. The payment
conditions for the customers, including credit periods and any payment of interest in case of non-payment, vary but
are always based on industry practice in the relevant market. The weighted average credit period is approximately
52 days (51 days in 2024).
When collaboration is established with a new customer, credit assessment is done either by Lundbeck or an exter-
nal credit rating agency. At the time of revenue recognition, Lundbeck assesses the full lifetime-expected credit
losses. In addition, undue and due receivables are analyzed in an ongoing process. Based on the credit assess-
ment, receivables analysis, historical and industry experience, it is estimated whether the receivables are recover-
able or write-downs are needed. Historically, realized bad debts have been insignificant.
(c.3) Maturities of financial assets
The tables below summarize the Group’s financial assets into groupings based on their contractual maturities:
Between Effective Within 1 year 1 and 5 years After 5 years Total interest rates 2025 DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm % Financial assets Derivatives designated as hedging in-strument154 6 - 160 - Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments² 8 8 - 16 - Financial assets measured at FV (de-rivative instruments) 162 14 - 176 Other financial assets - - 32 32 - Other financial assets measured at FVTPL² - - 32 32 3Receivables3,654 - - 3,654 Cash and cash equivalents 3,433 - - 3,433 0-5 Financial assets measured at amor-tized cost 7,087 - - 7,087 Total financial assets 7,249 14 32 7,295 1 Fair value through other comprehensive income. 2 Fair value through profit or loss. 3 Trade and other receivables excluding financial instruments meas-
ured at fair value or designated as hedge.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
170
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
Between Effective Within 1 year 1 and 5 years After 5 years Total interest rates 2024 DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm % Financial assets Derivatives designated as hedging in-strument63 31 - 94 - Financial assets measured at FV (de-rivative instruments) 63 31 - 94 Other financial assets - - 37 37 - Other financial assets measured at FVTPL² - - 37 37 3Receivables3,502 216 - 3,718 - Cash and cash equivalents 4,664 - - 4,664 0-10 Financial assets measured at amor-tized cost 8,166 216 - 8,382 Total financial assets 8,229 247 37 8,513 1 Fair value through other comprehensive income. 2 Fair value through profit or loss. 3 Trade and other receivables excluding financial instruments meas-
ured at fair value or designated as hedge.
(d) Liquidity risk and capital structure
Pursuant to its Treasury policy, Lundbeck must ensure operational financial reserves, which implies that an absolute
minimum of DKK 1.0 billion shall be held in cash or cash equivalents, less interest-bearing debt maturing within one
year, plus non-utilized committed credit facilities with more than one year to maturity. At 31 December 2025,
Lundbeck had financial reserves of DKK 10.7 billion. In addition, Lundbeck has a number of uncommitted credit
facilities to cover its day-to-day operations.
When managing the capital structure, Lundbeck’s main objective is to support the Focused Innovator Strategy, use
capital resources for required research and development and for investments to realize the strategy, and to gen-
erate a long-term attractive return for the shareholders. Lundbeck also wishes to be a strong financial counterparty
to debt providers and other stakeholders by maintaining an investment-grade credit rating (minimum BBB-).
To manage the capital structure, Lundbeck may adjust dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to sharehold-
ers, issue new shares, sell assets to reduce debt, or increase debt. To minimize refinancing risk, Lundbeck strives to
have diversified funding, both in terms of duration and source.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
171
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
(d.1) Maturities of financial liabilities
The tables below summarize the Group’s financial liabilities into groupings based on their contractual maturities:
Between Effective Within 1 year 1 and 5 years After 5 years Total interest rates 2025 DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm % Financial liabilities Derivatives designated as hedging in-strument59 7 - 66 Financial liabilities measured at FV (derivatives instruments) 59 7 - 66 3Contingent consideration- 357 30 387 Other financial liabilities measured at FVTPL² - 357 30 387 4Bank and bond debt270 11,663 - 11,933 0-4 Lease liabilities 74 267 128 469 1-13 Trade and other payables 4,663 - - 4,663 - Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 5,007 11,930 128 17,065 Total financial liabilities 5,066 12,294 158 17,518 1 Fair value through other comprehensive income. 2 Fair value through profit or loss. 3 See note 3.8 Other payables. 4 Amortized cost including future
coupon/interest payments.
Between Effective Within 1 year 1 and 5 years After 5 years Total interest rates 2024 DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm % Financial liabilities Derivatives designated as hedging in-strument348 10 - 358 Financial liabilities measured at FV (hedging instruments) 348 10 - 358 3Contingent consideration- - 340 340 Other financial liabilities measured at FVTPL² - - 340 340 4Bank and bond debt510 16,437 - 16,947 0-4 Lease liabilities 82 266 171 519 1-13 Trade and other payables 5,274 98 - 5,372 - Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 5,866 16,801 171 22,838 Total financial liabilities 6,214 16,811 511 23,536
1 Fair value through other comprehensive income. 2 Fair value through profit or loss. 3 See note 3.8 Other payables. 4 Amortized cost including future
coupon/interest payments.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
172
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
(d.2) Financial covenants linked with debt
For information regarding financial covenants, see note 4.4 Bank debt, bond debt and borrowings.
(e) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of
changes in market prices. At Lundbeck, market risk comprises mainly two types of risk: fluctuations in foreign ex-
change and interest rates. The aim of market risk management is to control exposure to market risks within ac-
ceptable parameters, while optimizing return.
(e.1) Currency risk
Foreign currency management is handled centrally by the Parent Company. Foreign currency management focuses
on risk mitigation and is carried out in conformity with the Group’s Treasury policy, as approved by the Board of
Directors. The overall objective is to assess and mitigate foreign currency risks to protect Lundbeck against impacts
from changing conditions in the foreign exchange markets. Foreign currency risks comprise transaction risk in
several currencies and translation risk emanating from net investments in foreign subsidiaries.
The Parent Company hedges part of the Group’s anticipated revenue in selected currencies for a period of 12-18
months, using forward exchange contracts and currency options. The majority of foreign currency risks arise from
USD, CNY, and CAD. Hedging is performed on a rolling basis each month. The forward exchange contracts and
currency options are classified as hedging instruments when meeting the accounting criteria for hedge accounting
according to IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. Unhedged cash flows are sold spot.
Estimated impact of financial instruments on profit for the year and equity from a 5% increase in year-end ex-
change rates of the major currencies
CAD¹ CNY¹ USD¹ DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Profit for the year (6) 8 99 Equity (21) (14) (254) 2024 Profit for the year (2) 9 156 Equity (24) (16) (205) 1 An immediate 5% decrease would have the opposite impact of the above.
The sensitivity analysis shown only comprises the impact from Lundbeck’s financial instruments and reflects a rela-
tive change in exchange rates at 31 December 2025 and 2024. The sensitivity analysis includes derivatives, bank
loans, trade receivables, trade payables, intercompany lending, and borrowing as these are the financial instru-
ments to which the Group has the most currency exposure.
The profit impact comprises financial instruments that remained open at the balance sheet date and have an impact
on profit in the current financial year. It includes foreign exchange differences relating to intra-group balances that
are not eliminated from the consolidated Financial Statements. The calculation of the estimated impact is based on
the functional currency of the entities in which the financial instruments are located.
The equity impact includes financial instruments that remained open at the balance sheet date and are exchange
rate adjusted in other comprehensive income. The equity effect in 2025 and 2024 primarily consists of exchange
rate adjustments on foreign exchange differences on outstanding cash flow hedging contracts.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
173
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
Due to Denmark’s long-standing fixed exchange rate policy against the euro and the expected continuation of this
policy, the foreign currency risk for the euro is considered immaterial, and the euro is therefore not included in the
table above.
(e.2) Interest rate risk
Lundbeck ensures that interest rate risk is managed according to the Treasury policy. Interest rate risk relates
mainly to outstanding interest-bearing debt with floating interest rates. Interest rate risk management is handled
centrally by the Parent Company. Through the Group’s Treasury policy, the Board of Directors has approved limits
for interest rate exposure. Only a limited part of the total loan portfolio is allowed to have floating interest rates,
and to hedge the interest rate risk on loans, the Board of Directors has approved the use of interest rate swaps
(IRS), caps, floors, and forward rate agreements (FRAs).
Lundbeck’s exposure to interest rate risk is low, as both outstanding bonds have fixed coupon rates and the draw-
down on the revolving credit facility is swapped into fixed interest rates. For more information, see note 4.4 Bank
debt, bond debt, and borrowings.
An interest rate change on bank debt and bond debt, including the cross-currency swap and interest rate swap, of
+/- 1 percentage point would decrease/increase profit for the year before tax by DKK 6 million (DKK 36 million in
2024) and increase/decrease equity by DKK 25 million at 31 December 2025 (DKK 32 million at 31 December 2024).
B. Overview of the Group’s financial instruments
(a) Accounting classification and fair values
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair value of financial assets and liabilities, including their levels
in the fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not
measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Financial assets and financial liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Financial assets Other financial assets¹ 5 - 27 Derivatives¹ - 260 - Total 5 260 27 Financial liabilities Contingent consideration¹ - - 387 Derivatives¹ - 145 4 Bank debt² - 3,734 - Bond debt² 7,372 - - Total 7,372 3,879 391 2024 Financial assets Other financial assets¹ 7 - 30 Derivatives¹ - 58 36 Total 7 58 66 Financial liabilities Contingent consideration¹ - - 340 Derivatives¹ - 358 - Bank debt² - 12,455 - Bond debt² 3,521 - - Total 3,521 12,813 340
1 Measured at fair value. 2 Disclosed at fair value.
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
174
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
The fair value of listed securities is based on publicly quoted prices of the invested assets. The fair value of deriva-
tives is calculated by applying recognized measurement techniques, whereby assumptions are based on the market
conditions prevailing at the balance sheet date.
The fair value of contingent consideration is calculated as the discounted cash outflows (DCF method) from future
milestone payments, taking the probability of success into consideration. The fair value of other financial assets is
calculated through the financial performance of the market inputs and other market conditions prevailing at the
balance sheet date.
The carrying amount of other receivables, trade receivables, prepayments, bank debt, other debt, trade payables,
and other payables is believed to be equal to or close to fair value.
There are no changes in the valuation techniques used to determine the fair values of assets recognized and dis-
closed.
(b) Derivative financial instruments
Lundbeck uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to certain market risks.
There is no hedge ineffectiveness as of 31 December 2025 and 2024. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied to all hedges.
The table below contains the Group’s derivative financial instruments:
Reclassified from OCI to Fair value Fair value Statement recognized recognized of profit or Fair value, in OCI in OCI Effective loss Notional net (Unrealized) (Unrealized) hedge rate (Realized) Derivatives designated as hedging in-struments DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Asset Liability Forward contracts Foreign exchange¹ 8,583 87 136 49 275 USD 6,552 100 109 9 639.19 221 Other currencies 2,031 (13) 27 40 54 Option contracts Currency option¹ 1,429 8 18 10 4 USD 1,429 8 18 10 620.06 (4) Other currencies - - - - 8 Cross-currency swap² 3,730 3 6 3 28 Hedge - PPA 71 (4) - 4 - Total 13,813 94 160 66 307
1 Realized gains/losses transferred from OCI to revenue. 2 Realized gains/losses transferred from OCI to financial items.
Fair value rec-Fair value rec-ognized in ognized in Recognized in profit and loss profit and loss profit and loss Notional Fair value, net (Unrealized) (Unrealized) (Realized) Derivatives not designated as hedg-ing instruments DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2025 Asset Liability Forward contracts Foreign exchange 953 8 8 - (13) Cross-currency swap 3,730 8 8 - 4 Total 4,683 16 16 - (9)
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
175
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
Reclassified from OCI to Fair value Fair value Statement recognized recognized of profit or Fair value, in OCI in OCI Effective loss Notional net (Unrealized) (Unrealized) hedge rate (Realized) Derivatives designated as hedging in-struments DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2024 Asset Liability Forward contracts Foreign exchange¹ 9,137 (278) 56 334 (11) USD 6,802 (309) - 309 678.19 (45) Other currencies 2,335 31 56 25 34 Option contracts Currency option¹ 880 (12) - 12 (41) USD 431 (9) - 9 652.43 (35) Other currencies 449 (3) - 3 (6) Cross-currency swap² 8,206 (9) 1 11 - Hedge - PPA 43 36 36 - - Total 18,266 (263) 93 357 (52)
1 Realized gains/losses transferred from OCI to revenue. 2 Realized gains/losses transferred from OCI to financial items.
Fair value rec-Fair value rec-ognized in ognized in Recognized in profit and loss profit and loss profit and loss Notional Fair value, net (Unrealized) (Unrealized) (Realized) Derivatives not designated as hedg-ing instruments DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm DKKm 2024 Asset Liability Forward contracts Foreign exchange - - - - 380 Total - - - - 380
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
176
4.5 Financial instruments (continued)
Accounting policies
Financial instruments
Forward exchange contracts and other derivatives are initially recognized in the Balance sheet at fair value at the
contract date and subsequently remeasured at fair value at the balance sheet date. The fair value of derivatives is
determined by applying recognized measurement techniques, whereby assumptions are based on the market con-
ditions prevailing at the balance sheet date. Positive and negative fair values are included in other receivables and
other payables, respectively.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives classified as cash flow hedging instruments and meeting the criteria for
hedge accounting are recognized in other comprehensive income. On recognition of hedged items, income and
expenses relating to such hedging transactions are transferred from other comprehensive income and recognized
in the same line item as the hedged item.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting are recognized in the Statement of
profit or loss under financial income or financial expenses as they arise.
Securities, equity investments recognized in other financial assets, derivatives, and contingent consideration meas-
ured at fair value are classified according to the fair value hierarchy as belonging to levels 1-3 depending on the
valuation method applied.
Securities
On initial recognition, securities (including the bond portfolio), which are included in the Group’s documented in-
vestment strategy for excess liquidity and recognized under current assets, are measured at fair value. Subse-
quently, the securities are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date. The fair value is based on publicly
quoted prices of the invested assets. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss
under financial income or financial expenses.
Other financial assets
Equity investments that are not investments in associates are classified as other financial assets.
On initial recognition, equity investments are measured at fair value. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value
at the balance sheet date, and changes to the fair value are recognized under financial income or financial expenses
or in other comprehensive income according to an individual decision for each equity investment.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
177
5.1 Business combination
On 2 December 2024, Lundbeck completed the acquisition of Longboard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (herein denomi-
nated Longboard), a U.S.-listed entity, at a total purchase consideration of USD 2.35 billion fully paid (DKK 16.6
billion), on a fully diluted basis. Lundbeck obtained control of Longboard by acquiring 39,168,546 of issued shares,
representing 100% of Longboard’s share capital. Under the terms of the agreement, Lundbeck paid an amount of
USD 60.00 per share.
Longboard is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on developing novel, transformative medicines
for neurological diseases. Its lead asset, bexicaserin, has shown encouraging anti-seizure reduction to date in pre-
clinical and clinical studies, with its next-generation superagonist mechanism specifically targeting 5-HT2C recep-
tors, which supports bexicaserin’s potential to offer a highly differentiated and best-in-class profile. Bexicaserin is
now being evaluated in a global phase III clinical program (the DEEp program).
The acquisition of Longboard marked a strategic milestone for Lundbeck, enhancing and complementing our Fo-
cused Innovator Strategy and advancing our goal of building a neuro-rare disease franchise.
Through the acquisition of Longboard, Lundbeck gains access to bexicaserin, a novel 5-HT2C agonist in develop-
ment for the treatment of seizures associated with developmental and epileptic encephalopathies (DEEs), including
Dravet syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, and other rare epilepsies. This aligns with Lundbeck’s expertise in
delivering innovative treatments and re-establishes our scientific and commercial leadership in rare epilepsies. Bex-
icaserin has entered a global phase III trial (DEEp SEA program) evaluating bexicaserin for the treatment of seizures
associated with Dravet syndrome in participants two years of age and older. The DEEp SEA study is part of a broader
DEEp program (DEEp SEA, DEEp OCEAN, and DEEp OLE), which is planned to take place across approximately 80
sites globally and include approximately 480 participants with a range of DEEs. Bexicaserin has received a break-
through therapy designation (BTD) from the U.S. FDA and is set to become a cornerstone of Lundbeck’s new neuro-
rare disease franchise. Recent nine-month open-label data further supports the de-risked nature of its 5-HT2C
mode of action, highlighting its superior target product profile.
As a result of the acquisition, Longboard has become a wholly owned subsidiary of Lundbeck, and the common
stock of Longboard has been delisted from the NASDAQ Global Market.
The net assets recognized in the 2024 Financial Statements were based on a provisional assessment of the fair
value of the net assets acquired. During 2025, Lundbeck finalized the purchase price allocation in accordance with
IFRS 3, including the identification and measurement of acquired intangible assets, assumed liabilities, and related
deferred tax effects. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are presented in the table below. The
table sets out the final amounts of net assets acquired and goodwill recognized at the acquisition date.
5 Other disclosures
Provisional PPA fair value Final PPA fair value DKKm DKKm Right-of-use assets 25 25 Intangible assets 16,453 19,255 Other receivables 33 33 Deferred tax asset 991 816 Prepayments 100 100 Cash and cash equivalents 886 886 Securities 941 941 Lease liabilities (26) (26) Deferred tax liabilities (3,949) (4,621) Trade payables (83) (83) Other payables (2,730) (2,730) Net identifiable assets acquired 12,641 14,596 Goodwill 3,949 1,994 Total consideration paid in cash 16,590 16,590 Cash and cash equivalents 886 886 Net outflow of cash investing activities 15,704 15,704
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
178
5.1 Business combination (continued)
During the measurement period, the provisional amounts recognized in 2024 were updated based on new infor-
mation obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. These updates primarily related
to the final valuation of intangible assets and the associated deferred tax liability. Consequently, the final fair values
were determined to be DKK 19,255 million for intangible assets, DKK 4,621 million for deferred tax liabilities, and
DKK 1,994 million for goodwill. The 2024 comparative figures have been restated to reflect these measurement
period adjustments.
The intangible assets recognized by the Group comprise product rights of DKK 18,729 million and know-how of
DKK 526 million. The valuation methods for measuring the fair value of the acquired intangible assets were as
follows:
Asset acquired Valuation method applied Product right (Bexicaserin) The fair value of the Bexicaserin product right is determined using an income-based multi-period excess earnings method (MEEM) ap-proach, reflecting the total expected revenues from Bexicaserin sales and the product’s estimated economic life. Know-how The fair value of know-how is determined using the cost method, re-flecting the estimated cost to reproduce or replace the asset at cur-rent market prices.
Goodwill represents the value of the acquired workforce and the expected synergies arising from the acquisition.
None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
Accounting policies
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations. The consideration trans-
ferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises:
Fair values of the assets transferred.
Liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business.
Equity interests issued by the Group.
Fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement.
Fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary. Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and
contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their
fair values at the acquisition date.
The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis,
either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable
assets. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
The excess of the consideration transferred, amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the net identi-
fiable assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable
assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognized directly in the Statement of profit or loss as a bargain
purchase.
5.2 Other operating expenses, net
In 2025, Other operating expenses, net amounted to DKK 969 million and primarily comprise the impairment loss
related to the planned divestment of a non-core production site in Italy, as well as the major restructuring costs
arising from the announced changes in the commercial operations on 9 September 2025. See note 1.2 Significant
changes in the business. The comparative figure of DKK 420 million in 2024 includes transaction and integration
costs related to the acquisition of Longboard. See note 5.1 Business combination.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
179
5.3 Incentive programs
To attract, retain, and motivate key employees and align their interests with those of its shareholders, Lundbeck
has established a number of long-term incentive programs. Lundbeck uses equity- and cash-settled programs.
Equity-settled programs
As from 2023, the Group has established a performance share units (PSU) program in substitution for the previous
restricted share units (RSU) program for Lundbeck’s Registered Executive Leadership Team and key employees, as
part of Lundbeck’s recurring long-term incentive program. The general terms and conditions for the PSU program
are similar to those applying to the RSU program. In 2024, the Registered Executive Leadership Team and some
key employees were granted PSUs. The total number of units granted to the above-mentioned employees is dis-
closed below. The price of the granted shares is referenced to the price of B-shares. The participants were selected
based on job level. All the PSUs/RSUs vest three years after grant. Vesting is subject to the Board of Directors’
decision on vesting, to Lundbeck achieving certain strategic and financial targets specified by the Board of Directors,
and to continuing employment with the Group during the vesting period. The fair value of PSUs and RSUs has been
calculated based on the share price reduced by an expected dividend yield of 2.00% p.a. The fair value is disclosed
below for each date of grant. At 31 December 2025, a total of 1.6 million instruments (1.4 million at 31 December
2024) were outstanding for key management, including all ongoing programs.
1PSU and RSU programs2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Number of persons included in the program 208 215 166 176 139 Total number of PSUs/RSUs granted 2,047,231 2,165,649 1,738,514 1,592,060 801,365 Number of PSUs/RSUs granted to the Registered Execu-tive Leadership Team 373,188 470,009 407,514 385,659 173,905 Vesting date 01.02.2028 01.02.2027 01.02.2026 01.02.2025 01.02.2024 Fair value at the date of grant, DKK 40.50 31.07 28.29 28.43 47.24
1 The Group introduced a performance share units (PSU) program in 2023. Consequently, information for 2023 comprises details on PSUs, and information
for 2021 and 2022 comprises details on RSUs. In 2025, a combined PSU and RSU was introduced which has consequently led to the grant of both PSU and
RSU in 2025.
Cash-settled programs
In 2025 and 2024, the cash-settled programs consisted of performance cash units (PCUs) and restricted cash units
(RCUs). The cash-settled programs cannot be converted into shares, as these programs are settled in cash.
As from 2023, the Group has established a PCU program in substitution for the RCU program for a few key employ-
ees in the subsidiaries. The general terms and conditions for the PCU program are similar to those applying to the
RCU program. In 2025, their program was re-established to only cover an RCU program. At 31 December 2025, the
RCUs granted to key employees totaled 11,258 RCUs (18,842 PCUs for the 2024 program). All PCUs and RCUs will
vest three years after grant. Vesting is subject to the Board of Directors’ decision on vesting, to Lundbeck achieving
certain strategic and financial targets specified by the Board of Directors, and to continuing employment with the
Group during the vesting period. The size of the amount depends on the value of the Lundbeck share on the vesting
date. The fair value at the time of the initial grant was DKK 40.5 per RCU (DKK 31.07 per PCU for the 2024 program).
The RCUs granted in 2022 vested in 2025, after which the program was settled. The RCUs granted in 2021 vested
in 2024, after which the program was settled.
Fair value, liability, and expenses recognized in the Statement of profit or loss
The PSUs/RSUs granted are recognized in profit or loss for 2025 and 2024 at an expense corresponding to the fair
value at the time of grant for the part of the vesting period attributable to each one. The total expenses recognized
in respect of equity-settled programs amounted to DKK 44 million (DKK 45 million in 2024). At 31 December 2025,
the grant‑date fair value of unvested equity‑settled awards outstanding was DKK 221 million (DKK 192 million at 31
December 2024).
The PCUs/RCUs granted are recognized in the Statement of profit or loss at an expense for the year arising from
remeasurement of the fair value of the cash‑settled liability. The total expenses recognized in respect of cash-settled
programs amounted to DKK 16 million (DKK 2 million in 2024) and cover all cash-settled programs in force at 31
December 2025. At 31 December 2025, the total liability in respect of cash-settled programs was DKK 17 million
(DKK 2 million at 31 December 2024). The total expenses recognized in profit or loss for all incentive programs
amounted to DKK 60 million in 2025 (DKK 47 million in 2024).
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
180
5.3 Incentive programs (continued)
Accounting policies
Share-based payments
Share-based incentive programs in which shares are granted to employees and in which employees may opt to buy
shares in the Parent Company (equity-settled programs) are measured at the equity instruments’ fair value at the
date of grant and recognized as employee costs over the vesting period as employees earn the right to receive or
purchase the shares. The offsetting item is recognized directly in equity under retained earnings.
Share price-based incentive programs in which employees have the difference between the agreed price and the
actual share price settled in cash (cash-settled programs) are measured at fair value at the date of grant and rec-
ognized as employee costs over the vesting period as employees earn the right to the cash settlement. The cash-
settled programs are subsequently remeasured at each balance sheet date and upon final settlement, with any
changes in fair value recognized in employee costs. The offsetting item is recognized under liabilities until the time
of the final settlement.
5.4 Contingent assets and contingent liabilities
Pending legal proceedings
Lundbeck is involved in pending legal proceedings arising out of the normal conduct of its business. While provi-
sions that Management deems to be reasonable and appropriate have been made for probable losses, there are
inherent uncertainties connected with these estimates.
In June 2013, Lundbeck received the European Commission’s decision that agreements concluded with four generic
competitors concerning citalopram violated competition law. The decision included fining Lundbeck EUR 93.8 mil-
lion (approximately DKK 700 million). Lundbeck paid and expensed the fine in the third quarter of 2013. In March
2021, the European Court of Justice rejected Lundbeck’s final appeal of the European Commission’s decision. So-
called follow-on claims for reimbursement of alleged losses resulting from violation of competition law often arise
when decisions and fines issued by the European Commission are upheld by the European Court of Justice. The
below-mentioned follow-on claims are ongoing or threatened. Lundbeck disagrees with all claims and intends to
defend itself against them.
At the end of the first quarter of 2023, the UK health authorities served their claim form on Lundbeck and several
generic companies, and Lundbeck filed its defense in the third quarter of 2023. The hearing on whether the claim
is time-barred was held in the second quarter of 2024, and the Competition Appeal Tribunal subsequently issued a
decision in favor of the UK health authorities. Lundbeck was granted permission to appeal the decision to the Court
of Appeal, and the Court of Appeal issued a decision in favor of the UK health authorities in the second quarter of
2025. In October 2025, the Supreme Court refused Lundbeck’s application for permission to appeal the ruling on
time-barring.
In late October 2021, Lundbeck received a writ of summons from a German healthcare company claiming compen-
sation for an alleged loss of profit plus interest payments, allegedly resulting from Lundbeck’s conclusion of agree-
ments with two of the four generic competitors, which were covered by the EU Court of Justice ruling. Lundbeck
filed its first defense in May 2022, and the parties have subsequently exchanged additional pleadings. The first
instance court hearing was held in the second quarter of 2024, and Lundbeck currently expects a first instance
court ruling in 2026. The first instance court ruling may be appealed, and it may take several years before a final
conclusion is reached by the German courts.
In October 2024, Lundbeck received a claim form from the health authority in one of the regions (comunidades
autónomas) in Spain, and in November 2024 Lundbeck filed its defense. The first instance court hearing was held
in the second quarter of 2025, and a first instance ruling was issued in the third quarter of 2025. The court dismissed
the health authority’s claim based on time-barring. The health authority has appealed the decision.
Lundbeck has been informed about potential claims in several European countries, however, it is still uncertain
whether the potential claims will be actively pursued.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
181
5.4 Contingent assets and contingent liabilities (continued)
In Canada, Lundbeck is involved in a product liability class-action lawsuit against several Selective Serotonin
Reuptake Inhibitor (SSRI) manufacturers (including Lundbeck), alleging that SSRIs (Celexa
®
/Cipralex
®
) induce autism
birth defects. Lundbeck strongly disagrees with the claim. Other product liability claims concerning Rexulti
®
, Abilify
Maintena
®
, and Celexa
®
have all been closed.
Otsuka and Lundbeck received paragraph IV certifications from Sun Pharma, Apotex, and Alvogen with respect to
certain patents listed for Abilify Maintena
®
in the U.S. and commenced patent infringement proceedings against all
three companies. The case with Sun Pharma has now been settled, whereas the cases against Apotex and Alvogen
are scheduled for trial in October 2026. The FDA will stay approval to Apotex and Alvogen until 30 months from
receipt of the respective paragraph IV certifications or a court decision in Apotex’s or Alvogen’s favor.
Lundbeck received a civil investigative demand (CID) from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) in March 2020. The
CID seeks information regarding the sales, marketing, and promotion (including the promotional speaker program)
of Trintellix
®
. Lundbeck is cooperating with the DOJ.
1
In June 2022 in the U.S., several entities created for the purpose of receiving assignment of claims from payors
providing health insurance coverage pursuant to Medicare Parts C and D and Medicaid filed a complaint against
Lundbeck and others. The complaint alleged that Lundbeck and the other defendants conspired to increase the
unit price and quantity dispensed of Xenazine
®
. The case was dismissed with prejudice in 2023, all appeals have
been exhausted, and the case is closed.
1
In June 2023 in the U.S., Humana Inc., an insurer, filed a complaint against Lundbeck U.S. legal entities. The com-
plaint alleges that Lundbeck engaged in an illegal kickback scheme to increase the sales and sale price of Lundbeck’s
Xenazine
®
. The complaint alleges that Lundbeck’s activities targeted Humana Inc. and other private Medicare insur-
ers, who were forced to bear the costs of the alleged illegally subsidized drug sales. Lundbeck denies the allegations
in the complaint and intends to defend itself.
1
Environmental matters
PFAS pollution has been identified at Lundbeck’s site in Lumsås. Pollution to the soil and water has occurred from
the use of PFAS-containing firefighting foam in the factory’s fire extinguishing system, which was used until 2011 in
compliance with applicable law and following recommendations by the fire authorities at that time. The case is being
managed in accordance with the requirements set by the authorities and in line with Lundbeck’s HSE, Compliance,
and Sustainability policies. Since the pollution was detected, Lundbeck has been engaged in a close dialogue with
the Danish Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regarding the mapping and remediation of the pollution.
Lundbeck has proactively taken steps to reduce PFAS levels while continuously engaging with neighbors and the
municipality to address concerns in the local community. As remediation and mitigation action advances, our
knowledge and understanding of PFAS pollution will continue to evolve, and we are committed to continuing to
take further steps to reduce PFAS levels in the area.
Joint taxation
H. Lundbeck A/S and its Danish subsidiaries participate in Danish joint taxation with Lundbeckfonden (Lundbeck-
fond Invest A/S) and its Danish subsidiaries, with Lundbeckfond Invest A/S acting as the administration company.
Under Danish joint taxation rules, the companies included are jointly and severally liable for Danish corporate in-
come taxes for the periods in which they are part of the tax group. The companies are also subject to secondary
liability for obligations to withhold tax on dividends, interest, and royalties. The secondary liability is limited to an
amount equal to the share of the capital of the company that is directly or indirectly owned by the ultimate parent
company. The total tax liability for the Danish joint tax group is recognized in the Financial Statements of the ad-
ministration company, Lundbeckfond Invest A/S.
5 Other disclosures
1 Legal case not related to the Parent Company.
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
182
5.5 Audit fees
2025 2024 DKKm DKKm Statutory audit 13 12 Assurance engagements other than audit 2 2 Tax advisory 5 1 Other services 2 1 Fee to PricewaterhouseCoopers 22 16
The fee for non-audit services provided to the Group by PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revi-
sionspartnerselskab, Denmark, amounted to DKK 6 million (DKK 2 million in 2024) and consisted of limited assur-
ance of the Sustainability Statement, other assurance services, and other accounting and tax advisory services.
Certain subsidiaries of the Group are not subject to audit by PricewaterhouseCoopers.
5.6 Contractual obligations not recognized in the Balance sheet
Research and development milestones and collaborations
The Group has entered into a number of agreements relating to research and development of new products and
intellectual property rights from acquisitions, as well as other collaborations. Under the agreements, Lundbeck is
committed to paying for the research and development services provided by third parties. The obligation amounts
to DKK 2,979 million. Further, Lundbeck is committed to paying certain milestones related to achieving different
research, development, and regulatory milestones. Such amounts entail uncertainties in relation to the period in
which payments are due because a proportion of the obligations is dependent on the milestone achievements.
At 31 December 2025, potential future milestone payments amounted to DKK 2,883 million (DKK 770 million at 31
December 2024).
Sales milestones, royalties, and other payments
Lundbeck is committed to paying certain commercial sales milestones, royalties, or other payments based on a
percentage of sales generated from the sale of goods following marketing approval. These amounts are excluded
from the contractual obligations because of their contingent nature, being dependent on future sales.
Other purchase obligations
The Group has undertaken purchase obligations relating to property, plant and equipment in the amount of DKK
444 million (DKK 637 million at 31 December 2024). Contractual obligations for intangible assets, excluding com-
mitments with R&D milestones and collaborations, amounted to DKK 5 million (DKK 24 million at 31 December
2024), and other obligations relating to licensing agreements and lease obligations for signed but not yet com-
menced lease agreements as per commencement date in accordance with IFRS 16 amounted to DKK 25 million at
31 December 2025 (DKK 7 million at 31 December 2024).
The contractual obligations not recognized in the Balance sheet represent contractual payments and are neither
discounted nor risk-adjusted.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
183
5.7 Related parties
Lundbeck’s related parties
The Parent Company’s principal shareholder, Lundbeckfonden (Lundbeckfond Invest A/S), Scherfigsvej 7, 2100
Copenhagen Ø, Denmark.
Companies in which Lundbeckfonden exercises controlling influence, including ALK-Abelló A/S and Falck A/S.
Members of the Parent Company’s Registered Executive Leadership Team and Board of Directors, as well as close
relatives of these individuals.
Companies in which members of the Parent Company’s Registered Executive Leadership Team and Board of
Directors, as well as close relatives of these individuals, exercise controlling influence.
Transactions and balances with Lundbeckfonden
There have been the following transactions and balances with Lundbeckfonden:
Payment of dividends of DKK 652 million in 2025 (DKK 481 million in 2024).
Payment of on-account tax of DKK 785 million in 2025 (DKK 200 million in 2024) for the Parent Company and
Danish subsidiaries.
Refund of residual tax of DKK 283 million in 2025 (DKK 40 million in 2024) for the Parent Company and Danish
subsidiaries.
Lundbeckfonden exercises controlling influence over H. Lundbeck A/S.
Transactions and balances with the ALK Group
There have been no transactions or balances with the ALK Group.
Transactions and balances with the Falck Group
There have been no material transactions or balances with the Falck Group.
Transactions and balances with the Registered Executive Leadership Team and the Board of Directors
In addition to the transactions with members of the Registered Executive Leadership Team and the Board of Direc-
tors outlined in notes 2.2 Employee costs and 5.3 Incentive programs, the Parent Company has paid dividends on
shares held by members of the Registered Executive Leadership Team and the Board of Directors in H. Lundbeck
A/S.
Transactions and balances with other related parties
Other than the above, there have been no material transactions or balances with other related parties.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
184
5.8 List of subsidiaries
The list below shows the subsidiaries in the Group.
Share of voting rights and ownership Purpose % Lundbeck Argentina S.A., Argentina Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Australia Pty Ltd, Australia, including Sales and distribution 100 - CNS Pharma Pty Ltd, Australia Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Austria GmbH, Austria Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck S.A., Belgium Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Brasil Ltda., Brazil Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Canada Inc., Canada Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Chile Farmacéutica Ltda., Chile Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck (Beijing) Pharmaceuticals Consulting Co., Ltd., China Sales services 100 Lundbeck Colombia S.A.S., Colombia Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Croatia d.o.o., Croatia Other 100 Lundbeck Czech Republic s.r.o., Czech Republic Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Export A/S, Denmark Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Pharma A/S, Denmark Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Eesti A/S, Estonia Sales and distribution 100 OY H. Lundbeck AB, Finland Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck SAS, France Sales and distribution 100 Sofipharm SAS, France, including Other 100 - Elaiapharm SAS, France Production 100 Lundbeck GmbH, Germany Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Hellas S.A., Greece Sales and distribution 100
Share of voting rights and ownership Purpose % Lundbeck HK Limited, Hong Kong Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Hungária KFT, Hungary Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck India Private Limited, India Other 100 Lundbeck (Ireland) Ltd., Ireland Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Israel Ltd., Israel Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Italia S.p.A., Italy Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Pharmaceuticals, Italy S.p.A., Italy, including Production 100 - Archid S.A., Luxembourg Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Japan K.K., Japan Sales services 100 Lundbeck Korea Co., Ltd., Republic of Korea Sales and distribution 100 SIA Lundbeck Latvia, Latvia Sales services 100 UAB Lundbeck Lietuva, Lithuania Sales services 100 Lundbeck Malaysia SDN. BHD., Malaysia Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck México, SA de CV, Mexico Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck B.V., the Netherlands Sales and distribution 100 Prexton Therapeutics B.V., the Netherlands, including Other 100 - Prexton Therapeutics A.G., Switzerland Other 100 Lundbeck New Zealand Limited, New Zealand Other 100 H. Lundbeck AS, Norway Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Pakistan (Private) Limited, Pakistan Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck America Central S.A., Panama Sales and distribution 100
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
185
5.8 List of subsidiaries (continued)
Share of voting rights
and ownership
Purpose % Lundbeck Peru S.A.C., Peru Other 100 Lundbeck Philippines Inc., Philippines Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Business Service Centre Sp.z.o.o., Poland Other 100 Lundbeck Poland Sp.z.o.o., Poland Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Portugal - Produtos Farmacêuticos Unipessoal Lda, Portugal Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Romania SRL, Romania Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck RUS LLC, Russian Federation Sales services 100 Lundbeck Regional Headquarters, Saudi Arabia Other 100 Lundbeck Singapore PTE. LTD., Singapore Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Slovensko s.r.o., Slovakia Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Pharma d.o.o., Slovenia Other 100 Lundbeck South Africa (Pty) Limited, South Africa, including Sales and distribution 100 - H. Lundbeck (Proprietary) Limited, South Africa Other 100 Lundbeck España S.A., Spain Sales and distribution 100 H. Lundbeck AB, Sweden Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck (Schweiz) AG, Switzerland Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck İlaç Ticaret Limited Şirketi, Turkey Sales and distribution 100 Lundbeck Group Ltd. (Holding), UK, including Other 100 - Lundbeck Limited, UK Sales and distribution 100 - Lundbeck Pharmaceuticals Ltd., UK Other 100 - Lifehealth Limited, UK Other 100 - Lundbeck UK LLP, UK¹ Other 100
Share of voting rights
and ownership
Purpose % Lundbeck USA Holding LLC, USA, including Other 100 - Lundbeck LLC, USA, including Sales and distribution 100 - Chelsea Therapeutics International, Ltd., USA, including Other 100 - Lundbeck NA Ltd., USA Other 100 - Lundbeck Pharmaceuticals LLC, USA Other 100 - Lundbeck Research USA, Inc., USA Other 100 - Lundbeck La Jolla Research Center, Inc., USA, including Research and development 100 - Abide Therapeutics (UK) Limited, UK Other 100 - Lundbeck Seattle BioPharmaceuticals, Inc., USA, including Research and development 100 - Alder Biopharmaceuticals Pty., Ltd., Australia Other 100 - Alderbio Holdings LLC ("ANEV"), USA Other 100 - Longboard Pharmaceuticals, Inc, USA Research and development 100 Lundbeck de Venezuela, C.A., Venezuela Other 100 1 Lundbeck UK LLP is owned by Lundbeck Group Ltd. (Holding), Lundbeck Limited, and Lifehealth Limited, all of which have H. Lundbeck A/S as their direct or ultimate parent company.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
186
5.9 Other general accounting policies
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated Financial Statements comprise the Parent Company H. Lundbeck A/S, and entities controlled by
the Parent Company.
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to,
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns
through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which
control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group. Intercompany
transactions, balances, and unrealized gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealized
losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Ac-
counting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies
adopted by the Group.
Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated State-
ment of profit or loss and of comprehensive income, Statement of changes in equity, and Balance sheet, respec-
tively.
The Group has consistently applied the following accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated
Financial Statements, unless otherwise mentioned (see note 1.3 Basis of preparation).
Foreign currency
On initial recognition, transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated at standard rates which ap-
proximate the exchange rates at the transaction date. Exchange differences arising between the exchange rates at
the transaction date and the exchange rates at the date of payment are recognized in profit or loss under financial
income or financial expenses.
Receivables, payables, and other monetary items denominated in foreign currencies that have not been settled at
the balance sheet date are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The differences between the
exchange rates at the balance sheet date and the rates at the time of recognition or settlement are recognized in
profit or loss under financial income or financial expenses.
On recognition of foreign subsidiaries having a functional currency different from the one used by the Group’s
presentation currency, items in profit or loss are translated at monthly average exchange rates, and non-monetary
and monetary balance sheet items are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Exchange differ-
ences arising when translating profit or loss and the balance sheet of foreign subsidiaries are recognized in other
comprehensive income.
Exchange gains/losses on translation of receivables from and payables to subsidiaries that are considered part of
the Parent Company’s overall net investment in subsidiaries are recognized in other comprehensive income.
Exchange gains/losses on that part of the bank debt in foreign currency which is used for hedging the net invest-
ments in foreign subsidiaries, and which provides an effective hedging of the exchange gains/losses of the net
investments, are recognized in other comprehensive income.
Measurement of fair values
Some of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values for both financial
and non‑financial assets and liabilities.
The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices at the end of the reporting period. Financial
assets for which no active market exists are carried at fair value based on a valuation methodology.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements
Annual Report 2025
187
5.9 Other general accounting policies (continued)
The fair value of derivative financial instruments is measured on the basis of quoted market prices of financial in-
struments traded in active markets. If an active market exists, the fair value is based on the most recently observed
market price at the end of the reporting period. If a financial instrument is quoted in a market that is not active, the
Group bases its valuation on the most recent transaction price. If an active market does not exist, the fair value of
standard and simple financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps, cur-
rency swaps, and unlisted bonds is measured according to generally accepted valuation techniques. Market-based
parameters are used to measure the fair value.
When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses observable market data to the extent pos-
sible. Fair values are categorized into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valu-
ation techniques as follows:
Level 1:
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2:
Inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly
(i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices)
Level 3:
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)
If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy,
then the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the
lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.
The Group recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during
which the change has occurred.
Balance sheet
Other receivables
Other receivables recognized in financial assets are financial assets with fixed or determinable cash flows that are
not quoted in an active market and are not derivative financial instruments.
On initial recognition, other receivables are measured at fair value and subsequently at amortized cost, which usu-
ally corresponds to the nominal value less write-downs to counter the risk of losses. Write-downs are calculated
using the full lifetime-expected credit losses method, whereby the likelihood of non-fulfilment throughout the life-
time of the financial instrument is taken into consideration. A provision account is used for this purpose.
Cash flow statement
The Cash flow statement is presented in accordance with the indirect method, commencing with net profit for the
year.
5.10 Subsequent events
No subsequent events have occurred after the balance sheet date that required adjustment to or disclosure in the
consolidated Financial Statements.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
188
Statement of profit or loss 189
Statement of financial position 190
Statement of changes in equity 191
1 Basis of reporting
1.1 General accounting policies 192
2 Results of the year
2.1 Revenue 193
2.2 Employee costs 193
2.3 Income taxes 194
2.4 Distribution of profit 194
3 Operating assets and liabilities
3.1 Intangible assets 195
3.2 Property, plant and equipment 195
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 196
3.4 Inventories 196
3.5 Prepayments 196
3.6 Provisions 197
3.7 Payables to subsidiaries 197
4 Capital structure and financial items
4.1 Financial income and expenses 198
4.2 Bank debt and bond debt 198
4.3 Financial instruments 198
4.4 Investments in subsidiaries 199
5 Other disclosures
5.1 Other operating expenses, net 199
5.2 Contingent assets and contingent liabilities 199
5.3 Audit fees 200
5.4 Contractual obligations 200
5.5 Related parties 200
5.6 Subsequent events 200
Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Contents
Notes
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
189
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Revenue
2.1
17,314
15,703
Cost of sales
2.2
3,186
3,144
Gross profit
14,128
12,559
Sales and distribution costs
2.2
4,173
4,776
Administrative expenses
2.2
1,065
1,073
Research and development costs
2.2
3,755
4,144
Other operating expenses, net
5.1
722
205
Profit from operations (EBIT)
4,413
2,361
(Loss)/gain from investments in subsidiaries, net
4.4
(32)
332
Financial income
4.1
1,380
1,168
Financial expenses
4.1
2,667
764
Profit before tax
3,094
3,097
Tax on profit for the year
2.3
1,290
584
Profit for the year
2.4
1,804
2,513
Statement of profit or loss
1 January 31 December
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
190
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Intangible assets
3.1
6,540
7,183
Property, plant and equipment
3.2
2,188
1,951
Right-of-use assets
3.3
136
146
Investments in subsidiaries
4.4
11,501
11,840
Receivables from subsidiaries
14,368
16,316
Other financial assets
32
66
Other receivables
4
4
Financial assets
25,905
28,226
Non-current assets
34,769
37,506
Inventories
3.4
3,201
3,085
Trade receivables
997
800
Receivables from subsidiaries
4,341
5,141
Other receivables
430
348
Prepayments
3.5
210
158
Receivables
5,978
6,447
Cash and cash equivalents
2,668
3,936
Current assets
11,847
13,468
Assets
46,616
50,974
2025
2024
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
Share capital
996
996
Proposed dividends
1,145
946
Hedging reserve
152
(127)
Retained earnings
19,010
18,314
Equity
21,303
20,129
Deferred tax liabilities
2.3
1,331
1,417
Provisions
3.6
512
369
Bank debt and bond debt
4.2
11,185
16,174
Lease liabilities
3.3
127
137
Payables to subsidiaries
3.7
3,325
5,307
Other payables
12
12
Non-current liabilities
16,492
23,416
Provisions
3.6
295
308
Trade payables
1,781
1,808
Lease liabilities
3.3
13
13
Payables to subsidiaries
5,335
4,046
Income tax payables
521
138
Other payables
876
1,116
Current liabilities
8,821
7,429
Liabilities
25,313
30,845
Equity and liabilities
46,616
50,974
Statement of financial position
assets
At 31 December
Statement of financial position
equity and liabilities
At 31 December
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
191
Share
capital
Proposed
dividends
Hedging
reserve
Retained
earnings
Equity
Notes
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
Equity at 1 January
996
946
(127)
18,314
20,129
Profit for the year
2.4
-
1,145
-
659
1,804
Distributed dividends, gross
-
(946)
-
-
(946)
Dividends received, treasury shares
-
-
-
3
3
Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, ex-
change rate
-
-
671
-
671
Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge, in-
terest rate
-
-
6
-
6
Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge,
price
-
-
(40)
-
(40)
Exchange gains/(losses), hedging (transferred
to revenue)
-
-
(279)
-
(279)
Buyback of treasury shares
-
-
-
(20)
(20)
Incentive programs
-
-
-
52
52
Tax on transactions in equity
2.3
-
-
(79)
2
(77)
Equity at 31 December
996
1,145
152
19,010
21,303
For further details, see note 4.3 Equity in the consolidated Financial Statements.
Statement of changes in equity
At 31 December
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
192
1.1 General accounting policies
The Financial Statements of the Parent Company, H. Lundbeck A/S, have been prepared in accordance with the
Danish Financial Statements Act applying to reporting class D enterprises. The Financial Statements are presented
in Danish kroner (DKK). All amounts have been rounded to the nearest DKK million, unless otherwise indicated.
Assets and liabilities are presented in the Balance sheet according to a current/non-current classification.
The accounting policies for the Financial Statements of the Parent Company remain unchanged from the previous
financial year.
Differences relative to the accounting policies for the consolidated Financial Statements
The Parent Company’s accounting policies for recognition and measurement are consistent with the accounting
policies for the consolidated Financial Statements, with the exceptions stated below. For a description of the ac-
counting policies of the Group, please refer to the consolidated Financial Statements.
Statement of changes in equity
Pursuant to the Danish Financial Statements Act, items recognized in other comprehensive income in the
consolidated Financial Statements are recognized directly in the Statement of changes in equity in the Parent
Company’s Financial Statements. This does not apply to exchange gains and losses on the translation of receivables
from and payables to subsidiaries, items relating to effective hedges of foreign exchange gains and losses on the
net investment in foreign subsidiaries, and items relating to other financial assets.
Statement of cash flows
In accordance with the exemption clause in section 86(4) of the Danish Financial Statements Act, no separate State-
ment of cash flows has been prepared for the Parent Company as it is included in the consolidated Statement of
cash flows.
Supplementary accounting policies for the Parent Company
In addition to the general accounting policies described below, material accounting policies directly related to the
specific notes are disclosed in the relevant notes.
Other financial assets
On initial recognition, investments are measured at cost, corresponding to fair value plus directly attributable costs.
Subsequently, they are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date. Any fair value adjustments on equity in-
vestments recognized in other comprehensive income in the consolidated Financial Statements are recognized
under financial income or financial expenses in the Parent Company’s Statement of profit or loss.
1 Basis of reporting
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
193
2.1 Revenue
2025
2024
Revenue by region
DKKm
DKKm
Europe
5,796
5,267
United States
8,938
8,011
International Operations
2,207
2,384
Total
16,941
15,662
Other revenue
94
93
Effects from hedging
279
(52)
Total revenue
17,314
15,703
Revenue is attributed to a geographical segment based on location of the customer. For definitions of the seg-
ment, see note 2.1 Revenue in the consolidated Financial Statements.
2.2 Employee costs
2025
2024
Breakdown of employee costs
DKKm
DKKm
Short-term employee benefits
1,915
1,769
Retirement benefits
167
161
Social security costs
31
25
Equity- and cash-settled incentive programs
43
37
Severance and other costs from restructuring activities
296
115
Total
2,452
2,107
Employee costs for the year are included in the following line items in the Statement of profit or loss:
2025
2024
Employee costs
DKKm
DKKm
Cost of sales
621
571
Sales and distribution costs
158
225
Administrative expenses
533
496
Research and development costs
881
815
Other operating expenses, net
259
-
Total
2,452
2,107
Number of employees
2025
2024
Number
Number
Average number of full-time employees in the financial year
2,016
1,919
Number of full-time employees at 31 December
2,070
1,962
Remuneration of the Registered Executive Leadership Team
See notes 2.2 Employee costs and 5.3 Incentive programs in the consolidated Financial Statements.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
See note 2.2 Employee costs in the consolidated Financial Statements.
Incentive programs
See note 5.3 Incentive programs in the consolidated Financial Statements.
2 Results of the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
194
2.3 Income taxes
Tax on profit for the year
2025
2024
DKKm
DKKm
Current tax, joint taxation contribution
885
332
Prior-year adjustments, current tax
568
(65)
Prior-year adjustments, deferred tax
(14)
32
Change in deferred tax for the year
(72)
203
Total tax for the year
1,367
502
Tax for the year is composed of:
Tax on profit for the year
1,290
584
Tax on transactions in equity
77
(82)
Total tax for the year
1,367
502
Deferred tax balances
Balance at
1 January
Adjustment of
deferred tax
at beginning
of year
Movements
during the year
Balance at
31 December
Temporary differences between assets and liabilities as
stated in the Financial Statements and in the tax base
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
Intangible assets
6,500
(79)
(194)
6,227
Property, plant and equipment
450
-
12
462
Inventories
478
-
9
487
Other items
(985)
15
(154)
(1,124)
Total temporary differences
6,443
(64)
(327)
6,052
Deferred (tax assets)/tax liabilities
1,417
(14)
(72)
1,331
The major assumptions relating to the recognition and measurement of tax assets are described in
note 2.3 Income taxes in the consolidated Financial Statements.
2025
2024
Movements in deferred tax
DKKm
DKKm
Balance at 1 January
1,417
1,182
Movements related to transactions recognized in profit or loss
(75)
244
Movements related to transactions recognized in equity
(11)
(9)
Balance at 31 December
1,331
1,417
2.4 Distribution of profit
2025
2024
Proposed distribution of profit for the year
DKKm
DKKm
Proposed dividends for the year
1,145
946
Transferred to/from distributable reserves
659
1,567
Total profit for the year
1,804
2,513
Proposed dividend per share (DKK)
1.15
0.95
See note 4.3 Equity in the consolidated Financial Statements for details on treasury shares.
2 Results of the year
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
195
3.1 Intangible assets
Product
rights¹
Other
rights
Projects in
progress
Total intangible
assets
Intangible assets
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
Cost at 1 January
16,924
1,912
89
18,925
Transfers
-
3
(3)
-
Additions
-
11
48
59
Cost at 31 December
16,924
1,926
134
18,984
Amortization and impairment losses at 1 January
9,993
1,749
-
11,742
Amortization
649
53
-
702
Amortization and impairment losses at 31 December
10,642
1,802
-
12,444
Carrying amount at 31 December
6,282
124
134
6,540
1 At 31 December 2025, product rights not yet commercialized amounted to DKK 1,775 million (DKK 1,775 million at 31 December 2024).
For details on material product rights and impairment testing, see note 3.1 Intangible assets in the consolidated
Financial Statements.
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
Land and
buildings
Plant and
machinery
Other
fixtures
and fittings,
tools and
equipment
Prepayments
and assets
under
construction
Total
property,
plant and
equipment
Property, plant and equipment
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
Cost at 1 January
3,582
1,106
613
574
5,875
Transfers
56
69
23
(148)
-
Additions
5
12
3
402
422
Disposals
(4)
(34)
(4)
-
(42)
Cost at 31 December
3,639
1,153
635
828
6,255
Depreciation and impairment losses at
1 January
2,488
928
508
-
3,924
Depreciation
109
44
32
-
185
Disposals
(4)
(34)
(4)
-
(42)
Depreciation and impairment losses at
31 December
2,593
938
536
-
4,067
Carrying amount at 31 December
1,046
215
99
828
2,188
Pledged assets
No land and buildings were mortgaged at 31 December 2025 and 2024. No other assets have been pledged.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
196
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
2025
2024
Land and buildings
DKKm
DKKm
Cost at 1 January
224
222
Adjustment to right-of-use assets during the year¹
4
2
Cost at 31 December
228
224
Depreciation and impairment losses at 1 January
78
65
Depreciation
14
13
Depreciation and impairment losses at 31 December
92
78
Carrying amount at 31 December
136
146
1 Comprises reassessment of lease term and renewal of lease agreements.
2025
2024
Amounts recognized in profit or loss
DKKm
DKKm
Expense relating to short-term leases, not capitalized
1
2
Depreciation of right-of-use assets, land and buildings
14
13
Interest expense relating to lease liabilities
3
3
Total recognized in profit or loss
18
18
2025
2024
Maturity analysis of lease liabilities
DKKm
DKKm
Within one year
13
13
Between one year and five years
54
52
After five years
73
85
Lease liabilities at 31 December
140
150
3.4 Inventories
2025
2024
DKKm
DKKm
Raw materials and consumables
178
173
Work in progress
2,369
2,301
Finished goods and goods for resale
654
611
Total
3,201
3,085
3.5 Prepayments
At 31 December 2025, prepayments amounted to DKK 210 million (DKK 158 million at 31 December 2024) and
consist of prepaid expenses for insurance premiums (life, medical, car), licenses, subscriptions, memberships, and
down payments to vendors.
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
197
3.6 Provisions
2025
DKKm
Provisions at 1 January
677
Additional provisions recognized
601
Provisions used during the year
(411)
Reversal of unused provisions
(60)
Provisions at 31 December
807
The Parent Company has entered into agreements with individual subsidiaries, under which it will cover expected
losses and obligations concerning restructuring programs and integration costs related to the acquisition of Long-
board. The provisions in the Parent Company therefore cover such losses and obligations. Restructuring provisions
amounted to DKK 256 million at 31 December 2025 (DKK 295 million at 31 December 2024). During 2025, the Parent
Company recognized additional restructuring provisions of DKK 385 million, of which DKK 328 million related to the
announced change in Lundbeck’s commercial operating model. Furthermore, DKK 363 million of restructuring pro-
visions was utilized (including DKK 171 million related to the commercial operating model), and DKK 61 million was
released.
In addition, provisions include provisions relating to legal claims.
Accounting policies
Provisions
Provisions mainly consist of provisions for discounts and rebates, product returns, pending lawsuits, environmental,
integration, and restructuring obligations. A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount.
Unsettled discounts and rebates are recognized as provisions when the timing or amount is uncertain. Where ab-
solute amounts are known, the discounts and rebates are recognized as trade payables.
Return obligations imposed on the Group are recognized as provisions in the Balance sheet.
Amounts relating to provisions are recognized when the outflow is probable and the amount is measured as the
best estimate of the costs required to settle the liabilities at the balance sheet date.
In connection with restructurings in the Group, provisions are made only for liabilities set out in a specific restruc-
turing plan based on which the parties affected can reasonably expect that the Group will carry out the restructur-
ing, either by starting to implement the plan or by announcing its main components.
3.7 Payables to subsidiaries
Payables to subsidiaries falling due after more than five years from the balance sheet date amounted to DKK 3,325
million at 31 December 2025 (DKK 5,307 million at 31 December 2024).
3 Operating assets and liabilities
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
198
4.1 Financial income and expenses
2025
2024
DKKm
DKKm
Financial income
1,380
1,168
Financial expenses
2,667
764
Net financials, (income)/expenses
1,287
(404)
In 2025, out of total financial income and financial expenses, DKK 1,127 million (DKK 574 million in 2024) and DKK
271 million (DKK 630 million in 2024) relate to intra-group interest income and expenses, respectively.
In 2025, financial income and financial expenses are impacted by a net exchange loss of DKK 1,482 million (gain of
DKK 106 million in 2024) relating to translation of receivables from and payables to subsidiaries that are considered
part of the overall investment in subsidiaries.
Accounting policies
Exchange gains/losses
Exchange gains/losses on translation of receivables from and payables to subsidiaries that are considered part of
the overall investment in subsidiaries are recognized in profit or loss under financial income or financial expenses.
Exchange gains/losses on that part of the bank debt in foreign currency which is used for hedging the net invest-
ments in foreign subsidiaries, and which provides an effective hedging of the exchange gains/losses of the net
investments, are recognized in profit or loss under financial income or financial expenses.
4.2 Bank debt and bond debt
There is no bank debt or bond debt falling due after more than five years from the balance sheet date at
31 December 2025 and 2024, respectively.
4.3 Financial instruments
Foreign currency management is handled by the Parent Company. See note 4.5 Financial instruments in the consol-
idated Financial Statements.
The fair value of derivatives at year-end is disclosed in note 4.5 Financial instruments in the consolidated Financial
Statements. The fair value adjustment recognized in equity is disclosed in the Statement of changes in equity in the
Financial Statements of the Parent Company. All fair value adjustments are initially recognized in equity.
4 Capital structure and financial items
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
199
4.4 Investments in subsidiaries
2025
DKKm
Cost at 1 January
12,104
Impairment recognized in prior periods
(264)
Impairment recognized in the year
(339)
Cost at 31 December
11,501
Of the total impairment of DKK 339 million recognized in 2025, DKK 305 million relates to the planned divestment
of a non-core production site in Italy. See related disclosures in note 1.2 Significant changes in the business in the
consolidated Financial Statements.
In 2025, the net loss of DKK 32 million primarily relates to impairment of investments of DKK 339 million, partly
offset by dividend income of DKK 307 million.
In 2024, income from investments in subsidiaries related to dividend income of DKK 332 million.
See note 5.8 List of subsidiaries in the consolidated Financial Statements for an overview of subsidiaries.
Accounting policies
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are measured at cost in the Parent Company’s Financial Statements. Where the recov-
erable amount of the investments is lower than cost, the investments are written down to this lower value. In addi-
tion, cost is written down to the extent that dividends distributed exceed the accumulated earnings in the subsidiary
since the acquisition date.
Income from investments in subsidiaries
Income from investments in subsidiaries includes dividends from subsidiaries, which are recognized in the Parent
Company’s Statement of profit or loss when the Parent Company’s right to receive such dividends has been
approved. Further, income from investments in subsidiaries includes proceeds from the liquidation of subsidiaries
and any impairment losses or reversals of impairment losses on investments in subsidiaries.
5.1 Other operating expenses, net
In 2025, Other operating expenses, net amounted to DKK 722 million and primarily comprise impairment on re-
ceivables from a subsidiary related to the planned divestment of a non-core production site in Italy, as well as the
major restructuring costs arising from the announced changes in the commercial operations on 9 September 2025.
The comparative figure of DKK 205 million in 2024 includes transaction and integration costs related to the acqui-
sition of Longboard. See note 5.1 Business combination.
5.2 Contingent assets and contingent liabilities
Pending legal proceedings
See note 5.4 Contingent assets and contingent liabilities in the consolidated Financial Statements for details on pend-
ing legal proceedings and environmental matters.
Joint taxation
The Parent Company is part of a Danish joint taxation scheme with Lundbeckfonden (Lundbeckfond Invest A/S
including subsidiaries), according to which the Parent Company partly has joint and several liability and partly sec-
ondary liability with respect to corporate income taxes, etc. for the jointly taxed companies. In addition, the Parent
Company partly has joint and several liability and partly secondary liability with respect to any obligations to withhold
tax on interest, royalties, and dividends for these companies. However, in both cases the secondary liability is
capped at an amount equal to the share of the capital of the company directly or indirectly owned by the ultimate
parent company. The total tax obligation under the joint taxation scheme is shown in the Financial Statements of
Lundbeckfond Invest A/S.
Letters of intent
The Parent Company has entered into agreements to cover operating losses in certain subsidiaries.
4 Capital structure and financial items
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company
Annual Report 2025
200
5.3 Audit fees
2025
2024
DKKm
DKKm
Statutory audit
5
4
Assurance engagements other than audit
2
2
Tax advisory
4
-
Other services
2
-
Fee to PricewaterhouseCoopers
13
6
The fee for non-audit services provided to the Parent Company by PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revi-
sionspartnerselskab, Denmark, amounted to DKK 6 million (DKK 2 million in 2024) and consisted of limited assur-
ance of the Sustainability statement, other assurance services, and other accounting and tax advisory services.
5.4 Contractual obligations not recognized in the Balance sheet
Research and development milestones and collaborations
The Parent Company has entered into a number of agreements relating to research and development of new prod-
ucts and intellectual property rights from acquisitions, as well as other collaborations. Under the agreements,
Lundbeck is committed to paying for the research and development services provided by third parties. The obliga-
tion amounts to DKK 2,979 million. Further, Lundbeck is committed to paying certain milestones related to achieving
different research, development, and regulatory milestones. Such amounts entail uncertainties in relation to the
period in which payments are due because a proportion of the obligations is dependent on milestone achieve-
ments.
At 31 December 2025, potential future milestone payments totaled DKK 2,883 million (DKK 770 million at
31 December 2024).
Sales milestones
The Parent Company is committed to paying certain commercial sales milestones, royalties, or other payments
based on a percentage of sales generated from the sale of goods following marketing approval. These amounts
are excluded from the contractual obligations because of their contingent nature, being dependent on future sales.
Other purchase obligations
The Parent Company has undertaken purchase obligations relating to property, plant and equipment in the amount
of DKK 405 million (DKK 627 million at 31 December 2024). Contractual obligations for intangible assets, excluding
commitments with R&D milestones and collaborations, amounted to DKK 5 million at 31 December 2025 (DKK 24
million at 31 December 2024), and other obligations relating to lease obligations for signed but not yet commenced
lease agreements as per commencement date in accordance with IFRS 16 amounted to DKK 22 million at 31 De-
cember 2025 (DKK 0 million at 31 December 2024).
The contractual obligations not recognized in the Balance sheet represent contractual payments and are neither
discounted nor risk-adjusted.
5.5 Related parties
For information on related parties exercising controlling influence on the Parent Company, see note 5.7 Related
parties in the consolidated Financial Statements. The Parent Company is included in the consolidated Financial
Statements of Lundbeckfonden. The Parent Company had transactions with subsidiaries during 2025. The Parent
Company’s share of ownership of all subsidiaries is 100%. The Parent Company did not enter into any transactions
with other related parties that were not on an arm’s length basis.
5.6 Subsequent events
No subsequent events have occurred after the balance sheet date that require adjustment to or disclosure in the
Financial Statements of the Parent Company.
5 Other disclosures
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
201
The Board of Directors and the Registered Executive
Leadership Team have today considered and adopted
the Annual Report of H. Lundbeck A/S for the financial
year 1 January 31 December 2025.
The consolidated Financial Statements of H. Lundbeck
A/S have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Ac-
counting Standards as adopted by the EU and further
requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act,
and the Parent Company’s Financial Statements have
been prepared in accordance with the Danish Financial
Statements Act. The Management review has been pre-
pared in accordance with the Danish Financial State-
ments Act.
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the Parent Company Financial Statements give a
true and fair view of the financial position at 31 Decem-
ber 2025 of the Group and the Parent Company and of
the results of the Group and Parent Company opera-
tions and consolidated cash flows for the financial year
1 January to 31 December 2025.
In our opinion, the Management review includes a fair
review of the development in the operations and finan-
cial circumstances of the Group and the Parent Com-
pany, of the results for the year, and of the financial po-
sition of the Group and the Parent Company, as well as
a description of the most significant risks and elements
of uncertainty, which the Group and the Parent Com-
pany are facing.
Additionally, the sustainability statement, which is part
of Management’s Review, has been prepared, in all ma-
terial respects, in accordance with paragraph 99 a of the
Danish Financial Statements Act. This includes compli-
ance with the European Sustainability Reporting Stand-
ards (ESRS) including that the process undertaken by
Management to identify the reported information (the
“Process”) is in accordance with the description set out
in the section “Double Materiality Assessment”. Further-
more, disclosures within “Reporting according to the EU
taxonomy” of the sustainability statement are, in all ma-
terial respects, in accordance with Article 8 of EU Regu-
lation 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regulation”).
The Sustainability statement includes forward-looking
statements based on disclosed assumptions about
events that may occur in the future and possible future
actions by the Group. Actual outcomes are likely to be
different since anticipated events frequently do not oc-
cur as expected.
In our opinion, the Annual Report of H. Lundbeck A/S
for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025,
with the file name HLUNDBECK-2025-12-31-en.zip, is
prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with
the ESEF regulation.
We recommend that the Annual Report be adopted at
the Annual General Meeting on 18 March 2026.
Management’s statement
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
202
Copenhagen, 4 February 2026
Registered Executive Leadership Team
Charl Gerhard Van Zyl
President and CEO
Lars Bang
Executive Vice President,
Product, Development & Supply
Joerg Hornstein
Executive Vice President,
CFO
Per Johan Luthman
Executive Vice President,
Research & Development
Board of Directors
Ilse Dorothea Wenzel
Chair of the Board
Lene Skole-Sørensen
Deputy Chair of the Board
Santiago Arroyo
Jeffrey Berkowitz
Lars Green
Lars Erik Holmqvist
Jakob Riis
Camilla Gram Andersson
Employee representative
Hossein Armandi
Employee representative
Henrik Sindal Jensen
Employee representative (alternate)
Lasse Skibsbye
Employee representative
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
203
To the shareholders
of H. Lundbeck A/S
Report on the audit of
the Financial Statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements
give a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position
at 31 December 2025 and of the results of the Group’s
operations and cash flows for the financial year 1 Janu-
ary to 31 December 2025 in accordance with IFRS Ac-
counting Standards as adopted by the EU and further
requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act.
Moreover, in our opinion, the Parent Company Financial
Statements give a true and fair view of the Parent Com-
pany’s financial position at 31 December 2025 and of
the results of the Parent Company’s operations for the
financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 in accord-
ance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
Our opinion is consistent with our Auditor’s Long-form
Report to the Audit Committee and the Board of Direc-
tors.
What we have audited
The Consolidated Financial Statements of H. Lundbeck
A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31 December
2025 comprise the consolidated statement of profit or
loss and statement of comprehensive income, the con-
solidated statement of financial position, the consoli-
dated statement of changes in equity, the consolidated
statement of cash flows and the notes, including mate-
rial accounting policy information.
The Parent Company Financial Statements of H.
Lundbeck A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31 De-
cember 2025 comprise the statement of profit or loss,
the statement of financial position, the statement of
changes in equity, and the notes, including material ac-
counting policy information.
Collectively referred to as the “Financial Statements”.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Interna-
tional Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and the additional
requirements applicable in Denmark. Our responsibili-
ties under those standards and requirements are fur-
ther described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the au-
dit of the Financial Statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with
the International Ethics Standards Board for Account-
ants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional Ac-
countants (IESBA Code) as applicable to audits of finan-
cial statements of public interest entities, and the addi-
tional ethical requirements applicable in Denmark. We
have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in ac-
cordance with these requirements and the IESBA Code.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, prohibited
non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regula-
tion (EU) No 537/2014 were not provided.
Appointment
We were first appointed auditors of H. Lundbeck A/S
on 24 March 2020 for the financial year 2020. We have
been reappointed annually by shareholder resolution
for a total period of uninterrupted engagement of 6
years including the financial year 2025.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our profes-
sional judgment, were of most significance in our audit
of the Financial Statements for 2025. These matters
were addressed in the context of our audit of the Finan-
cial Statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on
these matters.
Independent auditor’s report
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
204
Independent auditor’s report
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Sales deductions in the U.S.
The Group provides rebates and discounts to customers in the U.S. that fall under certain government mandated reimburse-
ment arrangements, of which the most significant is Medicaid. These arrangements result in deductions to gross sales in arriv-
ing at net revenue. The period passing between the sales to distributors and payment of the related rebates under the U.S.
Federal and State Government Healthcare programs may be several months and requires the unsettled amounts to be recog-
nized as a provision. The provision for rebates and discounts is based on several significant assumptions, including estimated
rebate percentages and estimation of time from sale of the individual products to receipt of invoice under the U.S. Federal and
State Government Healthcare programs.
We focused on these arrangements because they are complex and require significant estimation by Management in establish-
ing an appropriate provision for the unsettled amounts. This included estimation of sales subject to the rebates and discounts,
estimation of applicable rebate and discount rates, and estimation of the lag time described above.
We refer to note 1.3 and 3.7 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
We performed risk assessment procedures to obtain an understanding of the IT systems, business processes and relevant
controls for rebates and discounts in the U.S. We assessed whether the controls were designed and implemented to effectively
address the risk of material misstatements. For selected controls, which we planned to rely on, we tested whether these were
performed on a consistent basis.
We obtained Management’s calculations under the reimbursement arrangements and evaluated the accuracy of the calcula-
tions made. Further, we assessed, tested and challenged key data inputs and the significant assumptions applied by manage-
ment, including the estimate of the channel- and reimbursement time lag.
We considered the Group’s historical provisions by comparing the actual rebates and discounts with the rebate and discount
percentage estimate used by Management to recognize the provision, including performing a retrospective review of the prior
period provisions compared to subsequent payments to evaluate the accuracy of Management’s estimate and to identify any
potential management bias.
We evaluated the presentation and disclosures of sales deductions in the U.S. in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Impairment of product rights
Product rights are tested when there is an indication of impairment, and product rights not yet commercialized are tested
annually for impairment.
The recoverability of the carrying amount of product rights is contingent on future cash flows and/or the outcome of research
and development activities. The determination of the recoverable amounts includes significant estimates, which are highly
sensitive and depend upon key assumptions and judgments, including the probability of technical and regulatory success,
amount and timing of projected future cash flows, patent expiry, and discount rate assumptions. Changes in these assumptions
could have a significant impact on the recoverable amount of product rights.
We focused on this area as the amounts involved are significant and there is a risk that the product rights will be impaired if
the key assumptions deviate negatively from the expectations.
We refer to note 1.3 and 3.1 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
We performed risk assessment procedures to obtain an understanding of the business processes and relevant controls for
identification of impairment indicators and the determination of the recoverability amount of product rights. We assessed
whether the controls were designed and implemented to effectively address the risk of material misstatements. For selected
controls, which we planned to rely on, we tested whether these were performed on a consistent basis.
For product rights with impairment indicators and product rights not yet commercialized, we among others:
Evaluated the appropriateness of the methodology used in determining the recoverable amount;
Evaluated Management’s significant assumptions and judgments used in the impairment tests, including probability of tech-
nical and regulatory success, amount and timing of projected future cash flows, and expected impact of loss of exclusivity;
Tested the underlying data used in the impairment tests; and
Included our in-house valuation experts to assess the valuation techniques used and to assist with the evaluation of certain
key assumptions, including the discount rates applied.
We evaluated the disclosures of impairment testing in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
205
Independent auditor’s report
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Final Purchase Price Allocation of Longboard
On 2 December 2024, Lundbeck acquired 100% of the shares in Longboard Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“Longboard”) for a consider-
ation of DKK 16.6 billion. In 2024, Management prepared a preliminary Purchase Price Allocation (PPA) which was finalised in
November 2025.
The preparation of PPA requires significant judgements in identifying the acquired assets and liabilities assumed to be included
in the PPA, and significant estimates of the fair value of the net assets acquired.
We focused on the acquisition as it involves significant accounting complexity and estimates and constitutes a significant part
of Lundbeck’s total assets.
We refer to note 1.3 and 5.1 in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
We evaluated and tested the appropriateness of the Group’s processes for determining the Purchase Price Allocation (PPA).
We assessed and challenged Management’s assumptions used in identifying and determining the fair value of the acquired
assets and liabilities assumed, including:
Evaluated Management’s process for identifying the net assets acquired, including intangible assets, considering the ra-
tionale for the acquisition and the nature of the Longboard businesses.
Obtained supporting documentation of Management’s accounting estimates and key assumptions.
Consulted with our subject matter experts regarding the valuation methodologies applied and Management’s assumptions.
Challenged the future cash flow projections by discussing them with Management and key employees.
Tested the mathematical accuracy of the calculations in the models.
We also evaluated the presentation and disclosures relating to the business combinations in the Consolidated Financial State-
ments note 5.1.
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
206
Statement on Management’s Review
Management is responsible for Management’s Review
(pages 3-128 and page 212, respectively).
Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover
Management’s Review, and we do not as part of the au-
dit express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Financial State-
ments, our responsibility is to read Management’s Re-
view and, in doing so, consider whether Management’s
Review is materially inconsistent with the Financial
Statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
Moreover, we considered whether Management’s Re-
view includes the disclosures required by the Danish Fi-
nancial Statements Act. This does not include the re-
quirements in paragraph 99 a related to the Sustaina-
bility Statement covered by the separate Auditor’s lim-
ited assurance report hereon.
Based on the work we have performed, in our view,
Management’s Review is in accordance with the Consol-
idated Financial Statements and the Parent Company Fi-
nancial Statements and has been prepared in accord-
ance with the requirements of the Danish Financial
Statements Act, except for the requirements in para-
graph 99 a related to the sustainability statement, cf.
above. We did not identify any material misstatement in
Management’s Review.
Management’s responsibilities for
the financial statements
Management is responsible for the preparation of
consolidated financial statements that give a true and
fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards
as adopted by the EU and further requirements in the
Danish Financial Statements Act and for the
preparation of parent company financial statements
that give a true and fair view in accordance with the
Danish Financial Statements Act, and for such internal
control as Management determines is necessary to
enable the preparation of financial statements that are
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
or error.
In preparing the Financial Statements, Management is
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, dis-
closing, as applicable, matters related to going concern
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
Management either intends to liquidate the Group or
the Parent Company or to cease operations, or has no
realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit
of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the Financial Statements as a whole are
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of as-
surance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted
in accordance with ISAs and the additional require-
ments applicable in Denmark will always detect a mate-
rial misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if,
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of us-
ers taken on the basis of these Financial Statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs and the ad-
ditional requirements applicable in Denmark, we exer-
cise professional judgment and maintain professional
skepticism throughout the audit. We also:
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement
of the Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or
error, design and perform audit procedures respon-
sive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstate-
ment resulting from fraud is higher than for one re-
sulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, for-
gery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or
the override of internal control.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant
to the audit in order to design audit procedures that
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effective-
ness of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s inter-
nal control.
Independent auditor’s report
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
207
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies
used and the reasonableness of accounting esti-
mates and related disclosures made by Manage-
ment.
Conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s
use of the going concern basis of accounting and
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a ma-
terial uncertainty exists related to events or condi-
tions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s
and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a go-
ing concern. If we conclude that a material uncer-
tainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our
auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the Fi-
nancial Statements or, if such disclosures are inade-
quate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are
based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date
of our auditor’s report. However, future events or
conditions may cause the Group or the Parent Com-
pany to cease to continue as a going concern.
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and con-
tent of the Financial Statements, including the disclo-
sures, and whether the Financial Statements repre-
sent the underlying transactions and events in a man-
ner that gives a true and fair view.
Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient
appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial in-
formation of the entities or business units within the
group as a basis for forming an opinion on the Con-
solidated Financial Statements. We are responsible
for the direction, supervision and review of the audit
work performed for purposes of the group audit. We
remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance
regarding, among other matters, the planned scope
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, in-
cluding any significant deficiencies in internal control
that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a
statement that we have complied with relevant ethical
requirements regarding independence, and to com-
municate with them all relationships and other matters
that may reasonably be thought to bear on our inde-
pendence and, where applicable, actions taken to elim-
inate threats or safeguards applied.
From the matters communicated with those charged
with governance, we determine those matters that
were of most significance in the audit of the Financial
Statements of the current period and are therefore the
key audit matters. We describe these matters in our au-
ditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public
disclosure about the matter.
Report on compliance with the
ESEF Regulation
As part of our audit of the Financial Statements we per-
formed procedures to express an opinion on whether
the annual report of H. Lundbeck A/S for the financial
year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with the filename
HLUNDBECK-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all ma-
terial respects, in compliance with the Commission Del-
egated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 on the European Sin-
gle Electronic Format (ESEF Regulation) which includes
requirements related to the preparation of the annual
report in XHTML format and iXBRL tagging of the Con-
solidated Financial Statements including notes.
Management is responsible for preparing an annual re-
port that complies with the ESEF Regulation. This re-
sponsibility includes:
The preparing of the annual report in XHTML for-
mat;
The selection and application of appropriate iXBRL
tags, including extensions to the ESEF taxonomy and
the anchoring thereof to elements in the taxonomy,
for all financial information required to be tagged
using judgment where necessary;
Ensuring consistency between iXBRL tagged data
and the Consolidated Financial Statements pre-
sented in human-readable format; and
For such internal control as Management deter-
mines necessary to enable the preparation of an an-
nual report that is compliant with the ESEF Regula-
tion.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on
whether the annual report is prepared, in all material
respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation based
on the evidence we have obtained, and to issue a report
that includes our opinion. The nature, timing and extent
of procedures selected depend on the auditor’s
Independent auditor’s report
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
208
judgment, including the assessment of the risks of ma-
terial departures from the requirements set out in the
ESEF Regulation, whether due to fraud or error. The
procedures include:
Testing whether the annual report is prepared in
XHTML format;
Obtaining an understanding of the company’s iXBRL
tagging process and of internal control over the tag-
ging process;
Evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging of
the Consolidated Financial Statements including
notes;
Evaluating the appropriateness of the company’s use
of iXBRL elements selected from the ESEF taxonomy
and the creation of extension elements where no
suitable element in the ESEF taxonomy has been
identified;
Evaluating the use of anchoring of extension ele-
ments to elements in the ESEF taxonomy; and
Reconciling the iXBRL tagged data with the audited
Consolidated Financial Statements, including notes.
In our opinion, the annual report of H. Lundbeck A/S for
the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with
the file name HLUNDBECK-2025-12-31-en.zip is pre-
pared, in all material respects, in compliance with the
ESEF Regulation.
Independent auditor’s report
Hellerup, 4 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no. 33 77 12 31
Lars Baungaard
Torben Jensen
State-Authorized Public Accountant
State-Authorized Public Accountant
mne23331
mne18651
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
209
To the stakeholders of H. Lundbeck A/S
Limited assurance conclusion
We have conducted a limited assurance engagement
on the sustainability statement of H. Lundbeck A/S (the
“Group”) included in the Management review (the “Sus-
tainability Statement”), page 51128, for the financial
year 1 January 31 December 2025.
Based on the procedures we have performed and the
evidence we have obtained, nothing has come to our
attention that causes us to believe that the Sustainabil-
ity Statement is not prepared, in all material respects, in
accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act
paragraph 99 a, including:
Compliance with the European Sustainability Report-
ing Standards (ESRS), including that the process car-
ried out by the management to identify the infor-
mation reported in the Sustainability Statement (the
“Process”) is in accordance with the description set
out in the section “DMA methodology”; page 6061;
and
Compliance of the disclosures in the section “Report-
ing according to the EU taxonomy”, page 82 and 123
to 125 of the Sustainability Statement with Article 8 of
EU Regulation 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regula-
tion).
Basis for conclusion
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in ac-
cordance with International Standard on Assurance En-
gagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised), Assurance engage-
ments other than audits or reviews of historical financial
information (“ISAE 3000 (Revised)”) and the additional
requirements applicable in Denmark.
The procedures in a limited assurance engagement
vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent
than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Conse-
quently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited as-
surance engagement is substantially lower than the as-
surance that would have been obtained had a reasona-
ble assurance engagement been performed.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is suffi-
cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
conclusion. Our responsibilities under this standard are
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
assurance engagement section of our report.
Our independence and quality management
We are independent of the Group in accordance with
the International Ethics Standards Board for
Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) and the
additional ethical requirements applicable in Denmark.
We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities
in accordance with these requirements and the IESBA
Code.
Our firm applies International Standard on Quality Man-
agement 1, which requires the firm to design, imple-
ment and operate a system of quality management in-
cluding policies or procedures regarding compliance
with ethical requirements, professional standards and
applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Management’s responsibilities for the Sustainability
Statement
Management is responsible for designing and imple-
menting a process to identify the information reported
in the Sustainability Statement in accordance with the
ESRS and for disclosing this Process as included in the
section “DMA methodology” of the Sustainability State-
ment. This responsibility includes:
Understanding the context in which the Group’s ac-
tivities and business relationships take place and de-
veloping an understanding of its affected stakehold-
ers;
The identification of the actual and potential impacts
(both negative and positive) related to sustainability
matters, as well as risks and opportunities that affect,
or could reasonably be expected to affect, the
Group’s financial position, financial performance,
cash flows, access to finance or cost of capital over
the short-, medium-, or long-term;
Independent auditor’s limited assurance
report on the Sustainability Statement
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
210
The assessment of the materiality of the identified im-
pacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability
matters by selecting and applying appropriate
thresholds; and
Making assumptions that are reasonable in the cir-
cumstances.
Management is further responsible for the preparation
of the Sustainability Statement, which includes the in-
formation identified by the Process, in accordance with
the Danish Financial Statements Act paragraph 99 a, in-
cluding:
Compliance with the ESRS;
Preparing the disclosures as included in the section
“Reporting according to the EU taxonomy” of the Sus-
tainability Statement, in compliance with Article 8 of
the Taxonomy Regulation;
Designing, implementing and maintaining such inter-
nal control that management determines is neces-
sary to enable the preparation of the Sustainability
Statement that is free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error; and
The selection and application of appropriate sustain-
ability reporting methods and making assumptions
and estimates that are reasonable in the circum-
stances.
Inherent limitations in preparing the Sustainability
Statement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance
with ESRS, management is required to prepare the for-
ward-looking information on the basis of disclosed as-
sumptions about events that may occur in the future
and possible future actions by the Group. Actual out-
comes are likely to be different since anticipated events
frequently do not occur as expected.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance
engagement
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the assurance
engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether
the Sustainability Statement is free from material mis-
statement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue
a limited assurance report that includes our conclusion.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
they could reasonably be expected to influence deci-
sions of users taken on the basis of the Sustainability
Statement as a whole.
As part of a limited assurance engagement in accord-
ance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) we exercise professional
judgement and maintain professional scepticism
throughout the engagement .
Our responsibilities in respect of the Process include:
Obtaining an understanding of the Process, but not
for the purpose of providing a conclusion on the ef-
fectiveness of the Process, including the outcome of
the Process;
Considering whether the information identified ad-
dresses the applicable disclosure requirements of
the ESRS; and
Designing and performing procedures to evaluate
whether the Process is consistent with the Group’s
description of its Process, as disclosed in the section
“DMA methodology”.
Our other responsibilities in respect of the Sustainabil-
ity Statement include:
Identifying where material misstatements are likely to
arise, whether due to fraud or error; and
Designing and performing procedures responsive to
disclosures in the Sustainability Statement where ma-
terial misstatements are likely to arise. The risk of not
detecting a material misstatement resulting from
fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as
fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omis-
sions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal
control.
Summary of the work performed
A limited assurance engagement involves performing
procedures to obtain evidence about the Sustainability
Statement. The nature, timing and extent of procedures
selected depend on professional judgement, including
the identification of disclosures where material mis-
statements are likely to arise, whether due to fraud or
error, in the Sustainability Statement.
Independent auditor’s limited assurance
report on the Sustainability Statement
Financial Statements / Consolidated Financial Statements / Financial Statements of the Parent Company / Reports
Annual Report 2025
211
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with
respect to the Process, we:
Obtained an understanding of the Process by per-
forming inquiries to understand the sources of the
information used by management; and reviewing
the Group’s internal documentation of its Process;
and
Evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our
procedures about the Process implemented by the
Group was consistent with the description of the
Process set out in the section “DMA methodology”.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with
respect to the Sustainability Statement, we:
Obtained an understanding of the Group’s reporting
processes relevant to the preparation of its Sustain-
ability Statement including the consolidation pro-
cesses by obtaining an understanding of the
Group’s control environment, processes and infor-
mation systems relevant to the preparation of the
Sustainability Statement but not evaluating the de-
sign of particular control activities, obtaining evi-
dence about their implementation or testing their
operating effectiveness;
Evaluated whether the information identified by the
Process is included in the Sustainability Statement;
Evaluated whether the structure and the presenta-
tion of the Sustainability Statement are in accord-
ance with the ESRS;
Performed inquiries of relevant personnel and ana-
lytical procedures on selected information in the
Sustainability Statement;
Performed substantive assurance procedures on se-
lected information in the Sustainability Statement;
Where applicable, compared disclosures in the Sus-
tainability Statement with the corresponding disclo-
sures in the Financial Statements and Manage-
ment’s review;
Evaluated the methods, assumptions and data for
developing estimates and forward-looking infor-
mation; and
Obtained an understanding of the Group’s process
to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned
economic activities and the corresponding disclo-
sures in the Sustainability Statement.
.
Lars Baungaard Torben Jensen
State-Authorised Public Accountant State-Authorised Public Accountant
mne23331 mne18651
Independent auditor’s limited assurance
report on the Sustainability Statement
Hellerup, 4 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no 33 77 12 31
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
212
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation
(Part of Management review – not audited)
2025
2024
Reported
Adjusted
Reported
Adjusted
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
DKKm
Revenue
24,630
24,630
22,004
22,004
Cost of sales
4,265
3,069
4,230
2,551
Gross profit
20,365
21,561
17,774
19,453
Sales and distribution costs
7,743
7,614
8,146
7,969
Administrative expenses
1,483
1,391
1,437
1,265
Research and development costs
4,895
4,675
4,501
3,872
Other operating expenses, net
969
-
420
-
Profit from operations (EBIT)
5,275
-
3,270
-
Depreciation/amortization
1,865
-
1,876
-
EBITDA
7,140
7,881
5,146
6,347
EBITDA margin
29.0%
32.0%
23.4%
28.8%
Adjustments to EBITDA
Integration costs
(28)
-
214
-
Restructuring expenses
406
-
84
-
Impairment costs
635
-
547
-
Gains/losses on divestment of businesses
-
-
-
-
Acquisition expenses
-
-
206
-
Other adjustments
(272)
-
150
-
Adjusted EBITDA
7,881
7,881
6,347
6,347
Adjusted EBITDA margin
32.0%
32.0%
28.8%
28.8%
For financial guidance for 2023 and onwards, Lundbeck
focuses on revenue performance and adjusted EBITDA.
Adjusted EBITDA provides an improved and more con-
sistent indicator, measuring the underlying operational
profitability. Adjusted EBITDA enables a better under-
standing of the underlying operational performance, as
the operating result is adjusted to exclude depreciation
and amortization, impairment losses, and reversals of
impairment losses, as well as adjustments restricted to
the following categories:
Integration expenses
Restructuring costs
Gains/losses on divestment of businesses
Acquisition expenses
Other adjustments
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS performance measure.
Management Review / Sustainability Statement / General disclosures / Environment / Social / Governance / List of appendices
Annual Report 2025
213
H. Lundbeck A/S
Ottiliavej 9
2500 Valby
Denmark
CVR no. 56759913
Corporate Communications
& Public Affairs
Tel: +45 3630 1311
info@lundbeck.com
www.lundbeck.com
Annual reportAuditor's report on audited financial statementsParsePort XBRL Converter2025-01-012025-12-312024-01-012024-12-315493006R4KC2OI5D3470Reporting class DOpinionBasis for Opinion5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-315493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-01-012024-12-315493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-12-315493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-12-315493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493006R4KC2OI5D34702023-12-315493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember35493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember45493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember35493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember45493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember55493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember65493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember75493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember85493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember95493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember105493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember115493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493006R4KC2OI5D34702025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493006R4KC2OI5D34702024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberiso4217:DKKiso4217:DKKxbrli:sharesxbrli:pure